]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Remove redundant forms from CC Mode for faster fontification
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "5x5" '("5x5-")))
67
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
71 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72
73 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
74 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
75 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 extensions.
77 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 the file name.
79
80 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81
82 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
83 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84
85 \(fn)" t nil)
86
87 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-mode" '("ada-")))
88
89 ;;;***
90 \f
91 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-prj" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" (0 0 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-prj.el
93
94 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-prj" '("ada-")))
95
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
99 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
100
101 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
102 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
103
104 \(fn)" t nil)
105
106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-stmt" '("ada-")))
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
112
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
116
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
118
119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-xref" '("ada-")))
120
121 ;;;***
122 \f
123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
125
126 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
127
128 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
129 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
130 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
131 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
132 outside a function.")
133
134 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
135
136 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
137 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
138 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
139
140 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
141
142 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
143 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
145 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
146 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
147 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
148
149 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
150
151 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
152 Prompt for a change log name.
153
154 \(fn)" nil nil)
155
156 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
157 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
158
159 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
160 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
161 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
162 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
163
164 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
165 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
166 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
167 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
168 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
169 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
170 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
171
172 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
173 current buffer to the complete file name.
174 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
175
176 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
177
178 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
179 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
180 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
181 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
182
183 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
184 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
185
186 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
187
188 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
189 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
190 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
191
192 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
193 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
194 after a comma on an existing line.
195
196 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
197 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
198 the same person.
199
200 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
201 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
202 notices.
203
204 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
205 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
206
207 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
208
209 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
210 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
211 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
212 the change log file in another window.
213
214 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
215
216 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
217 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
218 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
219 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
220 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
221 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
222
223 \\{change-log-mode-map}
224
225 \(fn)" t nil)
226
227 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
228 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
229
230 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
231 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
232
233 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
234 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
235 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
236 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
237 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
238
239 Has a preference of looking backwards.
240
241 \(fn)" nil nil)
242
243 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
244 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
245 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
246 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 or a buffer.
248
249 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
250 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
251
252 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
253
254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "add-log" '("change-log-" "add-log-")))
255
256 ;;;***
257 \f
258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
260
261 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
262 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
263 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
264 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
265 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
266 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
267 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
268 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
269 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
270 interpreted as `error'.")
271
272 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
273
274 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
275 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
276 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
277 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
278 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
279 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
280 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
281 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
282
283 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
284
285 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
286 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
287
288 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
289
290 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
291 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
292
293 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
294
295 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
296 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
297
298 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
299 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
300 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
301 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
302 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
303
304 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
305 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 the new one.
307
308 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
309 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
310 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
311 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
312 mapped to the closest extremal position).
313
314 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
315 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
316 the cache-id will clear the cache.
317
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
319
320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
336
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
338
339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
342
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
346
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
361
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
366
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
369
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
372
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
375
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
380
381 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
382 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 BODY...)
384
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
386
387 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
388
389 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
390
391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "advice" '("ad-")))
392
393 ;;;***
394 \f
395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
397
398 (autoload 'align "align" "\
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
405
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
409
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
414
415 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
416
417 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
420 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
421
422 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
423 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
424
425 Fred (123) 456-7890
426 Alice (123) 456-7890
427 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
428 Joe (123) 456-7890
429
430 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
431 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
432 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
433
434 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
435 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
436 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
437 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
438 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
439
440 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
441 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
442 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
443 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
444 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
445 throughout the line.
446
447 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
448
449 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
450 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
451
452 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
453 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
454
455 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
456
457 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 align that section.
463
464 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
465
466 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
473
474 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
475
476 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 to be colored.
483
484 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
485
486 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
488
489 \(fn)" t nil)
490
491 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
493 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
494 indented.
495
496 \(fn)" t nil)
497
498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "align" '("align-")))
499
500 ;;;***
501 \f
502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
503 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
504 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
505
506 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
507 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
508
509 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
510
511 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
512
513 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
514 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
515
516 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
517 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
518
519 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
520 `allout-auto-activation'.
521
522 \(fn)" nil nil)
523
524 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
525 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
526
527 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
528 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
529 file variable `allout-layout'.
530
531 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
532 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
533 specified layout is applied.
534
535 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
536 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
537
538 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
539 Auto-layout is not.
540
541 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
542
543 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
544
545 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
548
549 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
556
557 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
558
559 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
560
561 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
562
563 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
564
565 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
566
567 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
568
569 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
570
571 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
572
573 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
574
575 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
576
577 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
578 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
579
580 \(fn)" nil t)
581
582 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
583 Toggle Allout outline mode.
584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
587
588 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
589 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
590 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
591 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
592 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
593 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
594 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
595 outline.)
596
597 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
598
599 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
600 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
601 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
602 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
603 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
604 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
605 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
606 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
607
608 and many other features.
609
610 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
611 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
612 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
613 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
614 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
615
616 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
617 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
618 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
619 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
620 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
621 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
622 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
623 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
624 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
625 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
626
627 Exposure Control:
628 ----------------
629 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
630 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
631 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
632 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
633 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
634
635 Navigation:
636 ----------
637 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
638 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
639 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
640 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
641 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
642 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
643 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
644 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
645 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
646 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
647
648
649 Topic Header Production:
650 -----------------------
651 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
652 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
653 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
654
655 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
656 ---------------------------------
657 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
658 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
659 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
660 current topic
661 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
662 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
663 are alternated according to nesting depth.
664 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
665 the offspring are not affected.
666 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
667
668 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
669 ----------------------------------
670 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
671 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
672 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
673 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
674 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
675 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
676 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
677 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
678
679 Topic-oriented Encryption:
680 -------------------------
681 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
682 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
683
684 Misc commands:
685 -------------
686 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
687 and establish a default file-var setting
688 for `allout-layout'.
689 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
690 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
691 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
692 buffer with name derived from derived from that
693 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
694 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
695 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
696 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
697 format.
698 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
699 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
700 auto-activation.
701
702 Topic Encryption
703
704 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
705 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
706 pending encryption on save.
707
708 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
709 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
710 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
711 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
712 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
713
714 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
715 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
716 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
717 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
718 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
719 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
720 signal.
721
722 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
723 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
724 for details.
725
726 HOT-SPOT Operation
727
728 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
729 navigation and exposure control.
730
731 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
732 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
733 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
734 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
735 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
736
737 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
738 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
739 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
740 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
741 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
742
743 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
744 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
745 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
746 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
747 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
748 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
749 at the beginning of the current entry.
750
751 Extending Allout
752
753 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
754 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
755 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
756
757 `allout-mode-hook'
758 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
759 `allout-mode-off-hook'
760 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
761 `allout-structure-added-functions'
762 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
763 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
764 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
765 `allout-post-undo-hook'
766
767 Terminology
768
769 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
770
771 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
772 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
773 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
774 CURRENT ITEM:
775 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
776 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
777 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
778 called the:
779 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
780
781 ANCESTORS:
782 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
783 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
784 of the ITEM.
785 OFFSPRING:
786 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
787 SUBTOPIC:
788 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
789 CHILD:
790 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
791 SIBLINGS:
792 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
793
794 Topic text constituents:
795
796 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
797 text.
798 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
799 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
800 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
801 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
802 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
803 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
804 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
805 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
806 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
807 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
808 the PREFIX.
809
810 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
811 of the ITEM.
812 PREFIX-LEAD:
813 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
814 It can be customized by changing the setting of
815 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
816
817 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
818 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
819 program code without interfering with processing of the text
820 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
821 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
822 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
823 docstring for more detail.
824 PREFIX-PADDING:
825 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
826 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
827 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
828 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
829 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
830 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
831 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
832 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
833 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
834 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
835 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
836 more details.
837 EXPOSURE:
838 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
839 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
840 CONCEALED:
841 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
842 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
843
844 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
845 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
846 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
847
848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
849
850 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
851
852 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
853 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
854
855 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
856 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
857
858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
859
860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout" '("allout-")))
861
862 ;;;***
863 \f
864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
865 ;;;;;; 0))
866 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
867 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
868
869 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
870 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
871
872 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
873
874 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
875
876 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
877 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
878
879 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
880 visiting an outline.
881
882 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
883 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
884
885 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
886 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
887 you want allout widgets operation.
888
889 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
890
891 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
892
893 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
894
895 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
896 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
900
901 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
902 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
903 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
904
905 The graphics include:
906
907 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
908
909 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
910 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
911
912 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
913 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
914
915 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
916 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
917 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
918
919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
920
921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout-widgets" '("allout-")))
922
923 ;;;***
924 \f
925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
927
928 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
929
930 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
931 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
932 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
933 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
934 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
935 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
936
937 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
938
939 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
940
941
942 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
943
944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ange-ftp" '("ange-ftp-" "internal-ange-ftp-mode" "ftp-error")))
945
946 ;;;***
947 \f
948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
950
951 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
952 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
953 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
954 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
955 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
956 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
957 in the current window.
958
959 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
960
961 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
962 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
963 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
964 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
965 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
966 buffer if one does not exist.
967
968 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
969
970 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
971 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
972 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
973 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
974 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
975
976 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
977
978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "animate" '("animat")))
979
980 ;;;***
981 \f
982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
984 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
987 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
988
989 \(fn)" t nil)
990
991 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
992 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
993
994 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
995 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
996 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
997 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
998
999 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
1000 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
1001
1002 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
1003
1004 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
1005
1006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ansi-color" '("ansi-color-")))
1007
1008 ;;;***
1009 \f
1010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
1011 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
1013 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
1014
1015 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
1016 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1017 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1018 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1019 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1020 \\[yank].
1021
1022 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1023 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1024 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1025 the rules.
1026
1027 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1028 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1029 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1030 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1031
1032 \(fn)" t nil)
1033
1034 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1035 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1036
1037 \(fn)" t nil)
1038
1039 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1040 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1041 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1042
1043 \(fn)" nil nil)
1044
1045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "antlr-mode" '("antlr-")))
1046
1047 ;;;***
1048 \f
1049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1051
1052 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1053 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1054 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1055 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1056 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1057 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1058
1059 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1060
1061 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1062 Toggle checking of appointments.
1063 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1064 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1065
1066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1067
1068 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "appt" '("appt-")))
1069
1070 ;;;***
1071 \f
1072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1076 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1077 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1078 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1079
1080 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1081 kind of objects to search.
1082
1083 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1084
1085 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1086 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1091
1092 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1093 variables, not just user options.
1094
1095 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1096
1097 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1098 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1099 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1100 interactively with the prefix \\[universal-argument]), show user
1101 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1102
1103 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1104
1105 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1106
1107 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1108 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1109 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1110 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1111 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1112 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1113
1114 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1115 noninteractive functions.
1116
1117 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1118 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1119
1120 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1121 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1122
1123 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1124
1125 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1126 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1127
1128 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1129
1130 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1131 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1132 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1133 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1134
1135 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1136 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1137 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1138 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1139
1140 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1141 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1142
1143 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1144
1145 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1146
1147 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1148 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1149 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1150 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1151 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1152
1153 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1154
1155 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1156 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1157 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1158 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1159 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1160 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1161
1162 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1163 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1164 names and values of properties.
1165
1166 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1167
1168 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1169
1170 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1171 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1172 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1173 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1174 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1175 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1176
1177 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1178 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1179 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1180 documentation strings.
1181
1182 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1183
1184 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1185
1186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "apropos" '("apropos-")))
1187
1188 ;;;***
1189 \f
1190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1191 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1192
1193 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1194 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1195 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1196 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1197 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1198 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1199
1200 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1201 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1202 archive.
1203
1204 \\{archive-mode-map}
1205
1206 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1207
1208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "arc-mode" '("archive-")))
1209
1210 ;;;***
1211 \f
1212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1213 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1214
1215 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1216 Major mode for editing arrays.
1217
1218 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1219 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1220 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1221
1222 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1223
1224 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1225 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1226 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1227
1228 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1229 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1230 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1231 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1232 The variables are:
1233
1234 Variables you assign:
1235 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1236 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1237 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1238 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1239 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1240 row numbers in the buffer.
1241
1242 Variables which are calculated:
1243 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1244 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1245
1246 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1247 take a numeric prefix argument):
1248
1249 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1250 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1251 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1252 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1253
1254 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1255 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1256 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1257 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1258
1259 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1260 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1261 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1262 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1263
1264 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1265 between that of point and mark.
1266
1267 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1268 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1269
1270 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1271 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1272 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1273 newlines inside rows)
1274
1275 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1276
1277 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1278
1279 \(fn)" t nil)
1280
1281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "array" '("array-" "untabify-backward" "move-to-column-untabify" "current-line" "xor" "limit-index")))
1282
1283 ;;;***
1284 \f
1285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1287 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1288
1289 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1290 Toggle Artist mode.
1291 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1292 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1293 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1294
1295 How to quit Artist mode
1296
1297 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1298
1299
1300 How to submit a bug report
1301
1302 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1303
1304
1305 Drawing with the mouse:
1306
1307 mouse-2
1308 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1309 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1310 below).
1311
1312 mouse-1
1313 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1314 or pastes:
1315
1316 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1317 --------------------------------------------------------------
1318 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1319 to new point
1320 --------------------------------------------------------------
1321 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1322 --------------------------------------------------------------
1323 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1324 --------------------------------------------------------------
1325 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1326 --------------------------------------------------------------
1327 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1328 --------------------------------------------------------------
1329 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1330 --------------------------------------------------------------
1331 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1332 --------------------------------------------------------------
1333 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1334 --------------------------------------------------------------
1335 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1336 lines
1337 --------------------------------------------------------------
1338 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1339 --------------------------------------------------------------
1340 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1341 --------------------------------------------------------------
1342 Paste Paste Paste
1343 --------------------------------------------------------------
1344 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1345 --------------------------------------------------------------
1346
1347 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1348 or diagonally.
1349
1350 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1351 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1352 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1353 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1354 poly-lines.
1355
1356 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1357 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1358 overwrite means the opposite.
1359
1360 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1361 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1362 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1363
1364 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1365
1366 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1367 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1368
1369 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1370 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1371 are currently drawing something.
1372
1373 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1374 some time to fill.
1375
1376
1377 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1378 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1379
1380
1381 Settings
1382
1383 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1384
1385 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1386
1387 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1388
1389 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1390
1391 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1392 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1393
1394 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1395
1396
1397 Drawing with keys
1398
1399 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1400 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1401 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1402 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1403 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1404 When pasting: Pastes
1405
1406 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1407
1408 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1409
1410 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1411 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1412 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1413 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1414 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1415 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1416
1417
1418 Arrows
1419
1420 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1421 of the line/poly-line
1422
1423 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1424 of the line/poly-line
1425
1426
1427 Selecting operation
1428
1429 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1430
1431 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1432 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1433 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1434 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1435 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1436 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1437 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1438 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1439 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1440 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1441 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1442 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1443 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1444 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1445 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1446 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1447 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1448 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1449 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1450 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1451
1452
1453 Variables
1454
1455 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1456 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1457
1458 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1459 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1460 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1461 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1462 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1463 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1464 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1465 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1466 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1467 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1468 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1469 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1470 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1471 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1472 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1473 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1474 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1475 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1476 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1477
1478 Hooks
1479
1480 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1481
1482
1483 Keymap summary
1484
1485 \\{artist-mode-map}
1486
1487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1488
1489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "artist" '("artist-")))
1490
1491 ;;;***
1492 \f
1493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1495
1496 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1497 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1498 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1499
1500 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1501 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1502 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1503 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1504
1505 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1506 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1507
1508 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1509 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1510
1511 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1512
1513 Special commands:
1514 \\{asm-mode-map}
1515
1516 \(fn)" t nil)
1517
1518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "asm-mode" '("asm-")))
1519
1520 ;;;***
1521 \f
1522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1523 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1524
1525 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1526 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1527 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1528 let-binding.")
1529
1530 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1531
1532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source" '("aut")))
1533
1534 ;;;***
1535 \f
1536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1537 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1538
1539 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1540 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1541 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1542 for a description of this minor mode.")
1543
1544 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1545
1546 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1547 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1551
1552 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1553 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1554 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1555 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1556 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1557 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1558 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1559 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1560
1561 For example:
1562 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1563 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1564 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1565 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1566 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1567
1568 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1569
1570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1571
1572 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1573 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1574 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1575 for a description of this minor mode.
1576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1577 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1578 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1579
1580 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1581
1582 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1583 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1587
1588 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1589 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1590 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1591
1592 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1593
1594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1595
1596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoarg" '("autoarg-")))
1597
1598 ;;;***
1599 \f
1600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1602
1603 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1604 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1605
1606 \(fn)" t nil)
1607
1608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoconf" '("autoconf-")))
1609
1610 ;;;***
1611 \f
1612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1614
1615 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1616 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1617 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1618
1619 \(fn)" t nil)
1620
1621 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1622 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1623 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1624 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1625
1626 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1627
1628 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1629 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1630 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1631 for a description of this minor mode.
1632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1633 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1634 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1635
1636 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1637
1638 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1639 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1641 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1642 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1643
1644 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1645 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1646
1647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1648
1649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoinsert" '("auto-insert")))
1650
1651 ;;;***
1652 \f
1653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1654 ;;;;;; 0))
1655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1656
1657 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1658
1659 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1660
1661 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1662
1663 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1664 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1665 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1666
1667 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1668 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1669 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1670 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1671 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1672
1673 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1674
1675 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1676
1677 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1678 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1679 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1680 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1681 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1682
1683 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1684 directory or directories specified.
1685
1686 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1687 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1688 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1689 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1690 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1691 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1692
1693 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1694
1695 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1696 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1697 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1698 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1699 should be non-nil).
1700
1701 \(fn)" nil nil)
1702
1703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoload" '("autoload-" "generate" "no-update-autoloads" "make-autoload")))
1704
1705 ;;;***
1706 \f
1707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1708 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1709
1710 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1711 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Mode if ARG is
1713 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1714 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1715
1716 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1717 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1718 disk changes.
1719
1720 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1721 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1722 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1723
1724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1725
1726 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1727 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1728
1729 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1730 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1731
1732 \(fn)" nil nil)
1733
1734 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1735 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1736 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail Mode if ARG
1737 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1738 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1739
1740 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1741 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1742 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1743 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1744 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1745
1746 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1747 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1748 writing before you save the file!
1749
1750 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1751
1752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1753
1754 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1755 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1756
1757 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1758 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1759
1760 \(fn)" nil nil)
1761
1762 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1763 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1764 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1765 for a description of this minor mode.
1766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1767 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1768 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1769
1770 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1771
1772 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1773 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto-Revert Mode if ARG
1775 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1776 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1777
1778 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1779 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1780 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1781
1782 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1783 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1784 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1785 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1786 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1787
1788 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1789 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1790 specifies in the mode line.
1791
1792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1793
1794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autorevert" '("auto-revert-" "global-auto-revert-")))
1795
1796 ;;;***
1797 \f
1798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avl-tree" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" (0 0 0
1799 ;;;;;; 0))
1800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el
1801
1802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avl-tree" '("avl-tree-")))
1803
1804 ;;;***
1805 \f
1806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1808
1809 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1810 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1811 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1813 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1814
1815 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1816
1817 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1818 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1819 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1820 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1821
1822 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1823 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1824 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1825
1826 Effects of the different modes:
1827 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1828 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1829 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1830 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1831 a random distance & direction.
1832 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1833 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1834 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1835
1836 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1837 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1838 definition of \"random distance\".)
1839
1840 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1841
1842 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avoid" '("mouse-avoidance-")))
1843
1844 ;;;***
1845 \f
1846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1848
1849 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1850
1851 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1852 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1853
1854 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1855 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1856 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1857
1858 \\{bat-mode-map}
1859
1860 \(fn)" t nil)
1861
1862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bat-mode" '("bat-")))
1863
1864 ;;;***
1865 \f
1866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1867 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1868 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1869
1870 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1871 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1872 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1873 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1874
1875 \(fn)" t nil)
1876
1877 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1878 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1879 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1880 for a description of this minor mode.
1881 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1882 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1883 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1884
1885 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1886
1887 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1888 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1889 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1890 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1891 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1892
1893 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1894 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1895 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1896 seconds.
1897
1898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1899
1900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "battery" '("battery-")))
1901
1902 ;;;***
1903 \f
1904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1905 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1907
1908 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1909 Time execution of FORMS.
1910 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1911 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1912 FORMS once.
1913 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1914 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1915 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1916
1917 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1918
1919 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1920
1921 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1922 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1923 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1924 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1925 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1926
1927 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1928
1929 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1930
1931 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1932 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1933 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1934 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1935 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1936
1937 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1938
1939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "benchmark" '("benchmark-elapse")))
1940
1941 ;;;***
1942 \f
1943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-mode" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1944 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bib-mode.el
1945
1946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bib-mode" '("bib-" "unread-bib" "mark-bib" "return-key-bib" "addbib")))
1947
1948 ;;;***
1949 \f
1950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1951 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1952
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1954 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1955 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1956 of corresponding buffers.
1957 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1958 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1959 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1960 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1961 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1962
1963 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1964 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1965 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1966
1967 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1968
1969 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1970 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1971
1972 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1973
1974 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1975 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1976 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1977 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1978
1979 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1980 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1981 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1982 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1983 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1984
1985 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1986 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1987
1988
1989 Special information:
1990
1991 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1992
1993 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1994 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1995 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1996 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1997 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1998 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1999 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
2000 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
2001 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
2002 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
2003 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
2004
2005 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
2006 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
2007 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
2008 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
2009 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
2010 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
2011 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
2012 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
2013
2014 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
2015
2016 ----------------------------------------------------------
2017 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
2018 if that value is non-nil.
2019
2020 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
2021
2022 \(fn)" t nil)
2023
2024 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
2025 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
2026 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
2027 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
2028 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
2029 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
2030 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
2031 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
2032 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
2033 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
2034 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
2035 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
2036
2037 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
2038
2039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex" '("bibtex-")))
2040
2041 ;;;***
2042 \f
2043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
2044 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2045 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
2046
2047 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
2048 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
2049
2050 \(fn)" t nil)
2051
2052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex-style" '("bibtex-style-")))
2053
2054 ;;;***
2055 \f
2056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bindat" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" (0 0 0 0))
2057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bindat.el
2058
2059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bindat" '("bindat-")))
2060
2061 ;;;***
2062 \f
2063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
2065
2066 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
2067 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
2068
2069 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
2070 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
2071 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2072
2073 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
2074
2075 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
2076 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2077
2078 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2079
2080 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2081 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2082
2083 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2084
2085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "binhex" '("binhex-")))
2086
2087 ;;;***
2088 \f
2089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
2090 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2091
2092 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2093 Play blackbox.
2094 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2095
2096 What is blackbox?
2097
2098 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2099 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2100 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2101 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2102 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2103 your score.
2104
2105 Overview of play:
2106
2107 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2108 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2109 four.
2110
2111 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2112 movement keys.
2113
2114 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2115 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2116
2117 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2118 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2119
2120 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2121 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2122 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2123 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2124 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2125 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2126
2127 Details:
2128
2129 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2130
2131 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2132 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2133 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2134 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2135
2136 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2137 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2138 denoted by the letter `R'.
2139
2140 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2141 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2142 denoted by the letter `H'.
2143
2144 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2145 example.
2146
2147 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2148 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2149 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2150 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2151 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2152 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2153 ray.
2154
2155 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2156 degree deflection it causes.
2157
2158 1
2159 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2160 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2161 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2162 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2163 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2164 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2165 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2166 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2167 2 3
2168
2169 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2170 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2171
2172
2173 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2174 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2175 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2176 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2177 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2178 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2179 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2180 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2181
2182 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2183 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2184 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2185 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2186 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2187 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2188 emerging from the box.
2189
2190 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2191
2192 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2193 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2194 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2195 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2196 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2197 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2198 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2199 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2200
2201 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2202 a reflection.
2203
2204 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2205
2206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "blackbox" '("blackbox-" "bb-")))
2207
2208 ;;;***
2209 \f
2210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2211 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2212 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2213 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2214 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2215 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2216
2217 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2218 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2219 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2220 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2221 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2222 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2223 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2224
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2226 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2227 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2228
2229 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2230 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2231 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2232 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2233 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2234 recent one.
2235
2236 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2237 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2238 yank successive words.
2239
2240 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2241 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2242 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2243 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2244 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2245
2246 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2247 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2248 the list of bookmarks.)
2249
2250 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2251
2252 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2253 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2254 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2255
2256 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2257 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2258 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2259 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2260 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2261 ever deletes the most recent one.
2262
2263 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2264 is nil, raise an error.
2265
2266 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2267 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2268 yank successive words.
2269
2270 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2271 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2272 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2273 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2274 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2275
2276 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2277 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2278 the list of bookmarks.)
2279
2280 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2281
2282 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2283 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2284 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2285 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2286 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2287 this.
2288
2289 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2290 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2291 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2292 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2293
2294 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2295 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2296
2297 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2298 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2299 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2300
2301 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2302
2303 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2304 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2305
2306 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2307
2308 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2309 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2310
2311 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2312 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2313 after a bookmark was set in it.
2314
2315 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2316
2317 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2318 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2319
2320 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2321 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2322
2323 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2324
2325 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2326
2327 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2328 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2329 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2330 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2331
2332 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2333 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2334 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2335
2336 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2337 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2338 name.
2339
2340 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2341
2342 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2343 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2344 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2345
2346 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2347 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2348 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2349 this.
2350
2351 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2352
2353 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2354 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2355
2356 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2357 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2358 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2359 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2360 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2361 probably because we were called from there.
2362
2363 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2364
2365 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2366 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2367
2368 \(fn)" t nil)
2369
2370 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2371
2372 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2373 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2374 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2375 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2376 \(second argument).
2377
2378 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2379 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2380 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2381 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2382 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2383
2384 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2385 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2386 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2387 `bookmark-default-file'.
2388
2389 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2390
2391 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2392 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2393 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2394 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2395 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2396 while loading.
2397
2398 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2399 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2400 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2401 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2402 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2403 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2404
2405 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2406 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2407 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2408
2409 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2410
2411 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2412 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2413 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2414 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2415 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2416
2417 \(fn)" t nil)
2418
2419 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2420
2421 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2422
2423 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2424 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2425
2426 \(fn)" t nil)
2427
2428 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2429
2430 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2431
2432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bookmark" '("bookmark" "with-buffer-modified-unmodified")))
2433
2434 ;;;***
2435 \f
2436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2437 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2438
2439 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2440 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2441 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2442 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2443
2444 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2445 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2446 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2447 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2448 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2449
2450 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2451
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2454 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2455 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2456 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2457 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2458
2459 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2460
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2463 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2464 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2465 narrowed.
2466
2467 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2468
2469 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2470 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2471
2472 \(fn)" t nil)
2473
2474 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2475 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2476
2477 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2478
2479 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2481 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2482 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2483 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2484 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2485 first, if that exists.
2486
2487 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2488 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2489 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2490 ignore it).
2491 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2492 as ARGS.
2493
2494 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2495
2496 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2497 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2498 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2499 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2500 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2501
2502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2503
2504 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2505 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2506 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2507 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2508 says which browser to use.
2509
2510 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2511
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2513 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2514 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2515 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2516
2517 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2518
2519 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2522 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2523
2524 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2525 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2526 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2527 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2528
2529 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2530 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2531 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2532
2533 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2534 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2535
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2537
2538 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2539
2540 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2541 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2542 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2543 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2544
2545 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2546 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2547 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2548 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2549
2550 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2551 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2552 new tab in an existing window instead.
2553
2554 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2555 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2556
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2558
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2561 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2562 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2563
2564 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2565 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2566 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2567
2568 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2569 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2570 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2571
2572 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2573 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2574
2575 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2576
2577 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2578 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2579 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2580 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2581 Chromium.
2582 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2583
2584 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2585
2586 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2587 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2588 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2589 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2590
2591 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2592 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2593 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2594 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2595
2596 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2597 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2598 new tab in an existing window instead.
2599
2600 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2601 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2602
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2604
2605 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2606
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2609
2610 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2611
2612 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2613 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2614 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2615 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2616
2617 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2618 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2619 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2620 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2621
2622 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2623 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2624
2625 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2626
2627 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2628
2629 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2630 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2631
2632 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2633 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2634 program is invoked according to the variable
2635 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2636
2637 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2638 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2639 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2640 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2641
2642 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2643 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2644
2645 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2646
2647 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2648
2649 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2650 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2651 Default to the URL around or before point.
2652
2653 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2654 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2655 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2656
2657 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2658 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2659 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2660 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2661
2662 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2663 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2664
2665 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2666
2667 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2668
2669 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2670 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2671 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2672 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2673
2674 When called interactively, if variable
2675 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2676 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2677 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2678 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2679
2680 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2681 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2682 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2683
2684 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2685 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2686
2687 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2688
2689 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2690 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2691 Default to the URL around or before point.
2692
2693 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2694 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2695 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2696
2697 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2698 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2699
2700 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2701
2702 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2703 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2704 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2705 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2706
2707 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2708
2709 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2710
2711 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2712 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2713 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2714 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2715 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2716 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2717 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2718
2719 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2720
2721 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2722 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2723 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2724 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2725 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2726
2727 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2728 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2729 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2730 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2731
2732 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2733 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2734
2735 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2736
2737 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2738 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2739 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2740 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2741 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2742 current one.
2743
2744 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2745 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2746 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2747 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2748
2749 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2750 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2751
2752 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2753
2754 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2755 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2756 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2757 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2758 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2759 don't offer a form of remote control.
2760
2761 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2762
2763 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2764 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2765 Default to the URL around or before point.
2766 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2767
2768 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2769
2770 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2771 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2772 Default to the URL around the point.
2773
2774 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2775 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2776
2777 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2778 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2779
2780 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2781
2782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "browse-url" '("browse-url-")))
2783
2784 ;;;***
2785 \f
2786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2787 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2788 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2789
2790 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2791 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2792 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2793 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2794
2795 \(fn)" t nil)
2796
2797 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2798 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2799 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2800 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2801
2802 \(fn)" t nil)
2803
2804 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2805 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2806
2807 \(fn)" t nil)
2808
2809 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2810 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2811 \\<bs-mode-map>
2812 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2813 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2814 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2815 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2816
2817 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2818 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2819 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2820 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2821 name of buffer configuration.
2822
2823 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2824
2825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bs" '("bs-")))
2826
2827 ;;;***
2828 \f
2829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2831
2832 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2833 Play Bubbles game.
2834 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2835 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2836 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2837 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2838 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2839 columns on its right towards the left.
2840
2841 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2842 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2843 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2844 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2845
2846 \(fn)" t nil)
2847
2848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bubbles" '("bubbles-")))
2849
2850 ;;;***
2851 \f
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2853 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2855
2856 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2857
2858 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2859 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2860 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2861 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2862 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2863
2864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2865
2866 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2867 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2868
2869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2870
2871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bug-reference" '("bug-reference-")))
2872
2873 ;;;***
2874 \f
2875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "byte-opt" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" (0 0 0
2876 ;;;;;; 0))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el
2878
2879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "byte-opt" '("byte-" "disassemble-offset")))
2880
2881 ;;;***
2882 \f
2883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2884 ;;;;;; 0))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2886 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2887 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2888 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2889
2890 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2891
2892 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2893 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2894 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2895 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2896 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2897 else the global value will be modified.
2898
2899 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2900
2901 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2902 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2903 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2904 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2905 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2906 else the global value will be modified.
2907
2908 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2909
2910 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2911 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2912 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2913
2914 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2915
2916 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2917 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2918 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2919 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2920
2921 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2922 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2923 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2924 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2925 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2926 before scanning it.
2927
2928 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2929 that already has a `.elc' file.
2930
2931 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2932 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2933
2934 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2935 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2936 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2937 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2938 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2939 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2940
2941 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2942
2943 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2944 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2945 Print the result in the echo area.
2946 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2947
2948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2949
2950 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2951 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2952 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2953
2954 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2955
2956 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2957 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2958 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2959 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2960 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2961 all functions called by those functions.
2962
2963 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2964 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2965 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2966
2967 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2968 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2969 invoked interactively.
2970
2971 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2972
2973 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2974 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2975 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2976 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2977
2978 \(fn)" nil nil)
2979
2980 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2981 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2982 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2983 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2984 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2985 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2986 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2987 already up-to-date.
2988
2989 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2990
2991 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2992 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2993 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2994 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2995
2996 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2997 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2998 and corresponding effects.
2999
3000 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
3001
3002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bytecomp" '("batch-byte-compile-file" "byte-" "no-byte-compile" "displaying-byte-compile-warnings" "emacs-lisp-file-regexp")))
3003
3004 ;;;***
3005 \f
3006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-bahai" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" (0 0 0
3007 ;;;;;; 0))
3008 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-bahai.el
3009
3010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-bahai" '("diary-bahai-" "calendar-bahai-" "holiday-bahai")))
3011
3012 ;;;***
3013 \f
3014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
3015 ;;;;;; 0))
3016 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
3017
3018 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
3019
3020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-china" '("diary-chinese-" "calendar-chinese-" "holiday-chinese")))
3021
3022 ;;;***
3023 \f
3024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-coptic" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" (0 0
3025 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3026 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-coptic.el
3027
3028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-coptic" '("diary-" "calendar-")))
3029
3030 ;;;***
3031 \f
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
3033 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
3034
3035 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
3036
3037 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
3038
3039 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
3040
3041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-dst" '("dst-" "calendar-")))
3042
3043 ;;;***
3044 \f
3045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-french" "calendar/cal-french.el" (0 0
3046 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-french.el
3048
3049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-french" '("diary-french-date" "calendar-french-")))
3050
3051 ;;;***
3052 \f
3053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
3054 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
3056
3057 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
3058 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
3059 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
3060 from the cursor position.
3061
3062 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
3063
3064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-hebrew" '("diary-hebrew-" "calendar-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew")))
3065
3066 ;;;***
3067 \f
3068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-html" "calendar/cal-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
3069 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-html.el
3070
3071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-html" '("cal-html-")))
3072
3073 ;;;***
3074 \f
3075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-islam" "calendar/cal-islam.el" (0 0 0
3076 ;;;;;; 0))
3077 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-islam.el
3078
3079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-islam" '("diary-islamic-" "calendar-islamic-" "holiday-islamic")))
3080
3081 ;;;***
3082 \f
3083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-iso" "calendar/cal-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-iso.el
3085
3086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-iso" '("diary-iso-date" "calendar-iso-")))
3087
3088 ;;;***
3089 \f
3090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-julian" "calendar/cal-julian.el" (0 0
3091 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3092 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-julian.el
3093
3094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-julian" '("diary-" "calendar-" "holiday-julian")))
3095
3096 ;;;***
3097 \f
3098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-mayan" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" (0 0 0
3099 ;;;;;; 0))
3100 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-mayan.el
3101
3102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-mayan" '("diary-mayan-date" "calendar-mayan-")))
3103
3104 ;;;***
3105 \f
3106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-menu" "calendar/cal-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3107 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-menu.el
3108
3109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-menu" '("cal")))
3110
3111 ;;;***
3112 \f
3113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-move" "calendar/cal-move.el" (0 0 0 0))
3114 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-move.el
3115
3116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-move" '("calendar-")))
3117
3118 ;;;***
3119 \f
3120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-persia" "calendar/cal-persia.el" (0 0
3121 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-persia.el
3123
3124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-persia" '("diary-persian-date" "calendar-persian-")))
3125
3126 ;;;***
3127 \f
3128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-tex" "calendar/cal-tex.el" (0 0 0 0))
3129 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-tex.el
3130
3131 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-tex" '("cal-tex-")))
3132
3133 ;;;***
3134 \f
3135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
3136 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-x.el
3137
3138 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-x" '("calendar-" "diary-frame")))
3139
3140 ;;;***
3141 \f
3142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
3143 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
3144 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
3145
3146 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
3147 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
3148
3149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3150
3151 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
3152 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
3153
3154 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3155
3156 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
3157 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
3158
3159 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3160
3161 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
3162 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
3163 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
3164 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
3165
3166 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
3167
3168 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
3169 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
3170 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
3171 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
3172
3173 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3174
3175 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
3176 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
3177 This is most useful in the X window system.
3178 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
3179 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
3180
3181 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3182
3183 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
3184 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
3185 See calc-keypad for details.
3186
3187 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3188
3189 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
3190 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3191
3192 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3193
3194 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
3195 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3196
3197 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3198
3199 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3200 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3201
3202 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3203
3204 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3205 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3206 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
3207
3208 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3209
3210 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3211 Define Calc function.
3212
3213 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3214 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3215 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3216
3217 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3218 actual Lisp function name.
3219
3220 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3221
3222 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3223
3224 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3225
3226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc" '("math-" "calc" "var-" "inexact-result" "defcalcmodevar")))
3227
3228 ;;;***
3229 \f
3230 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-aent" "calc/calc-aent.el"
3231 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 783192 607000))
3232 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-aent.el
3233
3234 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-aent" '("math-" "calc")))
3235
3236 ;;;***
3237 \f
3238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-alg" "calc/calc-alg.el" (0 0 0 0))
3239 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-alg.el
3240
3241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-alg" '("math-" "calc")))
3242
3243 ;;;***
3244 \f
3245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-arith" "calc/calc-arith.el" (0 0 0 0))
3246 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-arith.el
3247
3248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-arith" '("math-" "calc")))
3249
3250 ;;;***
3251 \f
3252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-bin" "calc/calc-bin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3253 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-bin.el
3254
3255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-bin" '("math-" "calc")))
3256
3257 ;;;***
3258 \f
3259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-comb" "calc/calc-comb.el" (0 0 0 0))
3260 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-comb.el
3261
3262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-comb" '("math-" "calc")))
3263
3264 ;;;***
3265 \f
3266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-cplx" "calc/calc-cplx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3267 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-cplx.el
3268
3269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-cplx" '("calc" "math-")))
3270
3271 ;;;***
3272 \f
3273 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
3274 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 791192 607000))
3275 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
3276
3277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-embed" '("calc-")))
3278
3279 ;;;***
3280 \f
3281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
3282 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
3283
3284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-ext" '("calc" "math-" "var-")))
3285
3286 ;;;***
3287 \f
3288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-fin" "calc/calc-fin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3289 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-fin.el
3290
3291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-fin" '("calc" "math-c")))
3292
3293 ;;;***
3294 \f
3295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-forms" "calc/calc-forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
3296 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-forms.el
3297
3298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-forms" '("math-" "calc" "var-TimeZone")))
3299
3300 ;;;***
3301 \f
3302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-frac" "calc/calc-frac.el" (0 0 0 0))
3303 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-frac.el
3304
3305 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-frac" '("calc" "math-")))
3306
3307 ;;;***
3308 \f
3309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-funcs" "calc/calc-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3310 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-funcs.el
3311
3312 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-funcs" '("calc" "math-")))
3313
3314 ;;;***
3315 \f
3316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-graph" "calc/calc-graph.el" (0 0 0 0))
3317 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-graph.el
3318
3319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-graph" '("calc-")))
3320
3321 ;;;***
3322 \f
3323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-help" "calc/calc-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
3324 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-help.el
3325
3326 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-help" '("calc-")))
3327
3328 ;;;***
3329 \f
3330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-incom" "calc/calc-incom.el" (0 0 0 0))
3331 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-incom.el
3332
3333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-incom" '("calc-")))
3334
3335 ;;;***
3336 \f
3337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-keypd" "calc/calc-keypd.el" (0 0 0 0))
3338 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-keypd.el
3339
3340 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-keypd" '("calc-")))
3341
3342 ;;;***
3343 \f
3344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-lang" "calc/calc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
3345 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-lang.el
3346
3347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-lang" '("math-" "calc-")))
3348
3349 ;;;***
3350 \f
3351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-macs" "calc/calc-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3352 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-macs.el
3353
3354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-macs" '("Math-" "calc-" "math-")))
3355
3356 ;;;***
3357 \f
3358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-map" "calc/calc-map.el" (0 0 0 0))
3359 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-map.el
3360
3361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-map" '("math-" "calc")))
3362
3363 ;;;***
3364 \f
3365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-math" "calc/calc-math.el" (0 0 0 0))
3366 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-math.el
3367
3368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-math" '("calc" "math-")))
3369
3370 ;;;***
3371 \f
3372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-menu" "calc/calc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3373 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-menu.el
3374
3375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-menu" '("calc-")))
3376
3377 ;;;***
3378 \f
3379 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-misc" "calc/calc-misc.el"
3380 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 803192 607000))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-misc.el
3382
3383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-misc" '("math-iipow")))
3384
3385 ;;;***
3386 \f
3387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mode" "calc/calc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mode.el
3389
3390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mode" '("calc-" "math-get-modes-vec")))
3391
3392 ;;;***
3393 \f
3394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mtx" "calc/calc-mtx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3395 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mtx.el
3396
3397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mtx" '("calc" "math-")))
3398
3399 ;;;***
3400 \f
3401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-nlfit" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" (0 0 0 0))
3402 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-nlfit.el
3403
3404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-nlfit" '("calc-fit-" "math-nlfit-")))
3405
3406 ;;;***
3407 \f
3408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-poly" "calc/calc-poly.el" (0 0 0 0))
3409 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-poly.el
3410
3411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-poly" '("calcFunc-" "math-")))
3412
3413 ;;;***
3414 \f
3415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-prog" "calc/calc-prog.el" (0 0 0 0))
3416 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-prog.el
3417
3418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-prog" '("math-" "calc" "var-q")))
3419
3420 ;;;***
3421 \f
3422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rewr" "calc/calc-rewr.el" (0 0 0 0))
3423 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rewr.el
3424
3425 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rewr" '("math-" "calc")))
3426
3427 ;;;***
3428 \f
3429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rules" "calc/calc-rules.el" (0 0 0 0))
3430 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rules.el
3431
3432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rules" '("calc-")))
3433
3434 ;;;***
3435 \f
3436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-sel" "calc/calc-sel.el" (0 0 0 0))
3437 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-sel.el
3438
3439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-sel" '("calc-")))
3440
3441 ;;;***
3442 \f
3443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stat" "calc/calc-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stat.el
3445
3446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stat" '("math-" "calc")))
3447
3448 ;;;***
3449 \f
3450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-store" "calc/calc-store.el" (0 0 0 0))
3451 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-store.el
3452
3453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-store" '("calc")))
3454
3455 ;;;***
3456 \f
3457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stuff" "calc/calc-stuff.el" (0 0 0 0))
3458 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stuff.el
3459
3460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stuff" '("math-" "calc")))
3461
3462 ;;;***
3463 \f
3464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-trail" "calc/calc-trail.el" (0 0 0 0))
3465 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-trail.el
3466
3467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-trail" '("calc-trail-")))
3468
3469 ;;;***
3470 \f
3471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3472 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3473
3474 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3475
3476
3477 \(fn N)" t nil)
3478
3479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-undo" '("calc-")))
3480
3481 ;;;***
3482 \f
3483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-units" "calc/calc-units.el" (0 0 0 0))
3484 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-units.el
3485
3486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-units" '("calc" "math-")))
3487
3488 ;;;***
3489 \f
3490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-vec" "calc/calc-vec.el" (0 0 0 0))
3491 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-vec.el
3492
3493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-vec" '("math-" "calc")))
3494
3495 ;;;***
3496 \f
3497 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-yank" "calc/calc-yank.el"
3498 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 811192 607000))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-yank.el
3500
3501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-yank" '("calc-" "math-number-regexp")))
3502
3503 ;;;***
3504 \f
3505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg2" "calc/calcalg2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg2.el
3507
3508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg2" '("calc" "math-" "var-IntegLimit")))
3509
3510 ;;;***
3511 \f
3512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg3" "calc/calcalg3.el" (0 0 0 0))
3513 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg3.el
3514
3515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg3" '("math-" "calc")))
3516
3517 ;;;***
3518 \f
3519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calccomp" "calc/calccomp.el" (0 0 0 0))
3520 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calccomp.el
3521
3522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calccomp" '("math-" "calcFunc-c")))
3523
3524 ;;;***
3525 \f
3526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcsel2" "calc/calcsel2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3527 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcsel2.el
3528
3529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcsel2" '("calc-")))
3530
3531 ;;;***
3532 \f
3533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3534 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3535
3536 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3537 Run the Emacs calculator.
3538 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3539
3540 \(fn)" t nil)
3541
3542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calculator" '("calculator-")))
3543
3544 ;;;***
3545 \f
3546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3547 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3548
3549 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3550 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3551 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3552 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3553 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3554 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3555
3556 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3557 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3558 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3559 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3560 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3561 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3562 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3563 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3564 window.
3565
3566 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3567 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3568
3569 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3570 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3571 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3572 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3573 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3574 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3575
3576 Runs the following hooks:
3577
3578 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3579 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3580 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3581 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3582
3583 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3584
3585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3586
3587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calendar" '("calendar-" "solar-sunrises-buffer" "lunar-phases-buffer" "diary-" "holiday-buffer")))
3588
3589 ;;;***
3590 \f
3591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3592 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3593
3594 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3595 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3596
3597 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3598
3599 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3600 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3601 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3602 it fails.
3603
3604 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3605
3606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "canlock" '("canlock-")))
3607
3608 ;;;***
3609 \f
3610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-align" "progmodes/cc-align.el" (0 0 0 0))
3611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-align.el
3612
3613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-align" '("c-")))
3614
3615 ;;;***
3616 \f
3617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-awk" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
3618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-awk.el
3619
3620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-awk" '("c-awk-" "awk-")))
3621
3622 ;;;***
3623 \f
3624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-bytecomp" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" (0
3625 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
3626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el
3627
3628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-bytecomp" '("cc-")))
3629
3630 ;;;***
3631 \f
3632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-cmds" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
3633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-cmds.el
3634
3635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-cmds" '("c-")))
3636
3637 ;;;***
3638 \f
3639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-defs" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-defs.el
3641
3642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-defs" '("cc-bytecomp-compiling-or-loading" "c-")))
3643
3644 ;;;***
3645 \f
3646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3647 ;;;;;; 0))
3648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3649
3650 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3651 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3652
3653 \(fn)" nil nil)
3654
3655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-engine" '("c-")))
3656
3657 ;;;***
3658 \f
3659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-fonts" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" (0 0 0 0))
3660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-fonts.el
3661
3662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-fonts" '("autodoc-" "java" "gtkdoc-font-lock-" "c++-font-lock-keywords" "c-" "pike-font-lock-keywords" "idl-font-lock-keywords" "objc-font-lock-keywords")))
3663
3664 ;;;***
3665 \f
3666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3667 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3668
3669 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3670 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3671
3672 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3673 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3674
3675 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3676 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3677
3678 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3679
3680 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3681 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3682 made from scratch.
3683
3684 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3685
3686 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3687 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3688
3689 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3690 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3691 made from scratch.
3692
3693 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3694
3695 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3696 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3697
3698 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3699
3700 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3701 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3702 made from scratch.
3703
3704 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3705
3706 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3707 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3708
3709 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3710 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3711 made from scratch.
3712
3713 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3714
3715 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3716 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3717
3718 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3719
3720 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3721 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3722 made from scratch.
3723
3724 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3725
3726 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3727 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3728
3729 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3730 variables are guessed:
3731
3732 * `c-basic-offset', and
3733 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3734 `c-offsets-alist'.
3735
3736 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3737 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3738
3739 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3740 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3741
3742 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3743 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3744 guess is made from scratch.
3745
3746 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3747 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3748
3749 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3750
3751 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3752 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3753 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3754 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3755
3756 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3757 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3758 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3759
3760 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3761
3762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-guess" '("c-guess-")))
3763
3764 ;;;***
3765 \f
3766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3767 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3768
3769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-langs" '("c-")))
3770
3771 ;;;***
3772 \f
3773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-menus" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" (0 0 0 0))
3774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-menus.el
3775
3776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-menus" '("cc-imenu-")))
3777
3778 ;;;***
3779 \f
3780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3782
3783 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3784 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3785 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3786 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3787 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3788 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3789 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3790
3791 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3792 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3793 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3794 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3795 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.c\\'" . c-mode))
3796 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.h\\'" . c-or-c++-mode))
3797 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3798 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3799 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3800 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3801
3802 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3803 Major mode for editing C code.
3804
3805 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3806 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3807 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3808 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3809
3810 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3811
3812 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3813 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3814
3815 Key bindings:
3816 \\{c-mode-map}
3817
3818 \(fn)" t nil)
3819
3820 (autoload 'c-or-c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3821 Analyse buffer and enable either C or C++ mode.
3822
3823 Some people and projects use .h extension for C++ header files
3824 which is also the one used for C header files. This makes
3825 matching on file name insufficient for detecting major mode that
3826 should be used.
3827
3828 This function attempts to use file contents to determine whether
3829 the code is C or C++ and based on that chooses whether to enable
3830 `c-mode' or `c++-mode'.
3831
3832 \(fn)" nil nil)
3833
3834 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3835 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3836 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3837 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3838 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3839 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3840 message.
3841
3842 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3843
3844 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3845 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3846
3847 Key bindings:
3848 \\{c++-mode-map}
3849
3850 \(fn)" t nil)
3851 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3852
3853 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3854 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3855 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3856 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3857 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3858 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3859 message.
3860
3861 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3862
3863 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3864 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3865
3866 Key bindings:
3867 \\{objc-mode-map}
3868
3869 \(fn)" t nil)
3870 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3871
3872 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3873 Major mode for editing Java code.
3874 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3875 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3876 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3877 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3878 message.
3879
3880 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3881
3882 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3883 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3884
3885 Key bindings:
3886 \\{java-mode-map}
3887
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3889 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3890
3891 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3892 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3893 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3894 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3895 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3896 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3897 message.
3898
3899 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3900
3901 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3902 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3903
3904 Key bindings:
3905 \\{idl-mode-map}
3906
3907 \(fn)" t nil)
3908 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3909 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3910
3911 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3912 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3913 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3914 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3915 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3916 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3917 message.
3918
3919 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3920
3921 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3922 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3923
3924 Key bindings:
3925 \\{pike-mode-map}
3926
3927 \(fn)" t nil)
3928 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3929 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3930 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3931 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3932 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3933
3934 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3935 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3936 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3937 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3938 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3939 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3940
3941 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3942
3943 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3944 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3945
3946 Key bindings:
3947 \\{awk-mode-map}
3948
3949 \(fn)" t nil)
3950
3951 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-mode" '("c++-mode-" "c-" "awk-mode-map" "pike-mode-" "idl-mode-" "java-mode-" "objc-mode-")))
3952
3953 ;;;***
3954 \f
3955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
3956 ;;;;;; 0))
3957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3958
3959 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3960 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3961 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3962 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3963
3964 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3965
3966 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3967 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3968 might get set too.
3969
3970 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3971 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3972 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3973 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3974 in this way.
3975
3976 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3977 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3978 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3979 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3980 a null operation.
3981
3982 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3983
3984 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3985 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3986 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3987 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3988
3989 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3990
3991 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3992 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3993 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3994
3995 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3996
3997 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3998 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3999 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
4000 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
4001 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
4002
4003 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
4004
4005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-styles" '("c-" "cc-choose-style-for-mode")))
4006
4007 ;;;***
4008 \f
4009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
4010 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
4011 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4012 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4013 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
4014
4015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-vars" '("c++-" "c-" "pike-" "idl-" "java-" "objc-" "awk-mode-hook" "defcustom-c-stylevar")))
4016
4017 ;;;***
4018 \f
4019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4020 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
4021
4022 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
4023 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
4024
4025 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
4026
4027 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
4028 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
4029
4030 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
4031
4032 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4033 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
4034
4035 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
4036 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
4037 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
4038 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
4039 execution.
4040
4041 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
4042
4043 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
4044
4045 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4046 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
4047
4048 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
4049 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
4050 CCL_MAIN_CODE
4051 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
4052
4053 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
4054 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
4055 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
4056 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
4057 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
4058 `write' commands.
4059
4060 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
4061 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
4062 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
4063 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
4064
4065 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
4066 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
4067 semantics.
4068
4069 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4070
4071 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4072
4073 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4074
4075 STATEMENT :=
4076 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
4077 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
4078
4079 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
4080 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
4081 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
4082 | integer
4083
4084 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
4085
4086 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
4087 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
4088 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4089
4090 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
4091 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
4092 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4093
4094 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
4095
4096 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
4097 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
4098 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
4099 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
4100 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
4101 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
4102 ;; last STATEMENT.
4103 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4104
4105 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
4106 BREAK := (break)
4107
4108 REPEAT :=
4109 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
4110 (repeat)
4111 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
4112 ;; (repeat))
4113 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
4114 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
4115 ;; (read REG)
4116 ;; (repeat))
4117 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
4118 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
4119 ;; (read REG)
4120 ;; (repeat))
4121 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
4122
4123 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
4124 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
4125 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4126 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4127 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
4128 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4129 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4130 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
4131 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4132 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
4133 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
4134 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
4135 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
4136 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
4137 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
4138 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4139
4140 WRITE :=
4141 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
4142 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4143 ;; representation.
4144 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4145 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
4146 ;; (write r7))
4147 | (write EXPRESSION)
4148 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4149 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4150 ;; representation.
4151 | (write integer)
4152 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4153 ;; buffer.
4154 | (write string)
4155 ;; Same as: (write string)
4156 | string
4157 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4158 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4159 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4160 ;; representation.
4161 | (write REG ARRAY)
4162 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4163 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4164 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4165 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4166 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4167 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4168
4169 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4170 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4171
4172 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4173 END := (end)
4174
4175 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4176 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4177 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4178
4179 ARG := REG | integer
4180
4181 OPERATOR :=
4182 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
4183 + | - | * | / | %
4184
4185 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
4186 | & | `|' | ^
4187
4188 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4189 | << | >>
4190
4191 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4192 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4193 | <8
4194
4195 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4196 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4197 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4198 | >8
4199
4200 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4201 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4202 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4203 | //
4204
4205 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4206 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4207
4208 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4209 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4210 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4211 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4212 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4213 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4214 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4215 | de-sjis
4216
4217 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4218 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
4219 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4220 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4221 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4222 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4223 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4224 ;; byte of SJIS.
4225 | en-sjis
4226
4227 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4228 ;; Same meaning as C code
4229 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4230
4231 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4232 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4233 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4234 | <8=
4235
4236 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4237 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4238 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4239
4240 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4241 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4242 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4243 | //=
4244
4245 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4246
4247
4248 TRANSLATE :=
4249 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
4250 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
4251 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
4252 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4253 ;; respectively.
4254 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
4255 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
4256 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
4257 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
4258
4259 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
4260 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4261 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4262
4263 LOOKUP :=
4264 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4265 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
4266 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4267 ;; respectively.
4268 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
4269 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4270 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4271
4272 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4273 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
4274 ;; REG.
4275 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
4276 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4277 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4278
4279 MAP :=
4280 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
4281 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4282 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4283 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4284
4285 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4286 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4287 MAP-ID := integer
4288
4289 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
4290
4291 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
4292
4293 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4294 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4295 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4296 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4297 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4298 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4299
4300 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
4301
4302 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4303 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4304 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4305
4306 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4307
4308 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4309
4310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ccl" '("ccl-")))
4311
4312 ;;;***
4313 \f
4314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
4315 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
4316
4317 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
4318 Main entry point for closure conversion.
4319 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
4320 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
4321
4322 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
4323
4324 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4325
4326 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
4327 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
4328
4329 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4330
4331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cconv" '("cconv-")))
4332
4333 ;;;***
4334 \f
4335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cdl" "cdl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4336 ;;; Generated autoloads from cdl.el
4337
4338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cdl" '("cdl-")))
4339
4340 ;;;***
4341 \f
4342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
4343 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
4344 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4345
4346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet" '("cedet-")))
4347
4348 ;;;***
4349 \f
4350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-cscope" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" (0 0
4351 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4352 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-cscope.el
4353
4354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-cscope" '("cedet-cscope-")))
4355
4356 ;;;***
4357 \f
4358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-files" "cedet/cedet-files.el" (0 0 0
4359 ;;;;;; 0))
4360 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-files.el
4361
4362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-files" '("cedet-")))
4363
4364 ;;;***
4365 \f
4366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-global" "cedet/cedet-global.el" (0 0
4367 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4368 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-global.el
4369
4370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-global" '("cedet-g")))
4371
4372 ;;;***
4373 \f
4374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-idutils" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" (0
4375 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4376 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-idutils.el
4377
4378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-idutils" '("cedet-idutils-")))
4379
4380 ;;;***
4381 \f
4382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
4383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4384 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
4385
4386 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
4387 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
4388 There are no special keybindings by default.
4389
4390 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4391 to the action header.
4392
4393 \(fn)" t nil)
4394
4395 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
4396 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
4397 There are no special keybindings by default.
4398
4399 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4400 to the action header.
4401
4402 \(fn)" t nil)
4403
4404 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
4405 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
4406
4407 \(fn)" t nil)
4408
4409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cfengine" '("cfengine")))
4410
4411 ;;;***
4412 \f
4413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (0 0 0 0))
4414 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
4415
4416 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
4417 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
4418 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
4419 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
4420 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
4421
4422 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
4423 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
4424
4425 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
4426 from which to start.
4427
4428 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
4429
4430 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "char-fold" '("char-fold-")))
4431
4432 ;;;***
4433 \f
4434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
4435 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
4436 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4437
4438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chart" '("chart")))
4439
4440 ;;;***
4441 \f
4442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
4443 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4445
4446 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4447 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4448 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4449
4450 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4451
4452 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4453 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4454 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
4455
4456 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4457
4458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "check-declare" '("check-declare-")))
4459
4460 ;;;***
4461 \f
4462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
4463 ;;;;;; 0))
4464 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4465 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4466 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4467 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4468 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4469 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4470 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4471 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4472 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4473 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4474
4475 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
4476 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
4477
4478 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
4479 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4480 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4481
4482 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4483 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4484 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4485 the users will view as each check is completed.
4486
4487 \(fn)" t nil)
4488
4489 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4490 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4491 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4492 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4493 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4494 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4495 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4496 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4497
4498 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4499
4500 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4501 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4502 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4503 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4504 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4505 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4506 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4507 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4508
4509 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4510
4511 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4512 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4513 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4514 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4515 spacing are all verified.
4516
4517 \(fn)" t nil)
4518
4519 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4520 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4521 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4522 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4523 otherwise stop after the first error.
4524
4525 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4526
4527 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
4528 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4529
4530 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
4531
4532 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4533 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4534 Only documentation strings are checked.
4535 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4536 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4537 a separate buffer.
4538
4539 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4540
4541 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4542 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4543 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4544 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4545 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4546
4547 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4548
4549 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4550 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4551 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4552 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4553 if there is one.
4554
4555 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4556
4557 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4558 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4559 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4560 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4561 if there is one.
4562 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4563
4564 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4565
4566 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4567 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4568 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4569
4570 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4571
4572 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4573 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4574 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4575 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4576 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4577
4578 \(fn)" t nil)
4579
4580 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4581 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4582 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4583 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4584 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4585 space at the end of each line.
4586
4587 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4588
4589 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4590 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4591 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4592 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
4593
4594 \(fn)" t nil)
4595
4596 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4597 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4598 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4599 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4600
4601 \(fn)" t nil)
4602
4603 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4604 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4605 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4606 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4607
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4609
4610 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4611 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4612 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4613 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4614
4615 \(fn)" t nil)
4616
4617 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4618 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4619 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4620 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4621
4622 \(fn)" t nil)
4623
4624 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4625 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4626 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4627 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4628
4629 \(fn)" t nil)
4630
4631 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4632 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4633 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4634 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4635
4636 \(fn)" t nil)
4637
4638 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4639 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4640 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4641 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4642
4643 \(fn)" t nil)
4644
4645 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4646 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4647 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4648 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4649
4650 \(fn)" t nil)
4651
4652 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4653 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4654 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4655 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4656 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4657
4658 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4659 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4660 checking of documentation strings.
4661
4662 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4663
4664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4665
4666 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4667 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4668
4669 \(fn)" t nil)
4670
4671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "checkdoc" '("checkdoc-")))
4672
4673 ;;;***
4674 \f
4675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4676 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4677 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4678
4679 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4680 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4681 Return the length of resulting text.
4682
4683 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4684
4685 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4686 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4687
4688 \(fn)" t nil)
4689
4690 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4691 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4692 Return the length of resulting text.
4693
4694 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4695
4696 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4697 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4698
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4700
4701 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4702
4703
4704 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4705
4706 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4707
4708
4709 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4710
4711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "china-util" '("hz/zw-start-gb" "hz-" "decode-hz-line-continuation" "zw-start-gb" "iso2022-")))
4712
4713 ;;;***
4714 \f
4715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4716 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4717
4718 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4719 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4720 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4721 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4722 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4723 editing and the result is evaluated.
4724
4725 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4726
4727 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4728 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4729 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4730 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4731 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4732
4733 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4734
4735 \(fn)" t nil)
4736
4737 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4738 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4739 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4740 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4741 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4742
4743 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4744 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4745 \\{command-history-map}
4746
4747 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4748 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4749
4750 \(fn)" t nil)
4751
4752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chistory" '("command-history-" "list-command-history-" "default-command-history-filter")))
4753
4754 ;;;***
4755 \f
4756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4758
4759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl" '("cl-" "def" "lexical-let" "labels" "flet")))
4760
4761 ;;;***
4762 \f
4763 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-extra" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
4764 ;;;;;; (22323 1714 133363 124000))
4765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el
4766
4767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-extra" '("cl-")))
4768
4769 ;;;***
4770 \f
4771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4772 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4774
4775 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4776 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4777 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4778 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4779 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4780 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4781 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4782 of this function.
4783
4784 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4785 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4786 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4787 property are:
4788
4789 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4790 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4791
4792 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4793 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4794 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4795 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4796 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4797 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4798 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4799 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4800 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4801 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4802 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4803 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4804
4805 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4806 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4807 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4808
4809 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4810 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4811 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4812 list elements are:
4813
4814 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4815
4816 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4817
4818 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4819
4820 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4821 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4822
4823 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4824 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4825
4826 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4827 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4828 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4829 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4830 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4831 value specified by their associated list element.
4832
4833 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4834
4835 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4836 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4837 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4838
4839 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4840 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4841 * indent the first argument by 4.
4842 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4843 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4844 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4845
4846 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4847 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4848 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4849 instead.
4850
4851 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4852
4853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-indent" '("lisp-" "common-lisp-")))
4854
4855 ;;;***
4856 \f
4857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4859 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4860
4861 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4862
4863 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4864 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4865 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4866 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4867 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4868 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4869
4870 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4871 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4872
4873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-lib" '("cl-")))
4874
4875 ;;;***
4876 \f
4877 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-macs" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
4878 ;;;;;; (22374 28976 748674 436000))
4879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el
4880
4881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-macs" '("cl-")))
4882
4883 ;;;***
4884 \f
4885 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-seq" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
4886 ;;;;;; (22233 28356 901820 212000))
4887 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el
4888
4889 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-seq" '("cl--")))
4890
4891 ;;;***
4892 \f
4893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
4894 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4895
4896 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4897 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4898 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4899 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4900
4901 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4902 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4903 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4904 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4905
4906 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4907 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4908
4909 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4910
4911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmacexp" '("c-macro-")))
4912
4913 ;;;***
4914 \f
4915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
4916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4917
4918 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4919 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4920 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4921 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4922 of `scheme-program-name').
4923 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4924 it is given as initial input.
4925 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4926 discards input when it starts up.
4927 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4928 is run).
4929 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4930
4931 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4932
4933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmuscheme" '("cmuscheme-load-hook" "switch-to-scheme" "scheme-" "inferior-scheme-")))
4934
4935 ;;;***
4936 \f
4937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
4938 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4939
4940 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4941 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4942 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4943 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4944
4945 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4946 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4947
4948 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4949 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4950 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4951
4952 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4953
4954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "color" '("color-")))
4955
4956 ;;;***
4957 \f
4958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
4959 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4960
4961 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4962 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4963 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4964 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4965 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4966 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4967 functions have already modified the buffer.
4968
4969 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4970
4971 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4972 either globally or locally.")
4973
4974 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4975 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4976 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4977 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4978
4979 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4980 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4981 `start-file-process'
4982 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4983 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4984 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4985
4986 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4987 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4988
4989 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4990
4991 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4992
4993 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4994
4995 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4996 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4997 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4998 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4999 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
5000 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
5001 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
5002 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
5003 process as its initial input.
5004
5005 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5006
5007 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5008
5009 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5010
5011 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
5012 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
5013 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
5014 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
5015 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
5016 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
5017
5018 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
5019
5020 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
5021
5022 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
5023 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
5024 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
5025 directory tracking functions.")
5026
5027 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
5028 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5029 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
5030
5031 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5032
5033 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5034
5035 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
5036 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5037 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
5038
5039 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5040
5041 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5042
5043 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
5044 Send COMMAND to current process.
5045 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5046 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5047
5048 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5049
5050 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
5051 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
5052 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5053 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5054
5055 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5056
5057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "comint" '("comint-" "shell-strip-ctrl-m" "send-invisible")))
5058
5059 ;;;***
5060 \f
5061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
5062 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
5063
5064 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5065 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
5066 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
5067 to get another window.
5068
5069 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5070 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5071
5072 This command pushes the mark in each window
5073 at the prior location of point in that window.
5074 If both windows display the same buffer,
5075 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5076 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5077
5078 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
5079 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
5080 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
5081 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
5082 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
5083 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5084 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
5085 ignored.
5086
5087 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
5088 this command work in interlaced mode:
5089 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
5090 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
5091 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
5092
5093 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
5094
5095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compare-w" '("compare-")))
5096
5097 ;;;***
5098 \f
5099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compface" "image/compface.el" (0 0 0 0))
5100 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/compface.el
5101
5102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compface" '("uncompface")))
5103
5104 ;;;***
5105 \f
5106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
5107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
5108
5109 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
5110 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
5111
5112 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
5113
5114 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
5115 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
5116 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
5117
5118 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
5119
5120 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
5121 Number of lines in a compilation window.
5122 If nil, use Emacs default.")
5123
5124 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
5125
5126 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
5127 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
5128 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
5129 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
5130 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
5131
5132 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
5133 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
5134 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
5135 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
5136 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
5137
5138 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
5139 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
5140 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
5141 describing how the process finished.")
5142
5143 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
5144 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
5145 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
5146 and a string describing how the process finished.")
5147 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5148
5149 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
5150 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
5151 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
5152
5153 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
5154
5155 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
5156 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
5157 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
5158 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
5159
5160 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
5161
5162 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
5163 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
5164
5165 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
5166 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
5167
5168 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
5169 (lambda ()
5170 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
5171 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
5172 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
5173 (concat \"make -k \"
5174 (if buffer-file-name
5175 (shell-quote-argument
5176 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
5177
5178 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
5179 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
5180
5181 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
5182 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
5183 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
5184 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
5185
5186 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
5187
5188 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
5189 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
5190 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
5191 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
5192
5193 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
5194 and move to the source code that caused it.
5195
5196 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
5197 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
5198
5199 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
5200 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
5201 With prefix arg, always prompts.
5202 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
5203 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
5204
5205 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
5206 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
5207 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
5208 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
5209
5210 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
5211 kills its subprocesses.
5212
5213 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
5214 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
5215 to a function that generates a unique name.
5216
5217 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
5218
5219 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
5220 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
5221 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
5222 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
5223
5224 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
5225 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
5226
5227 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
5228 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
5229 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
5230 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
5231
5232 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
5233 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
5234 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
5235
5236 Returns the compilation buffer created.
5237
5238 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
5239
5240 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
5241 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
5242 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
5243 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
5244 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
5245
5246 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
5247
5248 \\{compilation-mode-map}
5249
5250 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
5251
5252 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
5253
5254 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
5255 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
5256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
5257 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
5258 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5259
5260 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
5261 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
5262 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
5263 See `compilation-mode'.
5264
5265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5266
5267 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
5268 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
5269 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
5270 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5271 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5272
5273 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
5274 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
5275 `compilation-mode'.
5276
5277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5278
5279 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
5280 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
5281 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
5282
5283 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
5284
5285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compile" '("compil" "kill-compilation" "define-compilation-mode" "recompile")))
5286
5287 ;;;***
5288 \f
5289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
5290 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
5291
5292 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
5293 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
5294 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
5295 for a description of this minor mode.
5296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5297 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5298 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
5299
5300 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
5301
5302 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
5303 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
5304 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5305 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5306 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5307
5308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5309
5310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "completion" '("inside-locate-completion-entry" "interactive-completion-string-reader" "initialize-completions" "current-completion-source" "cdabbrev-" "clear-all-completions" "check-completion-length" "complet" "cmpl-" "use-completion-" "list-all-completions" "symbol-" "set-c" "save" "kill-" "accept-completion" "add-" "*lisp-def-regexp*" "*c-def-regexp*" "delete-completion" "find-" "make-c" "num-cmpl-sources" "next-cdabbrev" "reset-cdabbrev" "enable-completion")))
5311
5312 ;;;***
5313 \f
5314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
5315 ;;;;;; 0))
5316 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5317
5318 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5319 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5320 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5321 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5322 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5323 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5324 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5325
5326 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5327 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5328 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5329
5330 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5331 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5332 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5333
5334 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5335 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5336 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5337 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5338
5339 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5340 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5341 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5342 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5343 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5344 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5345 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5346
5347 \\{conf-mode-map}
5348
5349 \(fn)" t nil)
5350
5351 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5352 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5353 Comments start with `#'.
5354 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5355
5356 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5357
5358 \[Desktop Entry]
5359 Encoding=UTF-8
5360 Name=The GIMP
5361 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5362 Name[cs]=GIMP
5363
5364 \(fn)" t nil)
5365
5366 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5367 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5368 Comments start with `;'.
5369 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5370
5371 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5372
5373 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5374 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5375 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5376
5377 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5378 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5379
5380 \(fn)" t nil)
5381
5382 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5383 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5384 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5385 between `/*' and `*/'.
5386 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5387
5388 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5389 // another kind of comment
5390 /* yet another */
5391
5392 name:value
5393 name=value
5394 name value
5395 x.1 =
5396 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5397 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5398
5399 \(fn)" t nil)
5400
5401 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5402 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5403 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5404 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5405 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5406 `conf-space-keywords'.
5407 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5408 in an interactive fashion instead.
5409
5410 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5411
5412 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5413
5414 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5415 image/png png
5416 image/tiff tiff tif
5417
5418 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5419 class desktop
5420 # Standard multimedia devices
5421 add /dev/audio desktop
5422 add /dev/mixer desktop
5423
5424 \(fn)" t nil)
5425
5426 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5427 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5428 See `conf-space-mode'.
5429
5430 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5431
5432 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5433 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5434 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5435 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5436
5437 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5438
5439 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5440 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5441
5442 \(fn)" t nil)
5443
5444 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5445 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5446 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5447 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5448
5449 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5450
5451 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5452 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5453
5454 \(fn)" t nil)
5455
5456 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5457 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5458 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5459 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5460
5461 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5462
5463 *background: gray99
5464 *foreground: black
5465
5466 \(fn)" t nil)
5467
5468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "conf-mode" '("conf-")))
5469
5470 ;;;***
5471 \f
5472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
5473 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5474
5475 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5476 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5477 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5478 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5479 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
5480 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
5481
5482 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
5483
5484 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5485 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5486 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5487 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5488
5489 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5490
5491 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5492 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5493 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5494 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5495
5496 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5497
5498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cookie1" '("cookie")))
5499
5500 ;;;***
5501 \f
5502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
5503 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5505 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5506 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5507 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5508
5509 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5510 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
5511 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5512 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5513 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5514 following the copyright are updated as well.
5515 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5516 interactively.
5517
5518 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5519
5520 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5521 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5522 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5523 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
5524 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
5525
5526 \(fn)" t nil)
5527
5528 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5529 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5530
5531 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5532
5533 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
5534 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
5535 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
5536
5537 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
5538
5539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "copyright" '("copyright-")))
5540
5541 ;;;***
5542 \f
5543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
5544 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5546 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5547 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5548 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5549 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5550 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5551 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5552 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5553
5554 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5555 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5556 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5557 Tab indents for Perl code.
5558 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5559 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5560
5561 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5562 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5563 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5564 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5565 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5566 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5567 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5568 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5569 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
5570 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5571 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5572 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5573
5574 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5575
5576 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5577 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5578
5579 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5580
5581 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5582 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5583 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
5584 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5585 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5586 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5587 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5588 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5589 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5590
5591 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5592
5593 bite if angry;
5594
5595 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5596 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5597 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5598 to nil.)
5599
5600 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5601 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5602 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5603
5604 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5605
5606 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5607 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5608 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5609 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5610 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5611
5612 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5613
5614 if (A) { B }
5615
5616 into
5617
5618 B if A;
5619
5620 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5621
5622 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5623 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5624 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5625 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5626 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5627 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5628 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5629 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5630 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5631 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5632 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5633 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5634 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5635
5636 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5637 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5638 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5639 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5640 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5641 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5642
5643 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5644 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5645 man via menu.
5646
5647 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5648 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5649 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5650 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5651 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5652
5653 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5654 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5655 span the needed amount of lines.
5656
5657 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5658 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5659 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5660 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5661
5662 Variables controlling indentation style:
5663 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5664 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5665 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5666 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5667 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5668 `cperl-auto-newline'
5669 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5670 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5671 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5672 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5673 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5674 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5675 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5676 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5677 `cperl-indent-level'
5678 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5679 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5680 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5681 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5682 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5683 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5684 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5685 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5686 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5687 `cperl-brace-offset'
5688 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5689 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5690 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5691 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5692 `cperl-label-offset'
5693 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5694 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5695 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5696
5697 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5698 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5699 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5700 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5701 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5702 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5703
5704 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5705 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5706 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5707 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5708
5709 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5710 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5711 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5712 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5713 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5714 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5715 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5716
5717 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5718 column 0 is indented on
5719 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5720
5721 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5722 with no args.
5723
5724 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5725 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5726 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5727
5728 \(fn)" t nil)
5729
5730 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5731 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5732
5733 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5734
5735 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5736 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5737
5738 \(fn)" t nil)
5739
5740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cperl-mode" '("cperl-" "pod2man-program")))
5741
5742 ;;;***
5743 \f
5744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5745 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5746
5747 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5748 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5749 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5750 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5751 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5752
5753 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5754
5755 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5756 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5757
5758 \(fn)" t nil)
5759
5760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cpp" '("cpp-")))
5761
5762 ;;;***
5763 \f
5764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5766
5767 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5768 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5769 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5770 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5771 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5772 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5773 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5774 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5775
5776 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5777 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5778
5779 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5780 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5781 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5782
5783 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5784 with empty strings removed.
5785
5786 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5787
5788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "crm" '("crm-")))
5789
5790 ;;;***
5791 \f
5792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5793 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5794
5795 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5796 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5797
5798 \(fn)" t nil)
5799 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5800
5801 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5802 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5803
5804 \(fn)" t nil)
5805
5806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "css-mode" '("scss-" "css-")))
5807
5808 ;;;***
5809 \f
5810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
5811 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5812
5813 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5814 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5815 See the `cua-mode' command
5816 for a description of this minor mode.
5817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5818 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5819 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5820
5821 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5822
5823 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5824 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5826 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5827 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5828
5829 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5830 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5831 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5832 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5833 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5834 normal function of these prefix keys.
5835
5836 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5837 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5838 options:
5839 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5840 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5841 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5842
5843 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5844 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5845 the prefix fallback behavior.
5846
5847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5848
5849 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5850 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5851
5852 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5853
5854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-base" '("cua-")))
5855
5856 ;;;***
5857 \f
5858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-gmrk" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" (0 0 0 0))
5859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-gmrk.el
5860
5861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-gmrk" '("cua-")))
5862
5863 ;;;***
5864 \f
5865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
5866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5867
5868 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5869 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5870 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5871
5872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5873
5874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-rect" '("cua-")))
5875
5876 ;;;***
5877 \f
5878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5879 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
5880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5881
5882 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5883
5884 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5885 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5886
5887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5888
5889 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5890 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5891 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5892 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5893 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5894 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5895 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5896
5897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5898
5899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cursor-sensor" '("cursor-sensor-")))
5900
5901 ;;;***
5902 \f
5903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-dep" "cus-dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
5904 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-dep.el
5905
5906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-dep" '("custom-" "generated-custom-dependencies-file")))
5907
5908 ;;;***
5909 \f
5910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
5911 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5912
5913 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5914 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5915
5916 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5917
5918 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5919 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5920
5921 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5922
5923 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5924 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5925
5926 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5927
5928 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5929 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5930
5931 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5932 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5933
5934 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5935 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5936
5937 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5938
5939 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5940
5941 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5942 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5943 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5944
5945 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5946 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5947
5948 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5949 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5950
5951 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5952 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5953
5954 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5955
5956 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5957
5958 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5959 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5960 Return VALUE.
5961
5962 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5963 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5964
5965 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5966 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5967
5968 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5969 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5970
5971 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5972
5973 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5974
5975 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5976 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5977 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5978 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5979
5980 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5981 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5982 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5983
5984 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5985
5986 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5987 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5988 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5989 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5990 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5991
5992 \(fn)" t nil)
5993
5994 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5995 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
5996 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
5997 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
5998 for the MODE to customize.
5999
6000 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
6001
6002 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
6003 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
6004 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6005
6006 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6007
6008 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6009 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
6010
6011 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6012
6013 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
6014
6015 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
6016 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6017
6018 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6019
6020 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
6021
6022 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6023 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6024 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
6025
6026 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6027
6028 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
6029 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
6030 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
6031 as part of Emacs itself.
6032
6033 Each elements looks like this:
6034
6035 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
6036
6037 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
6038 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
6039 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
6040 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
6041 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
6042 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
6043 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
6044 and `defface'.
6045
6046 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
6047
6048 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
6049 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
6050 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
6051 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
6052 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
6053
6054 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
6055 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
6056 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
6057 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
6058
6059 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
6060
6061 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
6062 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
6063 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
6064 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
6065 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
6066 release.
6067
6068 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
6069 that were added or redefined since that version.
6070
6071 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
6072
6073 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
6074 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
6075 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
6076 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6077
6078 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6079
6080 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6081 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6082
6083 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6084
6085 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6086 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
6087 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6088
6089 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6090 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6091
6092 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
6093
6094 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
6095 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
6096
6097 \(fn)" t nil)
6098
6099 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
6100 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
6101
6102 \(fn)" t nil)
6103
6104 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
6105 Customize all saved options and faces.
6106
6107 \(fn)" t nil)
6108
6109 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
6110 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
6111 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
6112 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
6113 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
6114 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
6115
6116 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
6117 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
6118 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
6119
6120 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
6121
6122 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
6123 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
6124
6125 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
6126
6127 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
6128 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
6129
6130 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6131
6132 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
6133 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
6134
6135 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6136
6137 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
6138 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
6139 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
6140 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
6141
6142 \(fn)" nil nil)
6143
6144 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
6145 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
6146 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6147 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6148 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6149 that option.
6150 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6151
6152 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6153
6154 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6155 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
6156 The result includes selecting that window.
6157 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6158 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6159 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6160 that option.
6161 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6162
6163 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6164
6165 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
6166 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
6167
6168 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6169
6170 (defvar custom-file nil "\
6171 File used for storing customization information.
6172 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
6173 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
6174 it should be an absolute file name.
6175
6176 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
6177 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
6178 something like the following in your init file:
6179
6180 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
6181 \(load custom-file)
6182
6183 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
6184 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
6185
6186 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
6187 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
6188 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
6189 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
6190 This will preserve your existing customizations.
6191
6192 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
6193 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
6194 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
6195 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
6196 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
6197 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
6198 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
6199 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
6200 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
6201 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
6202
6203 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
6204
6205 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
6206 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
6207
6208 \(fn)" nil nil)
6209
6210 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
6211 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
6212
6213 \(fn)" t nil)
6214
6215 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6216 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6217 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6218
6219 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6220
6221 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6222 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6223 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6224 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6225 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6226
6227 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6228
6229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-edit" '("Custom-" "custom" "widget-")))
6230
6231 ;;;***
6232 \f
6233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
6234 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6235
6236 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6237 Create or edit a custom theme.
6238 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
6239 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
6240 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
6241 from the Custom save file.
6242 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
6243 named *Custom Theme*.
6244
6245 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
6246
6247 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
6248 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
6249
6250 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6251
6252 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
6253 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
6254
6255 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6256
6257 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
6258 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
6259 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
6260 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
6261
6262 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6263
6264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-theme" '("custom-" "describe-theme-1")))
6265
6266 ;;;***
6267 \f
6268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
6269 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
6270
6271 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6272 Mode used for cvs status output.
6273
6274 \(fn)" t nil)
6275
6276 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cvs-status" '("cvs-")))
6277
6278 ;;;***
6279 \f
6280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
6281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6282 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6283
6284 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6285 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6286
6287 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
6288
6289 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6290 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6291 C++ modes are included.
6292
6293 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
6294 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
6295 if ARG is omitted or nil.
6296
6297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6298
6299 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
6300
6301 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6302 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
6303 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
6304 for a description of this minor mode.
6305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6306 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6307 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6308
6309 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6310
6311 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6312 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
6313 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
6314 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
6315 ARG is omitted or nil.
6316
6317 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
6318 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6319 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6320
6321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6322
6323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cwarn" '("turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled" "cwarn-")))
6324
6325 ;;;***
6326 \f
6327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
6328 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6329 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6330
6331 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6332 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6333
6334 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6335
6336 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6337 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6338
6339 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6340
6341 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6342 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6343 For readability, the table is slightly
6344 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6345
6346 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6347 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6348 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6349 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6350 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6351
6352 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6353
6354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cyril-util" '("cyrillic-language-alist")))
6355
6356 ;;;***
6357 \f
6358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
6359 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6360 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
6361 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
6362 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6363 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6364
6365 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6366 Completion on current word.
6367 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6368 and presents suggestions for completion.
6369
6370 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6371 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6372 completions.
6373
6374 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
6375 then it searches *all* buffers.
6376
6377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6378
6379 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6380 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6381
6382 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6383 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6384 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6385 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6386 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6387
6388 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6389 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6390
6391 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6392 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6393 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6394
6395 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6396 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6397
6398 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6399
6400 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6401
6402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dabbrev" '("dabbrev-")))
6403
6404 ;;;***
6405 \f
6406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6407 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
6408
6409 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
6410 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
6411
6412 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
6413
6414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "data-debug" '("data-debug-")))
6415
6416 ;;;***
6417 \f
6418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
6419 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6420
6421 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6422 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6423 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6424 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6425 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
6426
6427 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6428
6429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dbus" '("dbus-")))
6430
6431 ;;;***
6432 \f
6433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6435
6436 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6437 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6438
6439 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6440 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6441 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6442
6443 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6444 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6445 Data lines are not indented.
6446
6447 Key bindings:
6448
6449 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6450 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6451
6452 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6453 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6454 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6455 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6456
6457 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6458
6459 dcl-basic-offset
6460 Extra indentation within blocks.
6461
6462 dcl-continuation-offset
6463 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6464
6465 dcl-margin-offset
6466 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6467
6468 dcl-margin-label-offset
6469 Indentation for a label.
6470
6471 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6472 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6473
6474 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6475 dcl-block-end-regexp
6476 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6477 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
6478 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6479 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6480 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6481
6482 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6483 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6484 Two such functions are included in the package:
6485 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6486 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6487
6488 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6489 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6490 One such function is included in the package:
6491 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6492
6493 dcl-tab-always-indent
6494 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6495 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6496 margin.
6497
6498 dcl-electric-characters
6499 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6500 typed.
6501
6502 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6503 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6504 which words trigger electric indentation.
6505
6506 dcl-tempo-comma
6507 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6508 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6509 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6510
6511 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6512 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6513 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6514 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6515
6516 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6517 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6518 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6519 dcl-imenu-label-call
6520 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6521
6522 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6523 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6524 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6525 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6526
6527
6528 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6529
6530 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6531 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6532 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6533 $ i = 1
6534 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6535 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6536 $ label:
6537 $ if i.eq.1
6538 $ then
6539 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6540 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6541 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6542 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6543 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6544 \"lined up with the command line\"
6545 $ type sys$input
6546 Data lines are not indented at all.
6547 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6548 $ endif
6549 $
6550
6551
6552 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6553 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6554
6555 \(fn)" t nil)
6556
6557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dcl-mode" '("dcl-")))
6558
6559 ;;;***
6560 \f
6561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6562 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6563
6564 (setq debugger 'debug)
6565
6566 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6567 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
6568 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6569 of the evaluator.
6570
6571 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6572 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6573 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6574
6575 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
6576
6577 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6578 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6579
6580 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6581
6582 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6583 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6584 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6585 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6586 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6587 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6588
6589 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6590 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6591
6592 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6593
6594 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6595 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6596 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6597 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6598 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6599
6600 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6601
6602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "debug" '("debug" "inhibit-debug-on-entry")))
6603
6604 ;;;***
6605 \f
6606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
6607 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6608
6609 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6610 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6611
6612 \(fn)" t nil)
6613
6614 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6615 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6616 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6617 Upper-case letters are commands.
6618
6619 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6620 modify it.
6621
6622 The most useful commands are:
6623 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6624 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6625 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6626 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6627 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6628 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6629
6630 \(fn)" t nil)
6631
6632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "decipher" '("decipher-")))
6633
6634 ;;;***
6635 \f
6636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
6637 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6638 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6639
6640 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6641 Customization of `columns' group.
6642
6643 \(fn)" t nil)
6644
6645 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6646 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6647
6648 START and END delimits the text region.
6649
6650 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6651
6652 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6653 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6654
6655 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6656
6657 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6658
6659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delim-col" '("delimit-columns-")))
6660
6661 ;;;***
6662 \f
6663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
6664 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6665
6666 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6667
6668 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6669 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6670 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
6671 for a description of this minor mode.
6672 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6673 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6674 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6675
6676 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6677
6678 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6679 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6680 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
6681 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
6682 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6683
6684 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
6685 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
6686 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
6687 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
6688
6689 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
6690 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
6691
6692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6693
6694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delsel" '("del" "minibuffer-keyboard-quit")))
6695
6696 ;;;***
6697 \f
6698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
6699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6700
6701 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6702 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6703
6704 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6705
6706 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6707 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6708 or nil if there is no parent.
6709 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6710 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6711 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6712 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6713 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6714
6715 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6716 arguments are currently understood:
6717 :group GROUP
6718 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6719 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6720 :syntax-table TABLE
6721 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6722 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6723 :abbrev-table TABLE
6724 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6725 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6726 :after-hook FORM
6727 A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks have been
6728 run. It should not be quoted.
6729
6730 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6731
6732 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6733
6734 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6735 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6736 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6737
6738 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6739 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6740
6741 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6742 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6743 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6744
6745 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6746 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6747
6748 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6749 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6750
6751 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6752
6753 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6754
6755 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6756
6757 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6758 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6759 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6760 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6761 the first time the mode is used.
6762
6763 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6764
6765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "derived" '("derived-mode-")))
6766
6767 ;;;***
6768 \f
6769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
6770 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6771
6772 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6773 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6774 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6775 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6776 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6777 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6778 otherwise.
6779
6780 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6781
6782 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6783 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6784 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6785 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6786
6787 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6788 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6789 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6790
6791 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6792 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6793 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6794 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6795 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6796 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6797 relevant to POS.
6798
6799 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6800
6801 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6802 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6803
6804 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6805 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6806 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6807 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6808 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6809 minibuffer window for width limit.
6810
6811 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6812 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6813
6814 \(fn)" nil nil)
6815
6816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "descr-text" '("describe-")))
6817
6818 ;;;***
6819 \f
6820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
6821 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6822
6823 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6824 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6825 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6826 for a description of this minor mode.
6827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6828 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6829 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6830
6831 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6832
6833 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6834 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6835 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6836 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6837 is omitted or nil.
6838
6839 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6840 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6841 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6842 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6843
6844 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6845 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6846
6847 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6848 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6849
6850 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6851
6852 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6853
6854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6855
6856 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6857 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6858 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6859 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6860
6861 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6862
6863 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6864 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6865
6866 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6867 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6868 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6869
6870 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6871 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6872
6873 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6874 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6875 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6876
6877 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6878 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6879 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6880 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6881
6882 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6883
6884 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6885 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6886
6887 Handlers are called with argument list
6888
6889 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6890
6891 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6892
6893 `desktop-file-version'
6894 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6895 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6896 `desktop-buffer-point'
6897 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6898 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6899 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6900
6901 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6902 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6903
6904 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6905 code like
6906
6907 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6908 ...
6909 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6910 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6911
6912 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6913 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6914 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6915
6916 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6917
6918 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6919 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6920 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6921 List elements must have the form
6922
6923 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6924
6925 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6926 function.
6927
6928 Handlers are called with argument list
6929
6930 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6931
6932 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6933
6934 `desktop-file-version'
6935 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6936 `desktop-buffer-name'
6937 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6938 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6939 `desktop-buffer-point'
6940 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6941 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6942 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6943
6944 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6945 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6946 created and set.
6947
6948 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6949 code like
6950
6951 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6952 ...
6953 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6954 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6955
6956 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6957 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6958 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6959
6960 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6961
6962 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6963
6964 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6965 Empty the Desktop.
6966 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6967 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6968 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6969 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6970 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6971 if different).
6972
6973 \(fn)" t nil)
6974
6975 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6976 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6977 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6978 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6979 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6980 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6981 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6982 do not rewrite the file.
6983
6984 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6985 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6986 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6987 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6988 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6989 file.
6990
6991 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6992 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6993 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6994 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6995 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6996 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6997 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6998 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6999 without further confirmation.
7000
7001 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
7002
7003 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
7004 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
7005 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
7006
7007 \(fn)" t nil)
7008
7009 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
7010 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
7011 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
7012 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
7013 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
7014 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
7015 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
7016 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
7017
7018 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
7019
7020 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
7021 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
7022 Also inhibit further loading of it.
7023
7024 \(fn)" nil nil)
7025
7026 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
7027
7028 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
7029 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
7030 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
7031 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
7032 directory DIRNAME.
7033
7034 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
7035
7036 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
7037 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
7038
7039 \(fn)" t nil)
7040
7041 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
7042 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
7043
7044 \(fn)" t nil)
7045
7046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "desktop" '("desktop-")))
7047
7048 ;;;***
7049 \f
7050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
7051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
7052
7053 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
7054 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
7055 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
7056 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
7057 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
7058 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7059
7060 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7061
7062 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
7063 Repair a broken attribution line.
7064 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7065
7066 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7067
7068 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7069 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
7070 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
7071 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7072
7073 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7074
7075 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7076 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
7077
7078 \(fn)" t nil)
7079
7080 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "deuglify" '("gnus-")))
7081
7082 ;;;***
7083 \f
7084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dframe" "dframe.el" (0 0 0 0))
7085 ;;; Generated autoloads from dframe.el
7086
7087 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dframe" '("dframe-")))
7088
7089 ;;;***
7090 \f
7091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
7092 ;;;;;; 0))
7093 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
7094
7095 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
7096 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
7097 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
7098 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
7099 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
7100
7101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7102
7103 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
7104 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
7105 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
7106 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
7107
7108 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
7109 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
7110 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
7111 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
7112
7113 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
7114 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
7115
7116 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
7117 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
7118 calendar-date-style \\='european
7119 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
7120
7121 \(diary-mail-entries)
7122
7123 # diary-rem.el ends here
7124
7125 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
7126
7127 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
7128 Major mode for editing the diary file.
7129
7130 \(fn)" t nil)
7131
7132 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diary-lib" '("diary-" "calendar-mark-")))
7133
7134 ;;;***
7135 \f
7136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7137 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
7138
7139 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
7140 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
7141
7142 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
7143
7144 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
7145 The command to use to run diff.")
7146
7147 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
7148
7149 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
7150 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
7151 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
7152 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
7153 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
7154 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
7155
7156 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
7157 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
7158 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
7159
7160 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
7161
7162 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
7163 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7164 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7165 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7166 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7167 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
7168
7169 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7170
7171 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
7172 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
7173
7174 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
7175
7176 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
7177 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
7178 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
7179
7180 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7181
7182 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff" '("diff-")))
7183
7184 ;;;***
7185 \f
7186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7187 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
7188
7189 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
7190 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
7191 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
7192 normal diffs.
7193
7194 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
7195 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
7196 headers for you on-the-fly.
7197
7198 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
7199 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
7200 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
7201
7202 \\{diff-mode-map}
7203
7204 \(fn)" t nil)
7205
7206 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
7207 Toggle Diff minor mode.
7208 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
7209 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7210 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7211
7212 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
7213
7214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7215
7216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff-mode" '("diff-")))
7217
7218 ;;;***
7219 \f
7220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
7221 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
7222
7223 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
7224 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
7225 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
7226
7227 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
7228
7229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dig" '("query-dig" "dig-")))
7230
7231 ;;;***
7232 \f
7233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
7234 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
7235
7236 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
7237 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
7238 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
7239 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
7240 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
7241 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
7242 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
7243 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
7244
7245 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
7246
7247 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7248 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
7249 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7250 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7251 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7252 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7253
7254 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7255 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
7256 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7257 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7258
7259 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
7260 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
7261
7262 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
7263 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
7264 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
7265 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
7266 listing have no effect.
7267
7268 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
7269 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
7270 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
7271
7272 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7273
7274 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7275 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7276
7277 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7278 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
7279
7280 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7281 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7282
7283 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7284 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
7285
7286 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7287
7288 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7289 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7290
7291 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7292
7293 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7294 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
7295 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
7296 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7297 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
7298 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
7299 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7300 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
7301 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
7302 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7303 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
7304 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
7305 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
7306 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7307 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7308 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7309 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7310 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7311 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7312 to see why something went wrong.
7313 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
7314 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
7315 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
7316 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7317 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7318 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
7319 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7320 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7321 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7322 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7323 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7324 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7325 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
7326
7327 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7328 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
7329 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7330 again for the directory tree.
7331
7332 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7333 for more info):
7334
7335 `dired-listing-switches'
7336 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7337 `dired-marker-char'
7338 `dired-del-marker'
7339 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7340 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7341 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7342 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7343
7344 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7345
7346 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7347 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7348 `dired-mode-hook'
7349 `dired-load-hook'
7350
7351 Keybindings:
7352 \\{dired-mode-map}
7353
7354 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7355 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7356
7357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired" '("dired-")))
7358
7359 ;;;***
7360 \f
7361 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el"
7362 ;;;;;; (22316 28459 907124 107000))
7363 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7364
7365 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-aux" '("dired-" "minibuffer-default-add-dired-shell-commands")))
7366
7367 ;;;***
7368 \f
7369 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7370 ;;;;;; (22258 27960 296487 495000))
7371 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7372
7373 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-x" '("dired-" "virtual-dired")))
7374
7375 ;;;***
7376 \f
7377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
7378 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7379
7380 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7381 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
7382 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
7383 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7384 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7385
7386 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
7387 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
7388 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
7389
7390 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
7391 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
7392 directory.
7393
7394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7395
7396 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7397 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
7398 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
7399 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
7400 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
7401 from `default-directory'.
7402
7403 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7404
7405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dirtrack" '("dirtrack-")))
7406
7407 ;;;***
7408 \f
7409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
7410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7411
7412 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7413 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7414 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7415 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7416 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7417 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7418
7419 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7420
7421 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disass" '("disassemble-")))
7422
7423 ;;;***
7424 \f
7425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
7426 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7427
7428 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7429 Return a new, empty display table.
7430
7431 \(fn)" nil nil)
7432
7433 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7434 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7435 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7436 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7437 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7438
7439 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7440
7441 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7442 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7443 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7444 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7445 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7446
7447 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7448
7449 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7450 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7451
7452 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7453
7454 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7455 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7456
7457 \(fn)" t nil)
7458
7459 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7460 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
7461
7462 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
7463 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
7464
7465 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
7466 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
7467 byte.
7468
7469 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
7470 in the default way after this call.
7471
7472 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7473
7474 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7475 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7476
7477 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7478
7479 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7480 Display character C using printable string S.
7481
7482 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7483
7484 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7485 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7486 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7487 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7488
7489 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7490
7491 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7492 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7493 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7494 X frame.
7495
7496 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7497
7498 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7499 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7500
7501 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7502
7503 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7504 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7505
7506 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7507
7508 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7509 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7510
7511 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7512
7513 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7514 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7515
7516 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7517
7518 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7519 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7520
7521 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7522
7523 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7524 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7525
7526 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
7527 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
7528
7529 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
7530 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
7531
7532 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7533 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7534 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7535 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7536
7537 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7538 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
7539 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
7540 in `.emacs'.
7541
7542 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7543
7544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disp-table" '("display-table-print-array")))
7545
7546 ;;;***
7547 \f
7548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
7549 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7550
7551 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7552 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7553 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7554 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7555 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7556 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7557 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7558 Default is 2.
7559
7560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7561
7562 ;;;***
7563 \f
7564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
7565 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7566
7567 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
7568 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7569 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7570 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7571 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7572 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7573 private or ask).
7574 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7575 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7576 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7577 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7578 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7579
7580 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7581
7582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dnd" '("dnd-")))
7583
7584 ;;;***
7585 \f
7586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns" "net/dns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7587 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dns.el
7588
7589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns" '("dns-")))
7590
7591 ;;;***
7592 \f
7593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7594 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7595
7596 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7597 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7598 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7599 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7600 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7601 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7602 table and its own syntax table.
7603
7604 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7605
7606 \(fn)" t nil)
7607 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7608
7609 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7610 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7611
7612 \(fn)" t nil)
7613
7614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns-mode" '("dns-mode-")))
7615
7616 ;;;***
7617 \f
7618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
7619 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7620
7621 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7622 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7623 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
7624 OpenDocument format).
7625
7626 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7627
7628 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7629 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7630
7631 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
7632 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
7633
7634 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
7635 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7636 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
7637
7638 \(fn)" t nil)
7639
7640 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
7641 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
7642 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
7643 to the next best mode.
7644
7645 \(fn)" nil nil)
7646
7647 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7648 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
7649 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
7650 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7651 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7652
7653 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7654
7655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7656
7657 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7658
7659
7660 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7661
7662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doc-view" '("doc-view-")))
7663
7664 ;;;***
7665 \f
7666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
7667 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7668
7669 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7670 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7671
7672 \(fn)" t nil)
7673
7674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doctor" '("doc" "make-doctor-variables")))
7675
7676 ;;;***
7677 \f
7678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dom" "dom.el" (0 0 0 0))
7679 ;;; Generated autoloads from dom.el
7680
7681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dom" '("dom-")))
7682
7683 ;;;***
7684 \f
7685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-fns" "dos-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7686 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-fns.el
7687
7688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-fns" '("dos")))
7689
7690 ;;;***
7691 \f
7692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-vars" "dos-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
7693 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-vars.el
7694
7695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-vars" '("dos-codepage-setup-hook" "msdos-shells")))
7696
7697 ;;;***
7698 \f
7699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-w32" "dos-w32.el" (0 0 0 0))
7700 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-w32.el
7701
7702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-w32" '("w32-" "file-name-buffer-file-type-alist" "find-")))
7703
7704 ;;;***
7705 \f
7706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
7707 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7708
7709 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7710 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
7711 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
7712 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7713 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7714
7715 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
7716 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
7717
7718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7719
7720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "double" '("double-")))
7721
7722 ;;;***
7723 \f
7724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
7725 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7726 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7727
7728 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7729 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7730
7731 \(fn)" t nil)
7732
7733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dunnet" '("down" "dun" "out" "obj-special" "south" "north" "west" "east")))
7734
7735 ;;;***
7736 \f
7737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dynamic-setting" "dynamic-setting.el" (0 0
7738 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7739 ;;; Generated autoloads from dynamic-setting.el
7740
7741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dynamic-setting" '("dynamic-setting-handle-config-changed-event" "font-setting-change-default-font")))
7742
7743 ;;;***
7744 \f
7745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
7746 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
7747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7748
7749 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7750
7751 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7752 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7753 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
7754 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
7755 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7756
7757 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
7758 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
7759 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
7760 and disables it otherwise.
7761
7762 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
7763 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
7764 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
7765 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
7766
7767 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
7768 documenting what its argument does.
7769
7770 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7771 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
7772 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7773 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
7774 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
7775 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
7776 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
7777 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
7778 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
7779
7780 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
7781 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
7782 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
7783 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
7784 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
7785 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
7786 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
7787 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
7788 the minor mode is global):
7789
7790 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7791 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7792 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7793 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7794 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7795 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7796 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7797 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7798 Not used if you also specify :variable.
7799 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7800 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7801 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7802 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
7803 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
7804 named variable, or a generalized variable.
7805 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
7806 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
7807 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
7808 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
7809 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
7810 in :variable).
7811
7812 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
7813 have been run. It should not be quoted.
7814
7815 For example, you could write
7816 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7817 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
7818 ...BODY CODE...)
7819
7820 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7821
7822 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7823
7824 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7825
7826 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7827
7828 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7829 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7830 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7831 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7832 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7833 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7834 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7835 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7836 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7837 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7838 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7839 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7840
7841 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7842 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7843 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7844 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7845 call another major mode in their body.
7846
7847 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7848 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7849 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7850
7851 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7852
7853 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7854
7855 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7856 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7857 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7858 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7859 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7860 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7861 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7862
7863 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7864
7865 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7866 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7867 :inherit Parent keymap.
7868 :group Ignored.
7869 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7870 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7871
7872 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7873
7874 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7875 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7876 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7877 the constant's documentation.
7878
7879 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7880
7881 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7882 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7883 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7884
7885 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7886
7887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easy-mmode" '("easy-mmode-")))
7888
7889 ;;;***
7890 \f
7891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
7892 ;;;;;; 0))
7893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7894
7895 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7896 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7897 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7898 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7899
7900 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7901 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7902 as a top-level menu bar item.
7903
7904 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7905 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7906 pairs:
7907
7908 :filter FUNCTION
7909 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7910 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7911 items to actually display.
7912
7913 :visible INCLUDE
7914 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7915 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7916 alias for `:visible'.
7917
7918 :active ENABLE
7919 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7920 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7921 an alias for `:active'.
7922
7923 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7924 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7925
7926 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7927
7928 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7929
7930 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7931 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7932
7933 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7934 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7935
7936 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7937
7938 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7939
7940 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7941 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7942
7943 :keys KEYS
7944 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7945 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7946 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7947 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7948
7949 :key-sequence KEYS
7950 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7951 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7952 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7953 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7954
7955 :active ENABLE
7956 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7957 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7958 alias for `:active'.
7959
7960 :visible INCLUDE
7961 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7962 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7963 `:visible'.
7964
7965 :label FORM
7966 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7967 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7968
7969 :suffix FORM
7970 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7971 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7972
7973 :style STYLE
7974 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7975 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7976 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7977
7978 :selected SELECTED
7979 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7980 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7981
7982 :help HELP
7983 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7984
7985 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7986 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7987 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7988
7989 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7990 MENU. This is a submenu.
7991
7992 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7993
7994 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7995
7996 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7997
7998
7999 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8000
8001 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
8002 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8003 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8004 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8005
8006 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8007
8008 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
8009 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8010 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8011 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8012 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8013 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8014
8015 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8016 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8017 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8018
8019 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8020 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8021 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8022
8023 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8024 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8025
8026 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8027
8028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easymenu" '("easy-menu-" "add-submenu")))
8029
8030 ;;;***
8031 \f
8032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-abn" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" (0 0 0 0))
8033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-abn.el
8034
8035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-abn" '("ebnf-abn-")))
8036
8037 ;;;***
8038 \f
8039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-bnf" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8040 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el
8041
8042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-bnf" '("ebnf-")))
8043
8044 ;;;***
8045 \f
8046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-dtd" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el
8048
8049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-dtd" '("ebnf-dtd-")))
8050
8051 ;;;***
8052 \f
8053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-ebx" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" (0 0 0 0))
8054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el
8055
8056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-ebx" '("ebnf-ebx-")))
8057
8058 ;;;***
8059 \f
8060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-iso" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
8061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-iso.el
8062
8063 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-iso" '("ebnf-")))
8064
8065 ;;;***
8066 \f
8067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-otz" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" (0 0 0 0))
8068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-otz.el
8069
8070 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-otz" '("ebnf-")))
8071
8072 ;;;***
8073 \f
8074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-yac" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" (0 0 0 0))
8075 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-yac.el
8076
8077 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-yac" '("ebnf-yac-")))
8078
8079 ;;;***
8080 \f
8081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
8082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8083 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8084
8085 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8086 Customization for ebnf group.
8087
8088 \(fn)" t nil)
8089
8090 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8091 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8092
8093 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8094
8095 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8096 processed.
8097
8098 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8099
8100 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8101
8102 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8103 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8104
8105 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8106 killed after process termination.
8107
8108 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8109
8110 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8111
8112 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8114
8115 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8116 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8117 it to the printer.
8118
8119 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8120 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8121 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8122 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8123
8124 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8125
8126 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8127 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8128 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8129
8130 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8131
8132 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8133 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8134
8135 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8136
8137 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8138 processed.
8139
8140 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8141
8142 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8143
8144 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8145 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8146
8147 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8148 killed after process termination.
8149
8150 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8151
8152 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8153
8154 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8155 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8156 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8157 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8158
8159 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8160
8161 \(fn)" t nil)
8162
8163 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8164 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8165 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8166
8167 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8168
8169 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8170
8171 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8172 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8173
8174 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8175
8176 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8177 processed.
8178
8179 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8180
8181 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8182
8183 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8184 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8185
8186 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8187 killed after EPS generation.
8188
8189 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8190
8191 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8192
8193 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8194 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8195
8196 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8197 The EPS file name has the following form:
8198
8199 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8200
8201 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8202 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8203
8204 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8205 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8206 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8207 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8208 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8209
8210 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8211 files.
8212
8213 \(fn)" t nil)
8214
8215 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8216 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8217
8218 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8219 The EPS file name has the following form:
8220
8221 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8222
8223 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8224 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8225
8226 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8227 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8228 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8229 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8230 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8231
8232 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8233 files.
8234
8235 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8236
8237 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8238
8239 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8240 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8241
8242 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8243
8244 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8245 are processed.
8246
8247 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8248
8249 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8250
8251 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8252 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8253
8254 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8255 killed after syntax checking.
8256
8257 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8258
8259 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8260
8261 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8262 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8263
8264 \(fn)" t nil)
8265
8266 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8267 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8268
8269 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8270
8271 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8272 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8273
8274 \(fn)" nil nil)
8275
8276 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8277 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8278
8279 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8280
8281 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8282
8283 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8284 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8285
8286 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8287
8288 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8289
8290 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8291 Delete style NAME.
8292
8293 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8294
8295 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8296
8297 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8298 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8299
8300 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8301
8302 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8303
8304 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8305 Set STYLE as the current style.
8306
8307 Returns the old style symbol.
8308
8309 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8310
8311 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8312
8313 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8314 Reset current style.
8315
8316 Returns the old style symbol.
8317
8318 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8319
8320 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8321
8322 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8323 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8324
8325 Returns the old style symbol.
8326
8327 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8328
8329 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8330
8331 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8332
8333 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8334 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8335
8336 Returns the old style symbol.
8337
8338 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8339
8340 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8341
8342 \(fn)" t nil)
8343
8344 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf2ps" '("ebnf-")))
8345
8346 ;;;***
8347 \f
8348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8350
8351 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8352 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8353 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8354 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8355 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8356 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8357
8358 Tree mode key bindings:
8359 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8360
8361 \(fn)" t nil)
8362
8363 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8364 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8365
8366 \(fn)" t nil)
8367
8368 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8369 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8370
8371 \(fn)" t nil)
8372
8373 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8374 View declaration of member at point.
8375
8376 \(fn)" t nil)
8377
8378 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8379 Find declaration of member at point.
8380
8381 \(fn)" t nil)
8382
8383 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8384 View definition of member at point.
8385
8386 \(fn)" t nil)
8387
8388 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8389 Find definition of member at point.
8390
8391 \(fn)" t nil)
8392
8393 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8394 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8395
8396 \(fn)" t nil)
8397
8398 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8399 View definition of member at point in other window.
8400
8401 \(fn)" t nil)
8402
8403 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8404 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8405
8406 \(fn)" t nil)
8407
8408 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8409 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8410
8411 \(fn)" t nil)
8412
8413 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8414 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8415
8416 \(fn)" t nil)
8417
8418 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8419 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8420
8421 \(fn)" t nil)
8422
8423 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8424 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8425 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8426 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8427 completion.
8428
8429 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8430
8431 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8432 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8433 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8434 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8435
8436 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8437
8438 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8439 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8440 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8441 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8442
8443 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8444
8445 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8446 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8447 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8448
8449 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8450
8451 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8452 Search for call sites of a member.
8453 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8454 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8455 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8456 looks like a function call to the member.
8457
8458 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8459
8460 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8461 Move backward in the position stack.
8462 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8463
8464 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8465
8466 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8467 Move forward in the position stack.
8468 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8469
8470 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8471
8472 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8473 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8474
8475 \(fn)" t nil)
8476
8477 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8478 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8479
8480 \(fn)" t nil)
8481
8482 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8483 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8484 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8485 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8486
8487 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8488
8489 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8490 Display statistics for a class tree.
8491
8492 \(fn)" t nil)
8493
8494 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebrowse" '("electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook" "ebrowse-")))
8495
8496 ;;;***
8497 \f
8498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8499 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8500
8501 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8502 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
8503 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
8504 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
8505 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
8506 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
8507 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8508
8509 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8510
8511 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
8512 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
8513 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
8514 also has this effect.
8515 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
8516 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
8517 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
8518 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
8519 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
8520 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
8521 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
8522 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
8523 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
8524 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
8525
8526 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8527
8528 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebuff-menu" '("electric-buffer-" "Electric-buffer-menu-")))
8529
8530 ;;;***
8531 \f
8532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
8533 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8534
8535 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8536 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8537 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8538
8539 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8540
8541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "echistory" '("Electric-history-" "electric-")))
8542
8543 ;;;***
8544 \f
8545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
8546 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
8547
8548 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8549
8550
8551 \(fn)" nil nil)
8552
8553 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ecomplete" '("ecomplete-")))
8554
8555 ;;;***
8556 \f
8557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
8558 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
8559 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8560
8561 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
8562 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
8563 See the `global-ede-mode' command
8564 for a description of this minor mode.
8565 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8566 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8567 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
8568
8569 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
8570
8571 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
8572 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
8573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
8574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8576
8577 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
8578 an EDE controlled project.
8579
8580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8581
8582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede" '("project-try-ede" "ede" "global-ede-mode-map")))
8583
8584 ;;;***
8585 \f
8586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/auto" "cedet/ede/auto.el" (0 0 0 0))
8587 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/auto.el
8588
8589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/auto" '("ede-")))
8590
8591 ;;;***
8592 \f
8593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/autoconf-edit" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
8594 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8595 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el
8596
8597 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/autoconf-edit" '("autoconf-")))
8598
8599 ;;;***
8600 \f
8601 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/base" "cedet/ede/base.el"
8602 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 927192 607000))
8603 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/base.el
8604
8605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/base" '("ede-")))
8606
8607 ;;;***
8608 \f
8609 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/config" "cedet/ede/config.el"
8610 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 927192 607000))
8611 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/config.el
8612
8613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/config" '("ede-")))
8614
8615 ;;;***
8616 \f
8617 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/cpp-root"
8618 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8619 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/cpp-root.el
8620
8621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/cpp-root" '("ede-c")))
8622
8623 ;;;***
8624 \f
8625 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/custom" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
8626 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8627 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/custom.el
8628
8629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/custom" '("eieio-ede-old-variables" "ede-")))
8630
8631 ;;;***
8632 \f
8633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/detect" "cedet/ede/detect.el" (0 0 0 0))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/detect.el
8635
8636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/detect" '("ede-")))
8637
8638 ;;;***
8639 \f
8640 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
8641 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8642 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
8643
8644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/dired" '("ede-dired-")))
8645
8646 ;;;***
8647 \f
8648 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/emacs" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
8649 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8650 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/emacs.el
8651
8652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/emacs" '("ede-emacs-")))
8653
8654 ;;;***
8655 \f
8656 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/files" "cedet/ede/files.el"
8657 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/files.el
8659
8660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/files" '("ede-")))
8661
8662 ;;;***
8663 \f
8664 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/generic"
8665 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8666 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/generic.el
8667
8668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/generic" '("ede-generic-")))
8669
8670 ;;;***
8671 \f
8672 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/linux" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
8673 ;;;;;; (22362 1462 489419 679000))
8674 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/linux.el
8675
8676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/linux" '("ede-linux-" "project-linux-")))
8677
8678 ;;;***
8679 \f
8680 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/locate" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
8681 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 37741 19000))
8682 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/locate.el
8683
8684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/locate" '("ede-locate-")))
8685
8686 ;;;***
8687 \f
8688 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/make" "cedet/ede/make.el"
8689 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8690 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/make.el
8691
8692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/make" '("ede-make-")))
8693
8694 ;;;***
8695 \f
8696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/makefile-edit" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
8697 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8698 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el
8699
8700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/makefile-edit" '("makefile-")))
8701
8702 ;;;***
8703 \f
8704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pconf" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8705 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pconf.el
8706
8707 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pconf" '("ede-pconf-create-file-query")))
8708
8709 ;;;***
8710 \f
8711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pmake" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" (0 0 0 0))
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pmake.el
8713
8714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pmake" '("ede-pmake-")))
8715
8716 ;;;***
8717 \f
8718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj" "cedet/ede/proj.el" (0 0 0 0))
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj.el
8720
8721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj" '("ede-proj-")))
8722
8723 ;;;***
8724 \f
8725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-archive" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
8726 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-archive.el
8728
8729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-archive" '("ede-")))
8730
8731 ;;;***
8732 \f
8733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-aux" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" (0 0
8734 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8735 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-aux.el
8736
8737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-aux" '("ede-")))
8738
8739 ;;;***
8740 \f
8741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-comp" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" (0
8742 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-comp.el
8744
8745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-comp" '("proj-comp-insert-variable-once" "ede-")))
8746
8747 ;;;***
8748 \f
8749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-elisp" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
8750 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el
8752
8753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-elisp" '("ede-")))
8754
8755 ;;;***
8756 \f
8757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-info" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" (0
8758 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8759 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-info.el
8760
8761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-info" '("ede-")))
8762
8763 ;;;***
8764 \f
8765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-misc" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" (0
8766 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8767 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-misc.el
8768
8769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-misc" '("ede-")))
8770
8771 ;;;***
8772 \f
8773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-obj" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" (0 0
8774 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8775 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-obj.el
8776
8777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-obj" '("ede-")))
8778
8779 ;;;***
8780 \f
8781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-prog" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" (0
8782 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-prog.el
8784
8785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-prog" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-program")))
8786
8787 ;;;***
8788 \f
8789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-scheme" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
8790 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el
8792
8793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-scheme" '("ede-proj-target-scheme")))
8794
8795 ;;;***
8796 \f
8797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-shared" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
8798 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-shared.el
8800
8801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-shared" '("ede-")))
8802
8803 ;;;***
8804 \f
8805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
8806 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8807 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
8808
8809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/project-am" '("project-am-")))
8810
8811 ;;;***
8812 \f
8813 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/shell" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
8814 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 935192 607000))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/shell.el
8816
8817 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/shell" '("ede-shell-run-command")))
8818
8819 ;;;***
8820 \f
8821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/simple" "cedet/ede/simple.el" (0 0 0 0))
8822 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/simple.el
8823
8824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/simple" '("ede-simple-")))
8825
8826 ;;;***
8827 \f
8828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/source" "cedet/ede/source.el" (0 0 0 0))
8829 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/source.el
8830
8831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/source" '("ede-source")))
8832
8833 ;;;***
8834 \f
8835 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/speedbar"
8836 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" (22164 57533 935192 607000))
8837 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/speedbar.el
8838
8839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/speedbar" '("ede-")))
8840
8841 ;;;***
8842 \f
8843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/srecode" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" (0 0 0
8844 ;;;;;; 0))
8845 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/srecode.el
8846
8847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/srecode" '("ede-srecode-")))
8848
8849 ;;;***
8850 \f
8851 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/util" "cedet/ede/util.el"
8852 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 935192 607000))
8853 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/util.el
8854
8855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/util" '("ede-make-buffer-writable")))
8856
8857 ;;;***
8858 \f
8859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
8860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8861
8862 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8863 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8864 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8865 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8866 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8867
8868 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8869 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8870 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
8871 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8872
8873 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8874
8875 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8876 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8877 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8878 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8879
8880 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8881
8882 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8883 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8884 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8885 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8886
8887 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8888
8889 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8890
8891 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8892 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8893 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8894 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8895 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8896
8897 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
8898 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
8899 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
8900 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
8901 instrumented for Edebug.
8902
8903 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8904 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8905 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8906 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8907 already is one.)
8908
8909 \(fn)" t nil)
8910
8911 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
8912 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8913
8914 \(fn)" t nil)
8915
8916 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
8917 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8918
8919 \(fn)" t nil)
8920
8921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edebug" '("edebug" "get-edebug-spec" "global-edebug-" "cancel-edebug-on-entry")))
8922
8923 ;;;***
8924 \f
8925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
8926 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
8927 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8928
8929 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8930 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8931
8932 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8933
8934 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8935 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8936
8937 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8938
8939 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8940
8941 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8942
8943 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
8944 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
8945 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
8946 nothing to revert then this command fails.
8947
8948 \(fn)" t nil)
8949
8950 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8951 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8952 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8953 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8954
8955 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8956
8957 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8958 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8959
8960 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8961
8962 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8963
8964 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8965 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8966
8967 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8968
8969 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8970
8971 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8972 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8973 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8974 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8975
8976 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8977
8978 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8979
8980 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8981 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8982 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8983 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8984
8985 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8986
8987 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8988
8989 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8990 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8991 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8992 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8993
8994 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8995
8996 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
8997
8998 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
8999 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
9000 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9001 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9002
9003 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9004
9005 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
9006
9007 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9008 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
9009 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
9010 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
9011 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
9012 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9013
9014 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9015
9016 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9017 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
9018 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9019 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9020
9021 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9022
9023 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
9024
9025 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9026 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
9027 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9028 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9029
9030 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9031
9032 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
9033
9034 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
9035
9036 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
9037 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
9038 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9039 follows:
9040 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9041 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9042
9043 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9044
9045 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
9046 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
9047 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9048 follows:
9049 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9050 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9051
9052 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9053
9054 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
9055 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9056 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9057 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
9058 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
9059
9060 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9061
9062 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
9063 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9064 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9065 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
9066 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
9067 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
9068
9069 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9070
9071 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
9072
9073 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
9074 Merge two files without ancestor.
9075
9076 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9077
9078 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9079 Merge two files with ancestor.
9080
9081 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9082
9083 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
9084
9085 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
9086 Merge buffers without ancestor.
9087
9088 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9089
9090 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9091 Merge buffers with ancestor.
9092
9093 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9094
9095 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
9096 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
9097 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9098 buffer.
9099
9100 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9101
9102 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9103 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
9104 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9105 buffer.
9106
9107 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9108
9109 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
9110 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
9111 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
9112 and don't ask the user.
9113 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
9114 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
9115
9116 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9117
9118 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
9119 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
9120 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
9121 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
9122 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
9123 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
9124 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
9125 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
9126
9127 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9128
9129 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
9130
9131 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
9132
9133 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
9134 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
9135 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
9136 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
9137 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
9138
9139 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9140
9141 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
9142
9143 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
9144 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
9145 When called interactively, displays the version.
9146
9147 \(fn)" t nil)
9148
9149 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
9150 Display Ediff's manual.
9151 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
9152
9153 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
9154
9155 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
9156
9157
9158 \(fn)" nil nil)
9159
9160 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
9161
9162
9163 \(fn)" nil nil)
9164
9165 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
9166
9167
9168 \(fn)" nil nil)
9169
9170 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9171
9172
9173 \(fn)" nil nil)
9174
9175 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
9176
9177
9178 \(fn)" nil nil)
9179
9180 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
9181
9182
9183 \(fn)" nil nil)
9184
9185 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
9186
9187
9188 \(fn)" nil nil)
9189
9190 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9191
9192
9193 \(fn)" nil nil)
9194
9195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff" '("ediff-")))
9196
9197 ;;;***
9198 \f
9199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-diff" "vc/ediff-diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9200 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-diff.el
9201
9202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-diff" '("ediff-")))
9203
9204 ;;;***
9205 \f
9206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
9208
9209 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
9210
9211
9212 \(fn)" t nil)
9213
9214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-help" '("ediff-")))
9215
9216 ;;;***
9217 \f
9218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-init" "vc/ediff-init.el" (0 0 0 0))
9219 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-init.el
9220
9221 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-init" '("ediff-" "stipple-pixmap")))
9222
9223 ;;;***
9224 \f
9225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-merg" "vc/ediff-merg.el" (0 0 0 0))
9226 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-merg.el
9227
9228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-merg" '("ediff-")))
9229
9230 ;;;***
9231 \f
9232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
9233 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
9234
9235 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
9236 Display Ediff's registry.
9237
9238 \(fn)" t nil)
9239
9240 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
9241
9242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-mult" '("ediff-")))
9243
9244 ;;;***
9245 \f
9246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-ptch" "vc/ediff-ptch.el" (0 0 0 0))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-ptch.el
9248
9249 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-ptch" '("ediff-")))
9250
9251 ;;;***
9252 \f
9253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
9255
9256 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
9257 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
9258 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9259 which see.
9260
9261 \(fn)" t nil)
9262
9263 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9264 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9265 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9266 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9267
9268 \(fn)" t nil)
9269
9270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-util" '("ediff-")))
9271
9272 ;;;***
9273 \f
9274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-vers" "vc/ediff-vers.el" (0 0 0 0))
9275 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-vers.el
9276
9277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-vers" '("ediff-" "rcs-ediff-view-revision")))
9278
9279 ;;;***
9280 \f
9281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-wind" "vc/ediff-wind.el" (0 0 0 0))
9282 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-wind.el
9283
9284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-wind" '("ediff-")))
9285
9286 ;;;***
9287 \f
9288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
9289 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9290 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9291
9292 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9293 Edit a keyboard macro.
9294 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9295 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
9296 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
9297 its command name.
9298 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9299
9300 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9301
9302 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9303 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9304
9305 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9306
9307 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9308 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9309
9310 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9311
9312 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9313 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9314 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
9315 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9316 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
9317 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
9318
9319 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9320 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9321 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9322 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9323
9324 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9325
9326 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9327 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9328 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9329 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9330 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9331 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9332
9333 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9334
9335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edmacro" '("edmacro-")))
9336
9337 ;;;***
9338 \f
9339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
9340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9341
9342 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9343 Set scroll margins.
9344 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9345 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9346
9347 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9348
9349 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9350 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9351
9352 \(fn)" t nil)
9353
9354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt" '("edt-")))
9355
9356 ;;;***
9357 \f
9358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-lk201" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" (0 0 0
9359 ;;;;;; 0))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-lk201.el
9361
9362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-lk201" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9363
9364 ;;;***
9365 \f
9366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-mapper" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" (0 0
9367 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-mapper.el
9369
9370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-mapper" '("edt-")))
9371
9372 ;;;***
9373 \f
9374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-pc" "emulation/edt-pc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-pc.el
9376
9377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-pc" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9378
9379 ;;;***
9380 \f
9381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-vt100" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" (0 0 0
9382 ;;;;;; 0))
9383 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-vt100.el
9384
9385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-vt100" '("edt-set-term-width-")))
9386
9387 ;;;***
9388 \f
9389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9390 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9391
9392 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9393 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
9394 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9395 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9396 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9397 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9398 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9399
9400 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
9401 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9402
9403 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
9404 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
9405 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
9406 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
9407
9408 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9409 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9410 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9411
9412 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9413 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9414 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
9415
9416 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9417
9418 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9419
9420
9421 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9422
9423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ehelp" '("electric-" "ehelp-")))
9424
9425 ;;;***
9426 \f
9427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
9428 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
9429 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9430
9431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio" '("eieio-" "oref" "oset" "obj" "find-class" "set-slot-value" "same-class-p" "slot-" "child-of-class-p" "with-slots" "defclass")))
9432
9433 ;;;***
9434 \f
9435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-base" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" (0
9436 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el
9438
9439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-base" '("eieio-")))
9440
9441 ;;;***
9442 \f
9443 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-compat"
9444 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" (22164 57534 179192 607000))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el
9446
9447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-compat" '("no-" "next-method-p" "generic-p" "eieio--generic-static-symbol-specializers")))
9448
9449 ;;;***
9450 \f
9451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
9452 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
9454 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9455
9456 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
9457 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
9458 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
9459 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
9460 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
9461 SUPERCLASSES as children.
9462 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
9463
9464 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
9465
9466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-core" '("eieio-" "invalid-slot-" "inconsistent-class-hierarchy" "unbound-slot" "class-")))
9467
9468 ;;;***
9469 \f
9470 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-custom"
9471 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" (22164 57534 179192 607000))
9472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
9473
9474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-custom" '("eieio-")))
9475
9476 ;;;***
9477 \f
9478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-datadebug" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
9479 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el
9481
9482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-datadebug" '("data-debug-insert-object-")))
9483
9484 ;;;***
9485 \f
9486 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
9487 ;;;;;; (22323 1714 165363 124000))
9488 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
9489
9490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-opt" '("eieio-")))
9491
9492 ;;;***
9493 \f
9494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-speedbar" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
9495 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9496 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el
9497
9498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-speedbar" '("eieio-speedbar")))
9499
9500 ;;;***
9501 \f
9502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
9503 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
9504
9505 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
9506 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
9507
9508 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
9509 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
9510 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
9511
9512 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
9513
9514 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
9515 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
9516 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
9517 for a description of this minor mode.
9518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9519 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9520 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
9521
9522 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
9523
9524 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
9525 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
9526 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
9527 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9528 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9529
9530 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
9531 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
9532 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
9533 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
9534
9535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9536
9537 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
9538 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
9539
9540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9541
9542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elec-pair" '("electric-pair-")))
9543
9544 ;;;***
9545 \f
9546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
9547 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9548
9549 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9550 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9551
9552 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9553 an elided material again.
9554
9555 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9556
9557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9558
9559 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elide-head" '("elide-head-")))
9560
9561 ;;;***
9562 \f
9563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
9564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9565
9566 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
9567 Lint the file FILE.
9568
9569 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9570
9571 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
9572 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
9573 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
9574
9575 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9576
9577 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
9578 Lint the current buffer.
9579 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9580
9581 \(fn)" t nil)
9582
9583 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
9584 Lint the function at point.
9585 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9586
9587 \(fn)" t nil)
9588
9589 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9590 Initialize elint.
9591 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
9592 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
9593
9594 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
9595
9596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elint" '("elint-")))
9597
9598 ;;;***
9599 \f
9600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9601 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9602
9603 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9604 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9605 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9606
9607 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9608
9609 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9610 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9611 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9612 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
9613
9614 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9615
9616 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9617 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9618 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9619
9620 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9621
9622 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9623
9624 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9625 Display current profiling results.
9626 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9627 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9628 displayed.
9629
9630 \(fn)" t nil)
9631
9632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elp" '("elp-")))
9633
9634 ;;;***
9635 \f
9636 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-alias" "eshell/em-alias.el"
9637 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9638 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-alias.el
9639
9640 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-alias" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/alias")))
9641
9642 ;;;***
9643 \f
9644 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-banner" "eshell/em-banner.el"
9645 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9646 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-banner.el
9647
9648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-banner" '("eshell-banner-")))
9649
9650 ;;;***
9651 \f
9652 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-basic" "eshell/em-basic.el"
9653 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9654 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-basic.el
9655
9656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-basic" '("eshell")))
9657
9658 ;;;***
9659 \f
9660 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-cmpl" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
9661 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9662 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-cmpl.el
9663
9664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-cmpl" '("eshell-")))
9665
9666 ;;;***
9667 \f
9668 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-dirs" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
9669 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9670 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-dirs.el
9671
9672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-dirs" '("eshell")))
9673
9674 ;;;***
9675 \f
9676 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-glob" "eshell/em-glob.el"
9677 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9678 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-glob.el
9679
9680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-glob" '("eshell-")))
9681
9682 ;;;***
9683 \f
9684 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-hist" "eshell/em-hist.el"
9685 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9686 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-hist.el
9687
9688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-hist" '("eshell")))
9689
9690 ;;;***
9691 \f
9692 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-ls" "eshell/em-ls.el"
9693 ;;;;;; (22381 2247 656310 732000))
9694 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-ls.el
9695
9696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-ls" '("eshell")))
9697
9698 ;;;***
9699 \f
9700 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-pred" "eshell/em-pred.el"
9701 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9702 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-pred.el
9703
9704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-pred" '("eshell-")))
9705
9706 ;;;***
9707 \f
9708 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-prompt" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
9709 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9710 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-prompt.el
9711
9712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-prompt" '("eshell-")))
9713
9714 ;;;***
9715 \f
9716 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-rebind" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
9717 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9718 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-rebind.el
9719
9720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-rebind" '("eshell-")))
9721
9722 ;;;***
9723 \f
9724 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-script" "eshell/em-script.el"
9725 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9726 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-script.el
9727
9728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-script" '("eshell")))
9729
9730 ;;;***
9731 \f
9732 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-smart" "eshell/em-smart.el"
9733 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9734 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-smart.el
9735
9736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-smart" '("eshell-")))
9737
9738 ;;;***
9739 \f
9740 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-term" "eshell/em-term.el"
9741 ;;;;;; (22174 6972 512792 520000))
9742 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-term.el
9743
9744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-term" '("eshell-")))
9745
9746 ;;;***
9747 \f
9748 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-tramp" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
9749 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9750 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-tramp.el
9751
9752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-tramp" '("eshell")))
9753
9754 ;;;***
9755 \f
9756 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-unix" "eshell/em-unix.el"
9757 ;;;;;; (22319 4659 781044 40000))
9758 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-unix.el
9759
9760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-unix" '("eshell" "nil-blank-string" "pcomplete/")))
9761
9762 ;;;***
9763 \f
9764 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-xtra" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
9765 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 295192 607000))
9766 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-xtra.el
9767
9768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-xtra" '("pcomplete/bcc" "eshell/")))
9769
9770 ;;;***
9771 \f
9772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
9773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
9774
9775 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
9776 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
9777 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
9778 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
9779 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
9780 ARG is omitted or nil.
9781
9782 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
9783 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
9784 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
9785 used instead.
9786
9787 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
9788
9789 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
9790 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
9791 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
9792
9793 Other values are interpreted as usual.
9794
9795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9796
9797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacs-lock" '("toggle-emacs-lock" "emacs-lock-")))
9798
9799 ;;;***
9800 \f
9801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9802 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9803
9804 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
9805 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9806 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9807
9808 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
9809
9810 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
9811
9812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacsbug" '("report-emacs-bug-")))
9813
9814 ;;;***
9815 \f
9816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
9817 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
9818
9819 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
9820 Run Emerge on two files.
9821
9822 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9823
9824 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9825 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9826
9827 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9828
9829 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
9830 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9831
9832 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9833
9834 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9835 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9836
9837 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9838
9839 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
9840
9841
9842 \(fn)" nil nil)
9843
9844 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
9845
9846
9847 \(fn)" nil nil)
9848
9849 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
9850
9851
9852 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9853
9854 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
9855
9856
9857 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9858
9859 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
9860 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9861
9862 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9863
9864 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9865 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9866
9867 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9868
9869 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
9870
9871
9872 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9873
9874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emerge" '("emerge-")))
9875
9876 ;;;***
9877 \f
9878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
9879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9880
9881 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9882 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9883 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9884 text/enriched format.
9885
9886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
9887 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
9888 if ARG is omitted or nil.
9889
9890 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9891
9892 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9893 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
9894
9895 Commands:
9896
9897 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9898
9899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9900
9901 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
9902
9903
9904 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9905
9906 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
9907
9908
9909 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9910
9911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "enriched" '("enriched-")))
9912
9913 ;;;***
9914 \f
9915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
9916 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
9917
9918 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
9919 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
9920
9921 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
9922
9923 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
9924 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
9925
9926 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
9927
9928 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
9929 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
9930 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
9931 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
9932 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
9933 the keys are listed.
9934 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
9935
9936 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
9937
9938 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
9939 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
9940 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
9941
9942 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
9943
9944 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
9945 Verify FILE.
9946
9947 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9948
9949 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
9950 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
9951
9952 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
9953
9954 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
9955 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
9956
9957 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
9958
9959 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
9960 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
9961
9962 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
9963 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
9964 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
9965 proper place to insert the plaintext.
9966
9967 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
9968 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
9969 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
9970 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
9971 should consider using the string based counterpart
9972 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
9973 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
9974
9975 For example:
9976
9977 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
9978 (decode-coding-string
9979 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
9980 \\='utf-8))
9981
9982 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
9983
9984 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
9985 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
9986
9987 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9988 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
9989
9990 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9991
9992 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
9993
9994 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
9995 Verify the current region between START and END.
9996
9997 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9998 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
9999 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10000 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10001 should consider using the string based counterpart
10002 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
10003 `epg-verify-file' instead.
10004
10005 For example:
10006
10007 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
10008 (decode-coding-string
10009 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10010 \\='utf-8))
10011
10012 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10013
10014 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
10015
10016 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
10017 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
10018 between START and END.
10019
10020 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10021 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
10022
10023 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10024
10025 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10026
10027 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
10028 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
10029
10030 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10031 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10032 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10033 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10034 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
10035 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
10036
10037 For example:
10038
10039 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
10040 (epg-sign-string
10041 context
10042 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
10043
10044 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10045
10046 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
10047
10048 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
10049 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
10050
10051 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10052 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10053 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10054 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10055 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
10056 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
10057
10058 For example:
10059
10060 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
10061 (epg-encrypt-string
10062 context
10063 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
10064 nil))
10065
10066 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
10067
10068 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
10069
10070 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
10071 Delete selected KEYS.
10072
10073 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
10074
10075 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
10076 Import keys from FILE.
10077
10078 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10079
10080 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
10081 Import keys from the region.
10082
10083 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10084
10085 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10086 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
10087 between START and END.
10088
10089 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10090
10091 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
10092 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
10093
10094 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
10095
10096 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
10097 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
10098
10099 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
10100
10101 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa" '("epa-")))
10102
10103 ;;;***
10104 \f
10105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10106 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
10107
10108 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
10109 Decrypt marked files.
10110
10111 \(fn)" t nil)
10112
10113 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
10114 Verify marked files.
10115
10116 \(fn)" t nil)
10117
10118 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
10119 Sign marked files.
10120
10121 \(fn)" t nil)
10122
10123 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
10124 Encrypt marked files.
10125
10126 \(fn)" t nil)
10127
10128 ;;;***
10129 \f
10130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10131 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
10132
10133 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
10134
10135
10136 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10137
10138 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
10139
10140
10141 \(fn)" t nil)
10142
10143 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
10144
10145
10146 \(fn)" t nil)
10147
10148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-file" '("epa-")))
10149
10150 ;;;***
10151 \f
10152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10153 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
10154
10155 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10156 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
10157 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10158 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10159 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10160
10161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10162
10163 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
10164 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
10165 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10166
10167 \(fn)" t nil)
10168
10169 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
10170
10171 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
10172 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
10173 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10174
10175 \(fn)" t nil)
10176
10177 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
10178
10179 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
10180 Sign the current buffer.
10181 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10182
10183 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10184
10185 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
10186
10187 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
10188 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
10189 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
10190 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
10191 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
10192 and also whether and how to sign.
10193
10194 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
10195 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
10196 or nil meaning use the defaults.
10197
10198 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
10199
10200 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
10201
10202 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
10203 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
10204 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10205
10206 \(fn)" t nil)
10207
10208 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
10209
10210 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
10211 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
10212 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
10213 for a description of this minor mode.
10214 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10215 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
10216 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
10217
10218 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
10219
10220 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10221 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
10222 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10223 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10224 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10225
10226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10227
10228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-mail" '("epa-mail-")))
10229
10230 ;;;***
10231 \f
10232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10233 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
10234 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10235
10236 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
10237 Return a context object.
10238
10239 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
10240
10241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg" '("epg-")))
10242
10243 ;;;***
10244 \f
10245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
10246 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
10247
10248 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
10249 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
10250 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
10251 the previous invocation of this function, unless NO-CACHE is non-nil.
10252
10253 Then it walks through PROGRAM-ALIST or
10254 `epg-config--program-alist'. If `epg-gpg-program' or
10255 `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with custom, use it.
10256 Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the entry until the
10257 version requirement is met.
10258
10259 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional NO-CACHE PROGRAM-ALIST)" nil nil)
10260
10261 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
10262 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
10263
10264 \(fn)" nil nil)
10265
10266 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
10267
10268 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
10269 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
10270
10271 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
10272
10273 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
10274 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
10275
10276 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
10277
10278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg-config" '("epg-")))
10279
10280 ;;;***
10281 \f
10282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10283 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
10284 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10285
10286 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
10287 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
10288
10289 \(fn)" nil nil)
10290
10291 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
10292 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
10293 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
10294
10295 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
10296
10297 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
10298 (server (erc-compute-server))
10299 (port (erc-compute-port))
10300 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
10301 password
10302 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
10303
10304 That is, if called with
10305
10306 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
10307
10308 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
10309 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
10310 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
10311
10312 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
10313
10314 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
10315
10316 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
10317 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
10318 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
10319
10320 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
10321
10322 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
10323 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
10324 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
10325 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
10326
10327 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
10328
10329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc" '("erc-" "define-erc-module")))
10330
10331 ;;;***
10332 \f
10333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0
10334 ;;;;;; 0))
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
10336 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
10337
10338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-autoaway" '("erc-auto" "autoaway")))
10339
10340 ;;;***
10341 \f
10342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-backend" "erc/erc-backend.el" (0 0 0 0))
10343 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-backend.el
10344
10345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-backend" '("erc-")))
10346
10347 ;;;***
10348 \f
10349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (0 0 0 0))
10350 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
10351 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
10352
10353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-button" '("erc-" "button")))
10354
10355 ;;;***
10356 \f
10357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (0 0 0 0))
10358 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
10359 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
10360
10361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-capab" '("erc-capab-identify-" "capab-identify")))
10362
10363 ;;;***
10364 \f
10365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
10366 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
10367 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
10368
10369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-compat" '("erc-")))
10370
10371 ;;;***
10372 \f
10373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10374 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
10375 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
10376
10377 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10378 Parser for /dcc command.
10379 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
10380 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
10381 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
10382
10383 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10384
10385 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10386 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
10387
10388 \(fn)" nil nil)
10389
10390 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
10391 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
10392
10393 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10394 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
10395 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
10396 that subcommand.
10397
10398 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
10399
10400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-dcc" '("erc-" "pcomplete/erc-mode/" "dcc")))
10401
10402 ;;;***
10403 \f
10404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
10405 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
10407 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
10408
10409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-desktop-notifications" '("notifications" "erc-notifications-")))
10410
10411 ;;;***
10412 \f
10413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0
10414 ;;;;;; 0))
10415 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
10416
10417 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
10418 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
10419
10420 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
10421
10422 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
10423 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
10424 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
10425 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
10426
10427 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
10428
10429 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
10430
10431
10432 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10433
10434 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
10435 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
10436
10437 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
10438
10439 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
10440 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
10441
10442 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10443
10444 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10445 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
10446
10447 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10448
10449 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10450 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
10451
10452 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10453
10454 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10455 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
10456
10457 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10458
10459 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
10460 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
10461
10462 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10463
10464 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10465 Select a detached EZBounce session.
10466
10467 \(fn)" nil nil)
10468
10469 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
10470 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
10471
10472 \(fn)" nil nil)
10473
10474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ezbounce" '("erc-ezb-")))
10475
10476 ;;;***
10477 \f
10478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
10479 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
10480 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
10481
10482 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
10483 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
10484 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
10485
10486 \(fn)" nil nil)
10487
10488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-fill" '("erc-")))
10489
10490 ;;;***
10491 \f
10492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-goodies" "erc/erc-goodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
10493 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-goodies.el
10494
10495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-goodies" '("erc-" "unmorse" "scrolltobottom" "smiley" "irccontrols" "noncommands" "keep-place" "move-to-prompt" "readonly")))
10496
10497 ;;;***
10498 \f
10499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ibuffer" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ibuffer.el
10501
10502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ibuffer" '("erc-")))
10503
10504 ;;;***
10505 \f
10506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10507 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
10508 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
10509
10510 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
10511 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
10512 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
10513 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
10514 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
10515 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
10516 system.
10517
10518 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
10519
10520 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
10521
10522
10523 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
10524
10525 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-identd" '("erc-identd-" "identd")))
10526
10527 ;;;***
10528 \f
10529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10530 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
10531
10532 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
10533
10534
10535 \(fn)" nil nil)
10536
10537 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-imenu" '("erc-unfill-notice")))
10538
10539 ;;;***
10540 \f
10541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (0 0 0 0))
10542 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
10543 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
10544
10545 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-join" '("erc-" "autojoin")))
10546
10547 ;;;***
10548 \f
10549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
10550 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
10551
10552 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-lang" '("erc-cmd-LANG" "language" "iso-638-languages")))
10553
10554 ;;;***
10555 \f
10556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
10557 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
10558 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
10559
10560 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-list" '("erc-" "list")))
10561
10562 ;;;***
10563 \f
10564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
10565 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
10566 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
10567
10568 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
10569 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
10570 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
10571 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
10572 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
10573 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
10574
10575 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10576
10577 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
10578 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
10579 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
10580 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10581
10582 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
10583 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
10584 automatically.
10585
10586 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
10587 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10588
10589 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10590
10591 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-log" '("erc-" "log")))
10592
10593 ;;;***
10594 \f
10595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
10596 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
10597 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
10598
10599 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
10600 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10601
10602 \(fn)" t nil)
10603
10604 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
10605 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10606
10607 \(fn)" t nil)
10608
10609 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
10610 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10611
10612 \(fn)" t nil)
10613
10614 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
10615 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10616
10617 \(fn)" t nil)
10618
10619 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
10620 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10621
10622 \(fn)" t nil)
10623
10624 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
10625 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10626
10627 \(fn)" t nil)
10628
10629 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10630 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10631
10632 \(fn)" t nil)
10633
10634 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10635 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10636
10637 \(fn)" t nil)
10638
10639 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-match" '("erc-" "match")))
10640
10641 ;;;***
10642 \f
10643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10644 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
10645 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
10646
10647 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-menu" '("erc-menu-" "menu")))
10648
10649 ;;;***
10650 \f
10651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0
10652 ;;;;;; 0))
10653 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10654 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
10655
10656 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
10657 Show who's gone.
10658
10659 \(fn)" nil nil)
10660
10661 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-netsplit" '("erc-" "netsplit")))
10662
10663 ;;;***
10664 \f
10665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
10666 ;;;;;; 0))
10667 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10668
10669 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10670 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
10671 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10672 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10673
10674 \(fn)" nil nil)
10675
10676 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10677 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10678
10679 \(fn)" t nil)
10680
10681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-networks" '("erc-" "networks")))
10682
10683 ;;;***
10684 \f
10685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (0 0 0 0))
10686 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10687 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
10688
10689 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10690 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
10691 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
10692 with args, toggle notify status of people.
10693
10694 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10695
10696 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10697
10698
10699 \(fn)" nil nil)
10700
10701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-notify" '("erc-" "notify")))
10702
10703 ;;;***
10704 \f
10705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (0 0 0 0))
10706 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
10707 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
10708
10709 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-page" '("erc-" "page")))
10710
10711 ;;;***
10712 \f
10713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0
10714 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10715 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
10716 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
10717
10718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-pcomplete" '("pcomplete" "erc-pcomplet")))
10719
10720 ;;;***
10721 \f
10722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
10723 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
10724 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
10725
10726 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-replace" '("replace" "erc-replace-")))
10727
10728 ;;;***
10729 \f
10730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
10731 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
10732 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
10733
10734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ring" '("erc-" "ring")))
10735
10736 ;;;***
10737 \f
10738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0
10739 ;;;;;; 0))
10740 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
10741 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
10742
10743 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
10744 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
10745
10746 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10747
10748 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
10749 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
10750 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
10751
10752 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
10753
10754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-services" '("erc-" "services")))
10755
10756 ;;;***
10757 \f
10758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (0 0 0 0))
10759 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
10760 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
10761
10762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-sound" '("erc-" "sound")))
10763
10764 ;;;***
10765 \f
10766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0
10767 ;;;;;; 0))
10768 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
10769
10770 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
10771 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
10772 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
10773
10774 \(fn)" t nil)
10775
10776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-speedbar" '("erc-")))
10777
10778 ;;;***
10779 \f
10780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0
10781 ;;;;;; 0))
10782 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
10783 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
10784
10785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-spelling" '("erc-spelling-" "spelling")))
10786
10787 ;;;***
10788 \f
10789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
10790 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
10791 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
10792
10793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-stamp" '("erc-" "stamp")))
10794
10795 ;;;***
10796 \f
10797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (0 0 0 0))
10798 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
10799
10800 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
10801 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
10802 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
10803 for a description of this minor mode.")
10804
10805 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
10806
10807 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
10808 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
10809 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
10810 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10811 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10812
10813 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
10814 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
10815 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
10816 keybindings will not do anything useful.
10817
10818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10819 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
10820
10821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-track" '("erc-" "track")))
10822
10823 ;;;***
10824 \f
10825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0
10826 ;;;;;; 0))
10827 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
10828 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
10829
10830 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
10831 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
10832 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
10833 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10834
10835 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10836
10837 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
10838 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
10839 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10840
10841 \(fn)" t nil)
10842
10843 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-truncate" '("truncate" "erc-max-buffer-size")))
10844
10845 ;;;***
10846 \f
10847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10848 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
10849 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
10850
10851 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
10852 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
10853
10854 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10855
10856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-xdcc" '("erc-" "xdcc")))
10857
10858 ;;;***
10859 \f
10860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
10861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
10862
10863 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
10864 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
10865
10866 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
10867 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
10868
10869 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
10870 useful for assertions in BODY.
10871
10872 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
10873
10874 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
10875 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
10876 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
10877
10878 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
10879
10880 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
10881
10882 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
10883
10884 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
10885
10886 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10887
10888 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
10889 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
10890
10891 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
10892 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
10893 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
10894 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
10895
10896 Returns the stats object.
10897
10898 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10899
10900 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
10901 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
10902
10903 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
10904 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
10905 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
10906 the tests).
10907
10908 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10909
10910 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
10911 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
10912
10913 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
10914 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
10915 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
10916 and how to display message.
10917
10918 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
10919
10920 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
10921
10922 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
10923 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
10924
10925 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
10926
10927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert" '("ert-")))
10928
10929 ;;;***
10930 \f
10931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
10932 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
10933
10934 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10935
10936 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
10937 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
10938
10939 \(fn)" t nil)
10940
10941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert-x" '("ert-")))
10942
10943 ;;;***
10944 \f
10945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-arg" "eshell/esh-arg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10946 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-arg.el
10947
10948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-arg" '("eshell-")))
10949
10950 ;;;***
10951 \f
10952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-cmd" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10953 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-cmd.el
10954
10955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-cmd" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/eshell-debug")))
10956
10957 ;;;***
10958 \f
10959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-ext" "eshell/esh-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
10960 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-ext.el
10961
10962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-ext" '("eshell")))
10963
10964 ;;;***
10965 \f
10966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-io" "eshell/esh-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
10967 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-io.el
10968
10969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-io" '("eshell-")))
10970
10971 ;;;***
10972 \f
10973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
10974 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
10975
10976 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
10977 Emacs shell interactive mode.
10978
10979 \(fn)" t nil)
10980
10981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-mode" '("eshell")))
10982
10983 ;;;***
10984 \f
10985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-module" "eshell/esh-module.el" (0 0 0
10986 ;;;;;; 0))
10987 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-module.el
10988
10989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-module" '("eshell-")))
10990
10991 ;;;***
10992 \f
10993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-opt" "eshell/esh-opt.el" (0 0 0 0))
10994 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-opt.el
10995
10996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-opt" '("eshell-")))
10997
10998 ;;;***
10999 \f
11000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-proc" "eshell/esh-proc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11001 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-proc.el
11002
11003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-proc" '("eshell")))
11004
11005 ;;;***
11006 \f
11007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-util" "eshell/esh-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-util.el
11009
11010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-util" '("eshell-")))
11011
11012 ;;;***
11013 \f
11014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-var" "eshell/esh-var.el" (0 0 0 0))
11015 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-var.el
11016
11017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-var" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/")))
11018
11019 ;;;***
11020 \f
11021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11022 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
11023 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11024
11025 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
11026 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
11027 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
11028 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
11029 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
11030 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
11031 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
11032 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
11033 buffer selected (or created).
11034
11035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11036
11037 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
11038 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
11039 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
11040
11041 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
11042
11043 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
11044 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
11045 The result might be any Lisp object.
11046 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
11047 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
11048 corresponding to a successful execution.
11049
11050 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
11051
11052 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
11053
11054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eshell" '("eshell-")))
11055
11056 ;;;***
11057 \f
11058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
11059 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
11060
11061 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
11062 File name of tags table.
11063 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
11064 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
11065 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11066 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
11067 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
11068
11069 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
11070 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
11071 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
11072 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
11073
11074 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
11075
11076 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
11077 List of file names of tags tables to search.
11078 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
11079 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
11080 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
11081 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11082
11083 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
11084
11085 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
11086 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
11087 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
11088
11089 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
11090
11091 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
11092 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
11093 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
11094 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
11095 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
11096
11097 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
11098
11099 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
11100 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
11101 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
11102 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
11103
11104 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
11105
11106 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
11107 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
11108 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
11109 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
11110 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
11111
11112 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
11113
11114 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
11115 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
11116
11117 \(fn)" t nil)
11118
11119 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
11120 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
11121 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
11122 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
11123
11124 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
11125 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
11126 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
11127 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
11128 file the tag was in.
11129
11130 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
11131
11132 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
11133 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
11134 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
11135 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
11136 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
11137 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
11138 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
11139 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
11140 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
11141
11142 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
11143
11144 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
11145 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
11146 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
11147 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
11148 without directory names.
11149
11150 \(fn)" nil nil)
11151
11152 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
11153
11154
11155 \(fn)" nil nil)
11156 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
11157 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
11158 (progn
11159 (load "etags")
11160 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
11161
11162 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
11163 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11164 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
11165 but does not select the buffer.
11166 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
11167
11168 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11169 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11170 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11171 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11172 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
11173
11174 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11175
11176 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11177 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
11178 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11179
11180 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11181
11182 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11183
11184 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
11185 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11186 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
11187 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
11188
11189 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11190 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11191 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11192 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11193 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
11194
11195 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11196
11197 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11198 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
11199 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11200
11201 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11202
11203 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11204
11205 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
11206
11207 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
11208 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11209 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
11210 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11211 around or before point.
11212
11213 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11214 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11215 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11216 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11217 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
11218
11219 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11220
11221 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11222 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
11223 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11224
11225 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11226
11227 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11228
11229 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
11230
11231 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
11232 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11233 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
11234 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11235 around or before point.
11236
11237 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11238 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11239 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11240 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11241 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
11242
11243 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11244
11245 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11246 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
11247 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11248
11249 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11250
11251 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
11252
11253 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
11254
11255 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
11256 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
11257 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
11258
11259 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11260 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11261 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11262 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11263 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
11264
11265 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
11266
11267 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11268 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
11269 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11270
11271 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11272
11273 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11274
11275 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11276
11277 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
11278
11279 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
11280 Select next file among files in current tags table.
11281
11282 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
11283 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
11284 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
11285
11286 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
11287 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
11288
11289 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
11290 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
11291
11292 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
11293
11294 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
11295 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
11296 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
11297 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
11298
11299 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
11300 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
11301 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
11302 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
11303 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
11304
11305 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
11306
11307 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
11308 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
11309 Stops when a match is found.
11310 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
11311
11312 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
11313 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
11314 restricted to these files.
11315
11316 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
11317
11318 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11319
11320 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
11321 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
11322 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
11323 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
11324 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
11325 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
11326 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
11327 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
11328
11329 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
11330 produce the list of files to search.
11331
11332 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
11333
11334 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11335
11336 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
11337 Display list of tags in file FILE.
11338 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
11339 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
11340 directory specification.
11341
11342 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
11343
11344 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
11345 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
11346
11347 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11348
11349 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11350
11351 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
11352 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
11353 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
11354 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
11355
11356 \(fn)" t nil)
11357
11358 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
11359 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
11360 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
11361 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
11362 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
11363
11364 \(fn)" t nil)
11365
11366 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
11367
11368
11369 \(fn)" nil nil)
11370
11371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "etags" '("xref-" "etags-" "snarf-tag-function" "select-tags-table-" "tag" "file-of-tag" "find-tag-" "list-tags-function" "last-tag" "initialize-new-tags-table" "verify-tags-table-function" "goto-tag-location-function" "next-file-list" "default-tags-table-function")))
11372
11373 ;;;***
11374 \f
11375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
11376 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
11378
11379 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
11380
11381
11382 \(fn)" nil nil)
11383
11384 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11385 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
11386
11387 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11388 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11389
11390 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
11391 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11392 primary language.
11393
11394 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
11395 even if the buffer is read-only.
11396
11397 See also the descriptions of the variables
11398 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11399
11400 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11401
11402 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
11403 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
11404
11405 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11406 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11407
11408 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
11409 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11410 primary language.
11411
11412 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
11413 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
11414
11415 See also the descriptions of the variables
11416 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11417
11418 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11419
11420 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
11421 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
11422 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
11423 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
11424
11425 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11426
11427 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11428 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
11429 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11430 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11431
11432 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
11433 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11434 primary language.
11435
11436 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
11437 buffer is read-only.
11438
11439 See also the descriptions of the variables
11440 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11441 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11442
11443 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11444
11445 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
11446 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
11447
11448 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11449 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11450
11451 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
11452 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
11453 the primary language.
11454
11455 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
11456 buffer is read-only.
11457
11458 See also the descriptions of the variables
11459 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11460 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11461
11462 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11463
11464 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
11465 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
11466 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
11467
11468 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11469
11470 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
11471 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
11472
11473 \(fn)" t nil)
11474
11475 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
11476 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
11477
11478 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
11479 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
11480 be 1, 2, or 3.
11481
11482 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
11483 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
11484 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
11485
11486 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
11487
11488 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
11489
11490 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
11491 This function is deprecated.
11492
11493 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11494
11495 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11496 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
11497
11498 \(fn)" t nil)
11499
11500 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11501 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
11502
11503 \(fn)" t nil)
11504
11505 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11506 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
11507
11508 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
11509 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
11510
11511 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
11512 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
11513
11514 \(fn)" nil nil)
11515
11516 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11517 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
11518
11519 \(fn)" nil nil)
11520
11521 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
11522 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
11523
11524 \(fn)" nil nil)
11525
11526 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
11527 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
11528
11529 \(fn)" nil nil)
11530
11531 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
11532 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
11533 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
11534
11535 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11536
11537 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
11538
11539
11540 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
11541
11542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ethio-util" '("exit-ethiopic-environment" "ethio-")))
11543
11544 ;;;***
11545 \f
11546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11547 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
11548
11549 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
11550 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
11551 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
11552 server for future sessions.
11553
11554 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
11555
11556 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
11557 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
11558 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11559
11560 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11561
11562 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
11563 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
11564 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11565
11566 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11567
11568 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
11569 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
11570 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
11571 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
11572 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
11573 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
11574 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
11575 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
11576 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
11577 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
11578 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
11579 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
11580
11581 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
11582
11583 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
11584 Display a form to query the directory server.
11585 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
11586 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
11587
11588 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
11589
11590 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
11591 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
11592 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
11593
11594 \(fn)" t nil)
11595
11596 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Servers" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Servers" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Servers" (cdr menu)))))))))))
11597
11598 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc" '("eudc-")))
11599
11600 ;;;***
11601 \f
11602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
11603 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
11604
11605 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
11606 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
11607
11608 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11609
11610 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
11611 Display URL and make it clickable.
11612
11613 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
11614
11615 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
11616 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
11617
11618 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
11619
11620 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
11621 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
11622
11623 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11624
11625 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
11626 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
11627
11628 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11629
11630 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
11631 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
11632
11633 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11634
11635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-bob" '("eudc-")))
11636
11637 ;;;***
11638 \f
11639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
11640 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
11641
11642 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
11643 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
11644 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
11645
11646 \(fn)" t nil)
11647
11648 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
11649 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
11650
11651 \(fn)" t nil)
11652
11653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-export" '("eudc-")))
11654
11655 ;;;***
11656 \f
11657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
11658 ;;;;;; 0))
11659 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
11660
11661 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
11662 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
11663
11664 \(fn)" t nil)
11665
11666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-hotlist" '("eudc-hotlist-")))
11667
11668 ;;;***
11669 \f
11670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-vars" "net/eudc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
11671 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-vars.el
11672
11673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-vars" '("eudc-")))
11674
11675 ;;;***
11676 \f
11677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-bbdb" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" (0 0 0 0))
11678 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-bbdb.el
11679
11680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-bbdb" '("eudc-bbdb-")))
11681
11682 ;;;***
11683 \f
11684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-ldap" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11685 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-ldap.el
11686
11687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-ldap" '("eudc-")))
11688
11689 ;;;***
11690 \f
11691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-mab" "net/eudcb-mab.el" (0 0 0 0))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-mab.el
11693
11694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-mab" '("eudc-")))
11695
11696 ;;;***
11697 \f
11698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
11700
11701 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
11702 Create an empty ewoc.
11703
11704 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
11705
11706 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
11707 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
11708 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
11709 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
11710 `insert-before-markers'.
11711
11712 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
11713 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
11714 respectively, of the ewoc.
11715
11716 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
11717 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
11718 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
11719
11720 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
11721
11722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ewoc" '("ewoc-")))
11723
11724 ;;;***
11725 \f
11726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
11727 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
11728
11729 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
11730 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
11731 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
11732 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
11733 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
11734
11735 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
11736
11737 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
11738 Fetch URL and render the page.
11739 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
11740 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
11741
11742 \(fn URL)" t nil)
11743 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
11744
11745 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
11746 Render FILE using EWW.
11747
11748 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11749
11750 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
11751 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
11752 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
11753
11754 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
11755
11756 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
11757 Mode for browsing the web.
11758
11759 \(fn)" t nil)
11760
11761 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
11762
11763
11764 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
11765
11766 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
11767 Display the bookmarks.
11768
11769 \(fn)" t nil)
11770
11771 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eww" '("eww-")))
11772
11773 ;;;***
11774 \f
11775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
11776 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
11778
11779 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
11780 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
11781 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
11782
11783 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
11784
11785 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
11786 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11787 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
11788 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
11789 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
11790
11791 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
11792
11793 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
11794 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
11795 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
11796 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
11797 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
11798 executable.
11799
11800 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
11801
11802 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
11803 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
11804 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
11805 file modes.
11806
11807 \(fn)" nil nil)
11808
11809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "executable" '("executable-")))
11810
11811 ;;;***
11812 \f
11813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
11814 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
11815
11816 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
11817 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
11818 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
11819 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
11820
11821 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
11822
11823 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
11824 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
11825 to generate such functions.
11826
11827 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
11828 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
11829 beginning of the expanded text.
11830
11831 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
11832 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
11833 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
11834 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
11835
11836 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
11837
11838 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
11839
11840 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
11841 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
11842 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
11843
11844 \(fn)" nil nil)
11845
11846 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
11847 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11848 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11849
11850 \(fn)" t nil)
11851
11852 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
11853 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11854 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11855
11856 \(fn)" t nil)
11857 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
11858 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
11859
11860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "expand" '("expand-")))
11861
11862 ;;;***
11863 \f
11864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ezimage" "ezimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
11865 ;;; Generated autoloads from ezimage.el
11866
11867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ezimage" '("ezimage-")))
11868
11869 ;;;***
11870 \f
11871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
11872 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
11873
11874 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
11875 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
11876 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
11877
11878 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
11879 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
11880 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
11881
11882 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
11883
11884 Key definitions:
11885 \\{f90-mode-map}
11886
11887 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11888
11889 `f90-do-indent'
11890 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
11891 `f90-if-indent'
11892 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
11893 `f90-type-indent'
11894 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
11895 `f90-program-indent'
11896 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
11897 (default 2).
11898 `f90-associate-indent'
11899 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
11900 `f90-critical-indent'
11901 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
11902 `f90-continuation-indent'
11903 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
11904 `f90-comment-region'
11905 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
11906 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
11907 `f90-indented-comment-re'
11908 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
11909 (default \"!\").
11910 `f90-directive-comment-re'
11911 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
11912 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
11913 `f90-break-delimiters'
11914 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
11915 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
11916 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
11917 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
11918 (default t).
11919 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
11920 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
11921 `f90-smart-end'
11922 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
11923 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
11924 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
11925 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
11926 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
11927 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
11928 `f90-leave-line-no'
11929 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
11930
11931 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
11932 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11933
11934 \(fn)" t nil)
11935
11936 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "f90" '("f90-")))
11937
11938 ;;;***
11939 \f
11940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11941 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
11942
11943 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
11944 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
11945 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
11946 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
11947
11948 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11949 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11950 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
11951 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
11952 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
11953
11954 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
11955 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
11956 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
11957 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
11958 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
11959 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
11960 attributes.
11961
11962 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
11963 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
11964
11965 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
11966
11967 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
11968 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
11969 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
11970 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
11971
11972 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11973
11974 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
11975 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
11976 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
11977 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
11978
11979 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11980 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11981 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
11982
11983 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
11984 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
11985 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
11986 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
11987
11988 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
11989
11990 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
11991 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
11992 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
11993
11994 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
11995 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
11996 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
11997 the same amount).
11998
11999 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
12000
12001 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
12002 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
12003 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
12004
12005 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12006 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12007 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12008 will remove any scaling currently active.
12009
12010 \(fn INC)" t nil)
12011
12012 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
12013 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
12014 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
12015
12016 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
12017 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
12018 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
12019 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
12020 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
12021
12022 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
12023 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
12024
12025 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
12026
12027 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
12028 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
12029
12030 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
12031 - Decrease the default face height by one step
12032 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
12033
12034 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
12035 the face height as long as the input event read
12036 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
12037
12038 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12039 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12040 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12041 will remove any scaling currently active.
12042
12043 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
12044 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
12045 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
12046 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
12047 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
12048
12049 \(fn INC)" t nil)
12050
12051 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
12052 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
12053 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12054 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12055 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
12056 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
12057
12058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12059
12060 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
12061 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12062 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12063 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12064 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12065 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
12066 `buffer-face-mode'.
12067
12068 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
12069 local, and sets it to FACE.
12070
12071 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
12072
12073 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
12074 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12075 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12076 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12077 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12078 `face' text property.
12079
12080 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
12081 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
12082 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
12083 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
12084
12085 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
12086 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
12087
12088 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
12089
12090 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
12091 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
12092 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
12093 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
12094
12095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12096
12097 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "face-remap" '("buffer-face-mode-" "text-scale-m" "face-" "internal-lisp-face-attributes")))
12098
12099 ;;;***
12100 \f
12101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
12103 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
12104
12105 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
12106 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
12107 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
12108 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
12109
12110 \(fn)" nil nil)
12111
12112 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
12113 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
12114
12115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12116
12117 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
12118 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
12119 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
12120 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
12121
12122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12123
12124 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
12125 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
12126 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
12127 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
12128 backup file names and the like).
12129
12130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12131
12132 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
12133 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
12134 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
12135 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
12136 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
12137 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
12138 internally by feedmail):
12139
12140 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
12141 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
12142 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
12143 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
12144
12145 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
12146 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
12147 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
12148 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
12149 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
12150
12151 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
12152
12153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "feedmail" '("feedmail-")))
12154
12155 ;;;***
12156 \f
12157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12158 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
12159
12160 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
12161 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
12162 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
12163 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
12164 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
12165 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
12166 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
12167
12168 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
12169
12170 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
12171 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
12172 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
12173 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
12174 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12175 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
12176 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
12177
12178 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
12179
12180 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
12181
12182 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
12183 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
12184 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
12185 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
12186 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
12187 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
12188
12189 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
12190
12191 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
12192 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
12193 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
12194 Return value:
12195 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
12196 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
12197 * otherwise, nil
12198
12199 \(fn E)" t nil)
12200
12201 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
12202 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
12203 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12204
12205 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
12206
12207 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
12208 Try to get a file name at point.
12209 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
12210
12211 \(fn)" nil nil)
12212
12213 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
12214 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
12215
12216 \(fn)" t nil)
12217
12218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ffap" '("find-file-literally-at-point" "ffap-" "dired-at-point-")))
12219
12220 ;;;***
12221 \f
12222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12223 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
12224
12225 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
12226 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
12227 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
12228 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
12229
12230 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
12231
12232 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
12233 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
12234 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
12235 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12236 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12237 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12238
12239 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
12240
12241 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
12242 Add FILE to the file cache.
12243
12244 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12245
12246 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
12247 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
12248 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
12249
12250 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12251
12252 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
12253 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
12254 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
12255
12256 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
12257
12258 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
12259 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
12260 This function does not use any external programs.
12261 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12262 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12263 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12264
12265 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
12266
12267 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
12268 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
12269 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
12270 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
12271 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
12272 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
12273 \(directories) is done.
12274
12275 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12276
12277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filecache" '("file-cache-")))
12278
12279 ;;;***
12280 \f
12281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
12282 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
12283
12284 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
12285 Handle file system monitoring event.
12286 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
12287
12288 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
12289
12290 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
12291
12292 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12293
12294 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filenotify" '("file-notify-")))
12295
12296 ;;;***
12297 \f
12298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
12299 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
12300
12301 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
12302 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
12303
12304 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12305 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
12306 Local Variables list.
12307
12308 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
12309 then this function adds the first line containing the string
12310 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
12311
12312 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
12313
12314 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
12315 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
12316
12317 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
12318
12319 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
12320 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
12321
12322 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12323 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
12324 the -*- line.
12325
12326 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
12327 then this function adds it.
12328
12329 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
12330
12331 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
12332 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
12333
12334 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
12335
12336 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
12337 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
12338
12339 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
12340
12341 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
12342 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
12343
12344 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
12345
12346 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
12347 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
12348
12349 \(fn)" t nil)
12350
12351 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
12352 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
12353
12354 \(fn)" t nil)
12355
12356 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
12357 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
12358
12359 \(fn)" t nil)
12360
12361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "files-x" '("modify-" "read-file-local-variable")))
12362
12363 ;;;***
12364 \f
12365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
12367
12368 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
12369 Filesets initialization.
12370 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
12371
12372 \(fn)" nil nil)
12373
12374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filesets" '("filesets-")))
12375
12376 ;;;***
12377 \f
12378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
12379 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
12380 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
12381
12382 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
12383 Initiate the building of a find command.
12384 For example:
12385
12386 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
12387 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
12388 (mtime \"+1\"))
12389 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
12390
12391 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
12392 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
12393
12394 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
12395
12396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-cmd" '("find-")))
12397
12398 ;;;***
12399 \f
12400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12401 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
12402
12403 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
12404 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
12405 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
12406
12407 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
12408
12409 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12410 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
12411
12412 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
12413
12414 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
12415 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
12416 and run Dired on those files.
12417 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
12418 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
12419
12420 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
12421
12422 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
12423
12424 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
12425
12426 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
12427 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
12428 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
12429
12430 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
12431 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
12432
12433 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12434 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
12435
12436 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
12437
12438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-dired" '("find-" "lookfor-dired" "kill-find")))
12439
12440 ;;;***
12441 \f
12442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
12443 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
12444
12445 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
12446 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
12447 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
12448 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
12449 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
12450 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
12451 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
12452
12453 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
12454
12455 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
12456 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12457 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
12458
12459 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
12460
12461 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
12462
12463 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
12464
12465 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
12466 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12467 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
12468
12469 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
12470 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
12471
12472 Variables of interest include:
12473
12474 - `ff-case-fold-search'
12475 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
12476 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
12477
12478 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
12479 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
12480 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
12481
12482 - `ff-ignore-include'
12483 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
12484
12485 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
12486 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
12487
12488 - `ff-quiet-mode'
12489 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
12490
12491 - `ff-special-constructs'
12492 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
12493 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
12494 extracting the filename from that construct.
12495
12496 - `ff-other-file-alist'
12497 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
12498
12499 - `ff-search-directories'
12500 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
12501 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
12502
12503 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
12504 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
12505
12506 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
12507 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
12508
12509 - `ff-post-load-hook'
12510 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
12511
12512 - `ff-not-found-hook'
12513 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
12514
12515 - `ff-file-created-hook'
12516 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
12517
12518 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
12519
12520 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
12521 Visit the file you click on.
12522
12523 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12524
12525 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
12526 Visit the file you click on in another window.
12527
12528 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12529
12530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-file" '("ff-" "modula2-other-file-alist" "cc-")))
12531
12532 ;;;***
12533 \f
12534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
12535 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12536 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
12537
12538 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
12539 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
12540 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library). If the
12541 optional OTHER-WINDOW argument (i.e., the command argument) is
12542 specified, pop to a different window before displaying the
12543 buffer.
12544
12545 \(fn LIBRARY &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
12546
12547 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
12548 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
12549 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
12550 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
12551
12552 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
12553 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
12554 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
12555 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
12556
12557 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
12558
12559 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
12560 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
12561
12562 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
12563 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
12564 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
12565 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
12566
12567 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
12568 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
12569 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
12570
12571 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
12572 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
12573 in `load-path'.
12574
12575 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
12576
12577 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
12578 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
12579
12580 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
12581 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
12582 places point before the definition.
12583 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12584
12585 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
12586 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12587 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12588
12589 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12590
12591 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
12592 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12593
12594 See `find-function' for more details.
12595
12596 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12597
12598 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
12599 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12600
12601 See `find-function' for more details.
12602
12603 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12604
12605 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
12606 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
12607
12608 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
12609 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
12610 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12611
12612 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
12613 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12614
12615 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
12616
12617 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
12618 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
12619
12620 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
12621 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12622 places point before the definition.
12623
12624 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12625
12626 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
12627 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12628 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12629
12630 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
12631
12632 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
12633 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12634
12635 See `find-variable' for more details.
12636
12637 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
12638
12639 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
12640 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12641
12642 See `find-variable' for more details.
12643
12644 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
12645
12646 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
12647 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
12648 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12649 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
12650 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
12651 buffer nor display it.
12652
12653 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
12654 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12655
12656 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
12657
12658 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
12659 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
12660
12661 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
12662 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12663 places point before the definition.
12664
12665 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12666
12667 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
12668 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12669 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12670
12671 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
12672
12673 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
12674 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
12675 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12676
12677 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12678
12679 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
12680 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
12681 See `find-function-on-key'.
12682
12683 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12684
12685 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
12686 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
12687 See `find-function-on-key'.
12688
12689 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12690
12691 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
12692 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
12693
12694 \(fn)" t nil)
12695
12696 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
12697 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
12698
12699 \(fn)" t nil)
12700
12701 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
12702 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
12703
12704 \(fn)" nil nil)
12705
12706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-func" '("find-")))
12707
12708 ;;;***
12709 \f
12710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
12711 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
12712
12713 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
12714 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
12715
12716 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
12717
12718 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
12719 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
12720
12721 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12722
12723 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
12724 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
12725
12726 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12727
12728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-lisp" '("find-lisp-")))
12729
12730 ;;;***
12731 \f
12732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
12733 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
12734 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
12735
12736 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
12737 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
12738
12739 \(fn)" t nil)
12740
12741 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
12742 Display FILE's commentary section.
12743 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
12744
12745 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12746
12747 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
12748 Find packages matching a given keyword.
12749
12750 \(fn)" t nil)
12751
12752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "finder" '("finder-" "generated-finder-keywords-file")))
12753
12754 ;;;***
12755 \f
12756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
12757 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
12758
12759 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
12760 Toggle flow control handling.
12761 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
12762 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
12763
12764 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
12765
12766 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
12767 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
12768 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
12769 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
12770 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
12771 to get the effect of a C-q.
12772
12773 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
12774
12775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-ctrl" '("flow-control-c-")))
12776
12777 ;;;***
12778 \f
12779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
12780 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
12781
12782 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
12783
12784
12785 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
12786
12787 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
12788
12789
12790 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
12791
12792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-fill" '("fill-flowed-")))
12793
12794 ;;;***
12795 \f
12796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
12797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
12798 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
12799
12800 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
12801 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
12802 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
12803 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12804 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
12805 \\{flymake-mode-map}
12806
12807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12808
12809 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
12810 Turn flymake mode on.
12811
12812 \(fn)" nil nil)
12813
12814 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
12815 Turn flymake mode off.
12816
12817 \(fn)" nil nil)
12818
12819 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
12820
12821
12822 \(fn)" nil nil)
12823
12824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake" '("flymake-")))
12825
12826 ;;;***
12827 \f
12828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
12829 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
12830
12831 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
12832 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
12833
12834 \(fn)" t nil)
12835 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
12836
12837 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
12838 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
12839 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
12840 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12841 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
12842
12843 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
12844 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
12845 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
12846
12847 Bindings:
12848 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
12849 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
12850 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
12851 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
12852
12853 Hooks:
12854 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
12855
12856 Remark:
12857 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
12858 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
12859 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
12860
12861 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
12862 consider adding:
12863 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
12864 in your init file.
12865
12866 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
12867 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
12868
12869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12870
12871 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
12872 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
12873
12874 \(fn)" nil nil)
12875
12876 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
12877 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
12878
12879 \(fn)" nil nil)
12880
12881 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
12882 Turn Flyspell mode off.
12883
12884 \(fn)" nil nil)
12885
12886 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
12887 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
12888
12889 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12890
12891 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
12892 Flyspell whole buffer.
12893
12894 \(fn)" t nil)
12895
12896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flyspell" '("flyspell-" "mail-mode-flyspell-verify" "make-flyspell-overlay" "sgml-mode-flyspell-verify" "tex")))
12897
12898 ;;;***
12899 \f
12900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
12901 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
12902 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
12903
12904 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "foldout" '("foldout-")))
12905
12906 ;;;***
12907 \f
12908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
12909 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
12910
12911 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
12912 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
12913
12914 \(fn)" nil nil)
12915
12916 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
12917 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
12918
12919 \(fn)" nil nil)
12920
12921 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
12922 Toggle Follow mode.
12923 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
12924 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12925 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
12926
12927 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
12928 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
12929
12930 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
12931 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
12932 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
12933
12934 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
12935 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
12936 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
12937 movement commands.
12938
12939 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
12940 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
12941 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
12942 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
12943 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
12944 mileage may vary).
12945
12946 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
12947 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
12948
12949 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
12950
12951 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
12952
12953 Keys specific to Follow mode:
12954 \\{follow-mode-map}
12955
12956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12957
12958 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up-window "follow" "\
12959 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
12960 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
12961
12962 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
12963 the window will be visible after the scroll.
12964
12965 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
12966 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
12967
12968 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
12969
12970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12971
12972 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down-window "follow" "\
12973 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
12974 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
12975
12976 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
12977 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
12978
12979 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
12980 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
12981
12982 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
12983
12984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12985
12986 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
12987 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
12988
12989 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
12990 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
12991
12992 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
12993 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
12994
12995 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
12996
12997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12998
12999 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
13000 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
13001
13002 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13003 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
13004
13005 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13006 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13007
13008 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13009
13010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13011
13012 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
13013 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
13014
13015 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
13016 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
13017 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
13018 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
13019 two windows always will display two successive pages.
13020 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
13021
13022 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
13023 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
13024 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
13025
13026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13027
13028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "follow" '("follow-")))
13029
13030 ;;;***
13031 \f
13032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fontset" "international/fontset.el" (0 0 0
13033 ;;;;;; 0))
13034 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
13035
13036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fontset" '("charset-script-alist" "create-" "set" "standard-fontset-spec" "fontset-" "generate-fontset-menu" "xlfd-" "x-")))
13037
13038 ;;;***
13039 \f
13040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
13041 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
13042 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
13043
13044 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
13045 Toggle Footnote mode.
13046 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
13047 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13048 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13049
13050 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
13051 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
13052 play around with the following keys:
13053 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
13054
13055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13056
13057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "footnote" '("footnote-" "Footnote-")))
13058
13059 ;;;***
13060 \f
13061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format-spec" "format-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
13062 ;;; Generated autoloads from format-spec.el
13063
13064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "format-spec" '("format-spec")))
13065
13066 ;;;***
13067 \f
13068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
13069 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
13070
13071 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
13072 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
13073
13074 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
13075 TAB forms-next-field TAB
13076 C-c TAB forms-next-field
13077 C-c < forms-first-record <
13078 C-c > forms-last-record >
13079 C-c ? describe-mode ?
13080 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
13081 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
13082 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
13083 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
13084 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
13085 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
13086 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
13087 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
13088 C-c C-x forms-exit x
13089
13090 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
13091
13092 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
13093 Visit a file in Forms mode.
13094
13095 \(fn FN)" t nil)
13096
13097 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
13098 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
13099
13100 \(fn FN)" t nil)
13101
13102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "forms" '("forms-")))
13103
13104 ;;;***
13105 \f
13106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
13107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
13108
13109 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
13110 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
13111 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
13112
13113 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
13114 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
13115
13116 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
13117
13118 Key definitions:
13119 \\{fortran-mode-map}
13120
13121 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
13122
13123 `fortran-comment-line-start'
13124 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
13125 `fortran-do-indent'
13126 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
13127 `fortran-if-indent'
13128 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
13129 `fortran-structure-indent'
13130 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
13131 (default 3)
13132 `fortran-continuation-indent'
13133 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
13134 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
13135 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
13136 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
13137 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
13138 nil don't change the indentation
13139 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13140 value of either
13141 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
13142 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
13143 depending on the continuation format in use.
13144 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13145 indentation for a line of code.
13146 (default `fixed')
13147 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
13148 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
13149 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
13150 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
13151 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
13152 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
13153 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
13154 `fortran-line-number-indent'
13155 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
13156 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
13157 column 5.
13158 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
13159 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
13160 statements (default nil).
13161 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
13162 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
13163 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
13164 `fortran-continuation-string'
13165 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
13166 line (default \"$\").
13167 `fortran-comment-region'
13168 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
13169 the region (default \"c$$$\").
13170 `fortran-electric-line-number'
13171 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
13172 as typed (default t).
13173 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
13174 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
13175
13176 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
13177 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13178
13179 \(fn)" t nil)
13180
13181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortran" '("fortran-")))
13182
13183 ;;;***
13184 \f
13185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
13186 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
13187
13188 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
13189 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
13190
13191 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13192 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13193
13194 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
13195
13196 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
13197 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
13198
13199 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13200 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13201
13202 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
13203
13204 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
13205 Compile fortune file.
13206
13207 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
13208 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
13209
13210 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
13211
13212 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
13213 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
13214
13215 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13216 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13217 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13218 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13219
13220 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
13221
13222 (autoload 'fortune-message "fortune" "\
13223 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
13224 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
13225 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
13226
13227 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
13228
13229 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
13230 Display a fortune cookie.
13231 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13232 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13233 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13234 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13235
13236 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
13237
13238 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortune" '("fortune-")))
13239
13240 ;;;***
13241 \f
13242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
13243 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
13244
13245 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
13246 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
13247 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
13248
13249 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
13250 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
13251 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
13252
13253 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
13254 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
13255
13256 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
13257 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
13258
13259 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
13260 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
13261 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
13262 intend to modify existing values, do
13263
13264 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
13265
13266 before changing anything.
13267
13268 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
13269 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
13270
13271 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
13272 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
13273 to restore the frame.
13274
13275 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
13276 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
13277 parameter), and ACTION can be:
13278
13279 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
13280 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
13281 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
13282 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
13283 FILTER A filter function.
13284
13285 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
13286 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
13287
13288 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
13289
13290 where
13291
13292 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
13293 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
13294 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
13295 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
13296 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
13297 before restoring it.
13298 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
13299
13300 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
13301 It must return:
13302 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
13303 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
13304 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
13305
13306 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
13307 defined with ACTION = nil.")
13308
13309 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
13310 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
13311 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
13312 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
13313 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
13314 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
13315 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
13316
13317 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
13318
13319 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
13320 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
13321
13322 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
13323
13324 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
13325 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
13326 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
13327 If nil, check all live frames.
13328
13329 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
13330
13331 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
13332 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
13333 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
13334 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
13335 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
13336 `frameset' defstruct for details.
13337 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
13338 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13339 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
13340 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
13341 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
13342
13343 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
13344
13345 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
13346 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
13347
13348 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
13349 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
13350 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
13351 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
13352 and window-state is not restored.
13353
13354 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
13355 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13356
13357 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
13358 t All existing frames can be reused.
13359 nil No existing frame can be reused.
13360 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
13361 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
13362 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
13363
13364 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
13365 t Frames are restored in the current display.
13366 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
13367 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
13368 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
13369 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
13370 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
13371 be created from that parameter alist.
13372
13373 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
13374 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
13375 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
13376 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
13377 PRED A function called with three arguments,
13378 - the live frame just restored,
13379 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
13380 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
13381 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
13382
13383 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
13384 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
13385 nil Keep all frames.
13386 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
13387 - FRAME, a live frame.
13388 - ACTION, which can be one of
13389 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
13390 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
13391 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
13392 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
13393 Return value is ignored.
13394
13395 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
13396 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
13397 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
13398 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
13399 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
13400
13401 All keyword parameters default to nil.
13402
13403 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
13404
13405 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
13406 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
13407 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
13408
13409 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13410
13411 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
13412 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
13413 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
13414
13415 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13416
13417 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
13418 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
13419 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
13420 Argument is a character, naming the register.
13421
13422 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
13423
13424 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
13425
13426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "frameset" '("frameset-")))
13427
13428 ;;;***
13429 \f
13430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fringe" "fringe.el" (0 0 0 0))
13431 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
13432
13433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fringe" '("fringe-" "set-fringe-")))
13434
13435 ;;;***
13436 \f
13437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
13438 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
13439 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
13440
13441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gamegrid" '("gamegrid-")))
13442
13443 ;;;***
13444 \f
13445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gametree" "play/gametree.el" (0 0 0 0))
13446 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gametree.el
13447
13448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gametree" '("gametree-")))
13449
13450 ;;;***
13451 \f
13452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (0 0 0 0))
13453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
13454
13455 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
13456 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
13457 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
13458 for a description of this minor mode.")
13459
13460 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
13461
13462 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
13463 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
13464 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
13465 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
13466 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
13467 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
13468 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
13469
13470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13471
13472 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
13473 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13474 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13475 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13476
13477 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
13478 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
13479 executable followed by command line options. The command line
13480 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
13481 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
13482
13483 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
13484 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
13485 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
13486 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
13487
13488 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
13489 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
13490 shown in some of the buffers.
13491
13492 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
13493
13494 The following commands help control operation :
13495
13496 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
13497 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
13498
13499 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
13500 detailed description of this mode.
13501
13502
13503 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
13504 | GDB Toolbar |
13505 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13506 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
13507 | | |
13508 | | |
13509 | | |
13510 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13511 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
13512 | | (comint-mode) |
13513 | | |
13514 | | |
13515 | | |
13516 | | |
13517 | | |
13518 | | |
13519 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13520 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
13521 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
13522 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
13523 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
13524 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13525
13526 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13527
13528 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gdb-mi" '("gdb" "gud-" "def-gdb-" "breakpoint-" "nil")))
13529
13530 ;;;***
13531 \f
13532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generator" "emacs-lisp/generator.el" (0 0
13533 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13534 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generator.el
13535
13536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generator" '("cps-" "iter-")))
13537
13538 ;;;***
13539 \f
13540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
13541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
13542
13543 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
13544 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
13545 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
13546 instead (which see).")
13547
13548 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
13549 Create a new generic mode MODE.
13550
13551 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
13552 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
13553 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
13554 documentation string instead.
13555
13556 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
13557 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
13558 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
13559 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
13560 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
13561 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
13562 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
13563 enders are actually possible.
13564
13565 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
13566 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
13567
13568 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
13569 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
13570 `font-lock-keywords'.
13571
13572 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
13573 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
13574 runs the macro expansion.
13575
13576 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
13577 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
13578 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
13579
13580 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
13581
13582 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
13583
13584 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13585
13586 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
13587
13588 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
13589 Go into the generic mode MODE.
13590
13591 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
13592
13593 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
13594 Enter generic mode MODE.
13595
13596 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
13597 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
13598 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
13599
13600 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
13601 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
13602
13603 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
13604
13605 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
13606 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
13607 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
13608 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
13609 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
13610 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
13611 regular expression that can be used as an element of
13612 `font-lock-keywords'.
13613
13614 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
13615
13616 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
13617
13618 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic" '("generic-")))
13619
13620 ;;;***
13621 \f
13622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic-x" "generic-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
13623 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic-x.el
13624
13625 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic-x" '("generic-" "default-generic-mode")))
13626
13627 ;;;***
13628 \f
13629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
13630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
13631
13632 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
13633 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
13634 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13635 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13636 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
13637 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
13638
13639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13640
13641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "glasses" '("glasses-")))
13642
13643 ;;;***
13644 \f
13645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
13646 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
13647
13648 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
13649 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
13650 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
13651
13652 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
13653
13654 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
13655 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
13656
13657 Guideline for numbers:
13658 1 - error messages
13659 3 - non-serious error messages
13660 5 - messages for things that take a long time
13661 7 - not very important messages on stuff
13662 9 - messages inside loops.
13663
13664 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13665
13666 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
13667 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
13668 ARGS are passed to `message'.
13669
13670 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13671
13672 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
13673 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
13674
13675 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13676
13677 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
13678 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
13679
13680 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
13681 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
13682 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
13683 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
13684 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
13685 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
13686
13687 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
13688 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
13689 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
13690 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
13691 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
13692
13693 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
13694
13695 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
13696
13697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gmm-utils" '("gmm-" "defun-gmm")))
13698
13699 ;;;***
13700 \f
13701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
13703 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
13704 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
13705 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
13706
13707 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
13708 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
13709
13710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13711
13712 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
13713 Read network news.
13714 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
13715 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
13716 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
13717 name of an NNTP server to use.
13718 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
13719 server.
13720
13721 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
13722
13723 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
13724 Read news as a slave.
13725
13726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13727
13728 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
13729 Pop up a frame to read news.
13730 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
13731 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
13732 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
13733 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
13734 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
13735 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
13736 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
13737 current display is used.
13738
13739 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
13740
13741 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
13742 Read network news.
13743 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
13744 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
13745 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
13746
13747 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
13748
13749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus" '("gnus-")))
13750
13751 ;;;***
13752 \f
13753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
13754 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
13755
13756 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
13757 Start Gnus unplugged.
13758
13759 \(fn)" t nil)
13760
13761 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
13762 Start Gnus plugged.
13763
13764 \(fn)" t nil)
13765
13766 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
13767 Read news as a slave unplugged.
13768
13769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13770
13771 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
13772 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
13773
13774 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
13775 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
13776 customize gnus-agent to nil.
13777
13778 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
13779 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
13780 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
13781
13782 \(fn)" t nil)
13783
13784 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
13785 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
13786
13787 \(fn)" nil nil)
13788
13789 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
13790 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13791 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13792 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13793 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
13794 supported.
13795
13796 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
13797
13798 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
13799 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
13800 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13801 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13802 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
13803 supported.
13804
13805 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
13806
13807 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
13808 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
13809
13810 \(fn)" nil nil)
13811
13812 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
13813 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
13814 downloaded into the agent.
13815
13816 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
13817
13818 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
13819 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
13820 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
13821 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
13822
13823 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13824
13825 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
13826 Start Gnus and fetch session.
13827
13828 \(fn)" t nil)
13829
13830 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
13831 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
13832
13833 \(fn)" t nil)
13834
13835 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
13836 Regenerate all agent covered files.
13837 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
13838
13839 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
13840
13841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-agent" '("gnus-")))
13842
13843 ;;;***
13844 \f
13845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
13846 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
13847
13848 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
13849 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
13850
13851 \(fn)" nil nil)
13852
13853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-art" '("gnus-" "article-")))
13854
13855 ;;;***
13856 \f
13857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-async" "gnus/gnus-async.el" (0 0 0 0))
13858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-async.el
13859
13860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-async" '("gnus-")))
13861
13862 ;;;***
13863 \f
13864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bcklg" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" (0 0 0 0))
13865 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bcklg.el
13866
13867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bcklg" '("gnus-backlog-")))
13868
13869 ;;;***
13870 \f
13871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
13872 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
13873 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
13874
13875 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
13876 Set a bookmark for this article.
13877
13878 \(fn)" t nil)
13879
13880 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
13881 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
13882
13883 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
13884
13885 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
13886 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
13887 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
13888 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
13889 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
13890
13891 \(fn)" t nil)
13892
13893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bookmark" '("gnus-bookmark-")))
13894
13895 ;;;***
13896 \f
13897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
13898 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
13899
13900 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
13901 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
13902
13903 Usage:
13904 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
13905
13906 \(fn)" t nil)
13907
13908 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
13909 Generate the cache active file.
13910
13911 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
13912
13913 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
13914 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
13915
13916 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13917
13918 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
13919 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13920 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
13921 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
13922 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
13923 supported.
13924
13925 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
13926
13927 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
13928 Delete GROUP from the cache.
13929 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
13930 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
13931 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
13932 supported.
13933
13934 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
13935
13936 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cache" '("gnus-")))
13937
13938 ;;;***
13939 \f
13940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cite" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
13941 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cite.el
13942
13943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cite" '("turn-o" "gnus-")))
13944
13945 ;;;***
13946 \f
13947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cloud" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" (0 0 0 0))
13948 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cloud.el
13949
13950 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cloud" '("gnus-cloud-")))
13951
13952 ;;;***
13953 \f
13954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cus" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13955 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cus.el
13956
13957 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cus" '("gnus-" "category-fields")))
13958
13959 ;;;***
13960 \f
13961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
13962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
13963
13964 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
13965 Delay this article by some time.
13966 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
13967
13968 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
13969 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
13970
13971 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
13972 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
13973
13974 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
13975 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
13976
13977 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
13978
13979 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
13980 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
13981
13982 \(fn)" t nil)
13983
13984 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
13985 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
13986 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
13987 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
13988
13989 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
13990 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
13991
13992 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
13993
13994 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-delay" '("gnus-delay-")))
13995
13996 ;;;***
13997 \f
13998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-demon" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" (0 0 0 0))
13999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-demon.el
14000
14001 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-demon" '("gnus-")))
14002
14003 ;;;***
14004 \f
14005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
14006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
14007
14008 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
14009
14010
14011 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
14012
14013 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
14014
14015
14016 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
14017
14018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-diary" '("gnus-")))
14019
14020 ;;;***
14021 \f
14022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
14023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
14024
14025 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
14026 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
14027
14028 \(fn)" t nil)
14029
14030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dired" '("gnus-dired-")))
14031
14032 ;;;***
14033 \f
14034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
14035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
14036
14037 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
14038 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
14039
14040 \(fn)" t nil)
14041
14042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-draft" '("gnus-")))
14043
14044 ;;;***
14045 \f
14046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dup" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" (0 0 0 0))
14047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dup.el
14048
14049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dup" '("gnus-")))
14050
14051 ;;;***
14052 \f
14053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-eform" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" (0 0 0 0))
14054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-eform.el
14055
14056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-eform" '("gnus-edit-form")))
14057
14058 ;;;***
14059 \f
14060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
14061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
14062
14063 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
14064 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
14065
14066 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
14067
14068 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
14069
14070 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
14071 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14072
14073 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14074
14075 \(fn)" t nil)
14076
14077 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
14078 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14079
14080 \(fn)" t nil)
14081
14082 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
14083 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
14084
14085 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
14086 different input formats.
14087
14088 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
14089
14090 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
14091 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
14092
14093 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
14094 different input formats.
14095
14096 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
14097
14098 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
14099 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
14100 The PNG is returned as a string.
14101
14102 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
14103
14104 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
14105 Convert FILE to a Face.
14106 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
14107 726 bytes.
14108
14109 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14110
14111 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
14112 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
14113
14114 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14115
14116 \(fn)" t nil)
14117
14118 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
14119 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
14120
14121 \(fn)" nil nil)
14122
14123 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-fun" '("gnus-")))
14124
14125 ;;;***
14126 \f
14127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
14128 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14129 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
14130
14131 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
14132 Display gravatar in the From header.
14133 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
14134
14135 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
14136
14137 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
14138 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
14139 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
14140
14141 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
14142
14143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-gravatar" '("gnus-gravatar-")))
14144
14145 ;;;***
14146 \f
14147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
14148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
14149
14150 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
14151 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
14152 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
14153 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
14154
14155 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
14156
14157 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
14158 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
14159
14160 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14161
14162 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-group" '("gnus-")))
14163
14164 ;;;***
14165 \f
14166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
14167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
14168
14169 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
14170
14171
14172 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
14173
14174 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
14175
14176
14177 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
14178
14179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-html" '("gnus-")))
14180
14181 ;;;***
14182 \f
14183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-icalendar" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" (0
14184 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-icalendar.el
14186
14187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-icalendar" '("gnus-icalendar")))
14188
14189 ;;;***
14190 \f
14191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-int" "gnus/gnus-int.el" (0 0 0 0))
14192 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-int.el
14193
14194 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-int" '("gnus-")))
14195
14196 ;;;***
14197 \f
14198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
14199 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
14200
14201 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
14202
14203 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
14204 Run batched scoring.
14205 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
14206
14207 \(fn)" t nil)
14208
14209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-kill" '("gnus-")))
14210
14211 ;;;***
14212 \f
14213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-logic" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14214 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-logic.el
14215
14216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-logic" '("gnus-")))
14217
14218 ;;;***
14219 \f
14220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mh" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" (0 0 0 0))
14221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mh.el
14222
14223 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mh" '("gnus-")))
14224
14225 ;;;***
14226 \f
14227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
14228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
14229
14230 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
14231
14232
14233 \(fn)" nil nil)
14234
14235 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
14236 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
14237 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
14238
14239 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
14240
14241 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
14242 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
14243
14244 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
14245
14246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14247
14248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-ml" '("gnus-mailing-list-")))
14249
14250 ;;;***
14251 \f
14252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
14253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
14254
14255 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
14256 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
14257 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
14258 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
14259 group parameters.
14260
14261 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
14262 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
14263 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
14264 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
14265
14266 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
14267 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
14268 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
14269 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
14270 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
14271 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
14272 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
14273 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
14274 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
14275 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
14276
14277 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
14278
14279 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
14280 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
14281 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
14282 nil CATCH-ALL).
14283
14284 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
14285 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
14286
14287 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
14288
14289 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
14290 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14291 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
14292
14293 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
14294
14295 \(fn)" nil nil)
14296
14297 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
14298 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14299 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
14300
14301 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
14302
14303 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
14304 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
14305 existing groups are considered.
14306
14307 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
14308 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
14309 returned.
14310
14311 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
14312 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
14313 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
14314 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
14315 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
14316 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
14317 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
14318 clauses will be generated.
14319
14320 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
14321 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
14322 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
14323 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
14324 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
14325 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
14326
14327 For example, given the following group parameters:
14328
14329 nnml:mail.bar:
14330 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
14331 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
14332 nnml:mail.foo:
14333 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
14334 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
14335 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
14336 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
14337 nnml:mail.others:
14338 \((split-spec . catch-all))
14339
14340 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
14341
14342 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
14343 \"mail.bar\")
14344 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
14345 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
14346 \"mail.others\")
14347
14348 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
14349
14350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mlspl" '("gnus-group-split-")))
14351
14352 ;;;***
14353 \f
14354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
14356
14357 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
14358 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14359 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
14360 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
14361 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
14362 instead.
14363
14364 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
14365
14366 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
14367 Mail to ADDRESS.
14368
14369 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
14370
14371 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
14372 Like `message-reply'.
14373
14374 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14375
14376 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
14377
14378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-msg" '("gnus-")))
14379
14380 ;;;***
14381 \f
14382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
14383 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
14384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
14385
14386 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
14387 Send a notification on new message.
14388 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
14389 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
14390 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
14391
14392 This is typically a function to add in
14393 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
14394
14395 \(fn)" nil nil)
14396
14397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-notifications" '("gnus-notifications-")))
14398
14399 ;;;***
14400 \f
14401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
14403
14404 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
14405 Display picons in the From header.
14406 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14407
14408 \(fn)" t nil)
14409
14410 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
14411 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
14412 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14413
14414 \(fn)" t nil)
14415
14416 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
14417 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
14418 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14419
14420 \(fn)" t nil)
14421
14422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-picon" '("gnus-picon-")))
14423
14424 ;;;***
14425 \f
14426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
14427 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
14428
14429 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
14430 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14431 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14432 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
14433
14434 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
14435
14436 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
14437 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14438 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14439 LIST1 is modified.
14440
14441 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
14442
14443 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
14444 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
14445 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14446
14447 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
14448
14449 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
14450
14451
14452 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
14453
14454 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
14455 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
14456 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14457
14458 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
14459
14460 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
14461 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
14462 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
14463
14464 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
14465
14466 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
14467
14468 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
14469 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14470 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14471
14472 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
14473
14474 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
14475 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
14476 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14477
14478 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
14479
14480 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
14481 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14482 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14483
14484 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
14485
14486 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
14487 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
14488
14489 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
14490
14491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-range" '("gnus-")))
14492
14493 ;;;***
14494 \f
14495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
14496 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14497 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
14498
14499 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
14500 Initialize the Gnus registry.
14501
14502 \(fn)" t nil)
14503
14504 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
14505 Install the registry hooks.
14506
14507 \(fn)" t nil)
14508
14509 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-registry" '("gnus-")))
14510
14511 ;;;***
14512 \f
14513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-rfc1843" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" (0 0
14514 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el
14516
14517 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
14518
14519 ;;;***
14520 \f
14521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-salt" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" (0 0 0 0))
14522 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-salt.el
14523
14524 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-salt" '("gnus-")))
14525
14526 ;;;***
14527 \f
14528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-score" "gnus/gnus-score.el" (0 0 0 0))
14529 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-score.el
14530
14531 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-score" '("gnus-")))
14532
14533 ;;;***
14534 \f
14535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
14536 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
14537
14538 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
14539 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14540 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14541 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
14542 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
14543 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14544
14545 \(fn)" t nil)
14546
14547 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
14548 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14549 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14550 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
14551 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14552
14553 \(fn)" t nil)
14554
14555 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
14556
14557
14558 \(fn)" t nil)
14559
14560 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sieve" '("gnus-sieve-")))
14561
14562 ;;;***
14563 \f
14564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
14565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
14566
14567 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
14568 Update the format specification near point.
14569
14570 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
14571
14572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-spec" '("gnus-")))
14573
14574 ;;;***
14575 \f
14576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-srvr" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-srvr.el
14578
14579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-srvr" '("gnus-")))
14580
14581 ;;;***
14582 \f
14583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
14584 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
14585
14586 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
14587 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
14588
14589 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
14590
14591 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-start" '("gnus-")))
14592
14593 ;;;***
14594 \f
14595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
14596 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
14597
14598 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
14599 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
14600 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
14601
14602 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
14603
14604 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sum" '("gnus-")))
14605
14606 ;;;***
14607 \f
14608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (0 0 0 0))
14609 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
14610
14611 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
14612 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
14613
14614 \(fn)" t nil)
14615
14616 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
14617 Install the sync hooks.
14618
14619 \(fn)" t nil)
14620
14621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sync" '("gnus-sync-")))
14622
14623 ;;;***
14624 \f
14625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-topic" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14626 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-topic.el
14627
14628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-topic" '("gnus-")))
14629
14630 ;;;***
14631 \f
14632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-undo" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
14633 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-undo.el
14634
14635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-undo" '("gnus-")))
14636
14637 ;;;***
14638 \f
14639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-util" "gnus/gnus-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
14640 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-util.el
14641
14642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-util" '("gnus-")))
14643
14644 ;;;***
14645 \f
14646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-uu" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
14647 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-uu.el
14648
14649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-uu" '("gnus-")))
14650
14651 ;;;***
14652 \f
14653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-vm" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" (0 0 0 0))
14654 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-vm.el
14655
14656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-vm" '("gnus-")))
14657
14658 ;;;***
14659 \f
14660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
14661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
14662
14663 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
14664 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
14665
14666 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
14667
14668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-win" '("gnus-")))
14669
14670 ;;;***
14671 \f
14672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
14673 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
14674
14675 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
14676 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
14677 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
14678 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
14679 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
14680 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
14681
14682 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
14683
14684 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
14685
14686 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnutls" '("gnutls-" "open-gnutls-stream")))
14687
14688 ;;;***
14689 \f
14690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
14691 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
14692
14693 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
14694 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
14695
14696 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
14697 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
14698 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
14699
14700 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
14701 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
14702 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
14703
14704 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
14705 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
14706
14707 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
14708 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
14709
14710 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
14711
14712 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
14713
14714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gomoku" '("gomoku-")))
14715
14716 ;;;***
14717 \f
14718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14719 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
14720
14721 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
14722
14723 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
14724 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
14725 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
14726 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
14727 there, then load the URL at or before point.
14728
14729 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
14730
14731 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
14732 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
14733 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
14734 or to send e-mail.
14735 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
14736 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
14737
14738 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
14739 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
14740
14741 \(fn)" t nil)
14742 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
14743
14744 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
14745 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
14746 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14747 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14748 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14749
14750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14751
14752 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
14753 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
14754
14755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14756
14757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "goto-addr" '("goto-address-")))
14758
14759 ;;;***
14760 \f
14761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
14762 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
14763
14764 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
14765 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
14766 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
14767
14768 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
14769
14770 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
14771 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
14772
14773 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
14774
14775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gravatar" '("gravatar-")))
14776
14777 ;;;***
14778 \f
14779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
14780 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
14781
14782 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
14783 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
14784
14785 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
14786
14787 (defvar grep-command nil "\
14788 The default grep command for \\[grep].
14789 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
14790 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
14791 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
14792
14793 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14794 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14795 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
14796
14797 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
14798
14799 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
14800 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
14801 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14802 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14803 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
14804
14805 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
14806
14807 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
14808 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
14809
14810 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
14811
14812 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
14813 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
14814
14815 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
14816 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
14817 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
14818
14819 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
14820 The default find program.
14821 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
14822 and others.")
14823
14824 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
14825 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
14826 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
14827 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
14828
14829 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
14830 How to invoke find and grep.
14831 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
14832 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
14833 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
14834 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
14835
14836 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
14837
14838 (defvar grep-history nil "\
14839 History list for grep.")
14840
14841 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
14842 History list for grep-find.")
14843
14844 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
14845 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
14846 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
14847
14848 \(fn)" nil nil)
14849
14850 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
14851
14852
14853 \(fn)" nil nil)
14854
14855 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
14856 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
14857
14858 \(fn)" nil nil)
14859
14860 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
14861 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
14862 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
14863 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
14864 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
14865
14866 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
14867 arguments.
14868
14869 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
14870 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
14871
14872 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
14873 can easily repeat a grep command.
14874
14875 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
14876 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
14877 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
14878 list is empty).
14879
14880 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
14881
14882 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
14883 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
14884 Collect output in a buffer.
14885 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
14886 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
14887
14888 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
14889 easily repeat a find command.
14890
14891 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
14892
14893 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
14894
14895 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
14896 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
14897 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
14898 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
14899 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
14900
14901 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
14902 before it is executed.
14903 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
14904
14905 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
14906 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
14907 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
14908
14909 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
14910
14911 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
14912
14913 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
14914 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
14915 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
14916 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
14917 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
14918
14919 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
14920 before it is executed.
14921 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
14922
14923 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
14924 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
14925 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
14926 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
14927
14928 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
14929
14930 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
14931 to specify a command to run.
14932
14933 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
14934
14935 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
14936 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
14937 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
14938 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
14939
14940 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
14941
14942 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
14943
14944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "grep" '("rgrep-default-command" "grep-" "kill-grep")))
14945
14946 ;;;***
14947 \f
14948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (0 0 0 0))
14949 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
14950
14951 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
14952 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
14953 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
14954 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
14955 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
14956
14957 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
14958
14959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gs" '("gs-")))
14960
14961 ;;;***
14962 \f
14963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gssapi" "gnus/gssapi.el" (0 0 0 0))
14964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gssapi.el
14965
14966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gssapi" '("open-gssapi-stream" "gssapi-program")))
14967
14968 ;;;***
14969 \f
14970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (0 0 0 0))
14971 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
14972
14973 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
14974 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14975 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
14976 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
14977
14978 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
14979
14980 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
14981 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14982 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14983 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14984
14985 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
14986
14987 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
14988 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14989 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14990 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14991
14992 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
14993
14994 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
14995 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14996 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14997 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14998
14999 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
15000 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
15001
15002 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
15003
15004 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
15005 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15006 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15007 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15008
15009 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
15010
15011 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
15012 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15013 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15014 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15015
15016 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
15017
15018 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
15019 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15020 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15021 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15022
15023 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
15024
15025 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
15026 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
15027 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
15028 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
15029 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
15030
15031 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
15032 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
15033 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
15034 original source file access method.
15035
15036 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
15037 gud, see `gud-mode'.
15038
15039 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
15040
15041 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
15042 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
15043
15044 \(fn)" t nil)
15045
15046 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
15047 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
15048 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
15049 for a description of this minor mode.
15050 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15051 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15052 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
15053
15054 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
15055
15056 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
15057 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
15058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
15059 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15060 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
15061
15062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15063
15064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gud" '("gdb-" "gud-")))
15065
15066 ;;;***
15067 \f
15068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (0 0 0 0))
15069 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
15070
15071 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
15072 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
15073 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
15074 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
15075 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
15076 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
15077 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
15078 set it to.
15079 DO must return an Elisp expression.
15080
15081 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
15082
15083 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
15084 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
15085 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
15086 of PLACE.
15087 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
15088 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
15089 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
15090 and SETTER.
15091 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
15092 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
15093
15094 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
15095
15096 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
15097
15098 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
15099 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
15100 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
15101 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
15102 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
15103
15104 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
15105
15106 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
15107
15108 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
15109
15110
15111 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
15112
15113 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
15114
15115 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
15116
15117 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
15118 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15119 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15120 well for simple place forms.
15121 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
15122 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
15123 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
15124 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
15125 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
15126 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
15127 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
15128
15129 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
15130
15131 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
15132
15133 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
15134 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15135 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15136 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
15137 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
15138
15139 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
15140 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
15141 (let ((temp VAL))
15142 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
15143 temp)
15144 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
15145
15146 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
15147
15148 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
15149 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
15150 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
15151 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
15152 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
15153 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
15154
15155 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
15156
15157 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
15158
15159 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
15160 Return a reference to PLACE.
15161 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
15162 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
15163 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
15164 binding mode.
15165
15166 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
15167
15168 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gv" '("gv-")))
15169
15170 ;;;***
15171 \f
15172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (0 0 0 0))
15173 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
15174
15175 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
15176 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
15177 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
15178 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
15179
15180 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
15181 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
15182 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
15183 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
15184
15185 \(fn)" t nil)
15186
15187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "handwrite" '("handwrite-" "menu-bar-handwrite-map")))
15188
15189 ;;;***
15190 \f
15191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanja-util" "language/hanja-util.el" (0 0
15192 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15193 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/hanja-util.el
15194
15195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanja-util" '("han")))
15196
15197 ;;;***
15198 \f
15199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15200 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
15201
15202 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
15203 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
15204
15205 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
15206
15207 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
15208 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
15209 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
15210 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
15211
15212 Repent before ring 31 moves.
15213
15214 \(fn)" t nil)
15215
15216 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
15217 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
15218 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
15219 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
15220 to be updated.
15221
15222 \(fn)" t nil)
15223
15224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanoi" '("hanoi-")))
15225
15226 ;;;***
15227 \f
15228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (0 0 0 0))
15229 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
15230
15231 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
15232 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15233
15234 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15235
15236 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
15237 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15238 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
15239
15240 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15241
15242 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
15243 Verify a hashcash payment
15244
15245 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
15246
15247 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
15248 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15249 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15250 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
15251 `mail-add-payment-async').
15252
15253 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
15254
15255 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
15256 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15257 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15258 Calculation is asynchronous.
15259
15260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15261
15262 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
15263 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
15264 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
15265
15266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15267
15268 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hashcash" '("hashcash-")))
15269
15270 ;;;***
15271 \f
15272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (0 0 0 0))
15273 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
15274
15275 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
15276 Return the help-echo string at point.
15277 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
15278 property, or nil, is returned.
15279 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
15280 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
15281 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
15282
15283 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
15284
15285 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
15286 Return the keyboard help string at point.
15287 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
15288 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
15289 If this produces no string either, return nil.
15290
15291 \(fn)" nil nil)
15292
15293 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
15294 Display local help in the echo area.
15295 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
15296 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
15297 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
15298 printed instead.
15299
15300 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
15301 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
15302 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
15303
15304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15305
15306 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
15307 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15308 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15309
15310 \(fn)" t nil)
15311
15312 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
15313 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15314 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
15315
15316 \(fn)" t nil)
15317
15318 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
15319 Automatically show local help on point-over.
15320 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
15321 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
15322 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
15323 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
15324 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
15325 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
15326 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
15327 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
15328 a non-empty list disables the feature.
15329
15330 This variable only takes effect after a call to
15331 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
15332 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
15333 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
15334 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15335
15336 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
15337 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
15338 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
15339 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
15340 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
15341 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
15342 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
15343 The default is `never'.")
15344
15345 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
15346
15347 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
15348 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
15349 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
15350 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
15351 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
15352 considered different regions.
15353
15354 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15355 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
15356 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
15357 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
15358 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
15359 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
15360 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
15361 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
15362 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
15363
15364 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
15365
15366 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
15367 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
15368 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15369 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15370 different regions.
15371
15372 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15373 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
15374 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
15375 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
15376 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
15377 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
15378 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
15379 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
15380
15381 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
15382 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
15383 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
15384 rarely happens in practice.
15385
15386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15387
15388 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
15389 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
15390 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15391 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15392 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
15393 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
15394
15395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15396
15397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-at-pt" '("scan-buf-move-hook" "help-at-pt-")))
15398
15399 ;;;***
15400 \f
15401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
15402 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
15403
15404 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
15405 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
15406
15407 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
15408
15409 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
15410 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
15411 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
15412
15413 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
15414
15415 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
15416 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
15417 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
15418 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
15419 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
15420 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
15421 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
15422
15423 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
15424 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
15425 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
15426 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
15427 suitable file is found, return nil.
15428
15429 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
15430
15431 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
15432
15433
15434 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
15435
15436 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
15437 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
15438 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
15439 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
15440
15441 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
15442
15443 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
15444 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
15445 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
15446 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
15447 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
15448 it is displayed along with the global value.
15449
15450 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
15451
15452 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
15453 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
15454 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
15455 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
15456 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
15457 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
15458
15459 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
15460
15461 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
15462 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
15463 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
15464 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15465
15466 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15467
15468 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
15469 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
15470 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
15471 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
15472 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
15473
15474 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15475
15476 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
15477 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
15478
15479 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
15480
15481 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
15482 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
15483
15484 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
15485
15486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-fns" '("help-" "describe-")))
15487
15488 ;;;***
15489 \f
15490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
15491 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
15492
15493 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
15494 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
15495 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
15496 window listing and describing the options.
15497 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
15498 gives the window that lists the options.")
15499
15500 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
15501
15502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-macro" '("make-help-screen")))
15503
15504 ;;;***
15505 \f
15506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
15507 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
15508
15509 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
15510 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
15511 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
15512 Commands:
15513 \\{help-mode-map}
15514
15515 \(fn)" t nil)
15516
15517 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
15518 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
15519
15520 \(fn)" nil nil)
15521
15522 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
15523 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
15524
15525 \(fn)" nil nil)
15526
15527 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
15528 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
15529
15530 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
15531 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
15532 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
15533 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
15534
15535 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
15536 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
15537 restore it properly when going back.
15538
15539 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
15540
15541 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
15542 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
15543 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
15544 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
15545 from `help-mode'.
15546 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
15547 it does not already exist.
15548
15549 \(fn)" nil nil)
15550
15551 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
15552 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
15553
15554 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
15555 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
15556 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
15557 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
15558 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
15559 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
15560 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
15561 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
15562
15563 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
15564 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
15565 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
15566 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
15567
15568 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
15569 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
15570 that.
15571
15572 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15573
15574 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
15575 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
15576 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
15577 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
15578 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15579 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15580
15581 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15582
15583 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
15584 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
15585 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
15586 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15587 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15588
15589 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15590
15591 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
15592 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
15593
15594 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15595
15596 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
15597
15598 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
15599 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
15600 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
15601 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
15602
15603 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
15604
15605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-mode" '("help-" "describe-symbol-backends")))
15606
15607 ;;;***
15608 \f
15609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (0 0 0 0))
15610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
15611
15612 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
15613 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
15614
15615 \(fn)" t nil)
15616
15617 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
15618 Provide help for current mode.
15619
15620 \(fn)" t nil)
15621
15622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "helper" '("Helper-")))
15623
15624 ;;;***
15625 \f
15626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hex-util" "hex-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
15627 ;;; Generated autoloads from hex-util.el
15628
15629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hex-util" '("encode-hex-string" "decode-hex-string")))
15630
15631 ;;;***
15632 \f
15633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (0 0 0 0))
15634 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
15635
15636 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
15637 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
15638 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
15639 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
15640 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
15641
15642 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
15643 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
15644
15645 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
15646 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
15647 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
15648 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
15649
15650 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
15651 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
15652 periods.
15653
15654 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
15655 in hexl format.
15656
15657 A sample format:
15658
15659 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
15660 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
15661 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
15662 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
15663 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
15664 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
15665 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
15666 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
15667 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
15668 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
15669 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
15670 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
15671 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
15672 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
15673 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
15674
15675 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
15676 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
15677 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
15678
15679 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
15680 also supported.
15681
15682 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
15683
15684 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
15685 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
15686 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
15687
15688 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
15689 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
15690 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
15691
15692 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
15693 into the buffer at the current point.
15694
15695 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
15696 into the buffer at the current point.
15697
15698 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
15699 into the buffer at the current point.
15700
15701 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
15702
15703 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
15704 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
15705
15706 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
15707
15708 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
15709
15710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15711
15712 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
15713 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
15714 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
15715 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
15716
15717 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15718
15719 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
15720 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
15721 This discards the buffer's undo information.
15722
15723 \(fn)" t nil)
15724
15725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hexl" '("hexl-" "dehexlify-buffer")))
15726
15727 ;;;***
15728 \f
15729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
15730 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
15731
15732 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
15733 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
15734 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
15735 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15736 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15737
15738 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
15739 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
15740 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
15741 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
15742
15743 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
15744 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
15745 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
15746 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
15747
15748 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
15749 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
15750 which can be called interactively, are:
15751
15752 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
15753 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15754
15755 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
15756 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
15757 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
15758 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
15759
15760 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
15761 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15762
15763 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
15764 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
15765 available face automatically.
15766
15767 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
15768 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
15769
15770 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
15771 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
15772 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
15773 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
15774 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
15775 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
15776 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
15777 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
15778 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
15779 function returns t.
15780
15781 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
15782 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
15783
15784 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
15785 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
15786 form:
15787 Hi-lock: FOO
15788
15789 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
15790 position (number of characters into buffer)
15791 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
15792 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
15793 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
15794
15795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15796
15797 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
15798 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
15799 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
15800 for a description of this minor mode.
15801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15803 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
15804
15805 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
15806
15807 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
15808 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
15809 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
15810 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
15811 ARG is omitted or nil.
15812
15813 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
15814 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
15815 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
15816
15817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15818
15819 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
15820
15821 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
15822 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
15823 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15824 Use the global history list for FACE.
15825
15826 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15827 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15828 highlighting will not update as you type.
15829
15830 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
15831
15832 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
15833
15834 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
15835 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
15836 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15837 Use the global history list for FACE.
15838
15839 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15840 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15841 highlighting will not update as you type.
15842
15843 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
15844
15845 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
15846
15847 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
15848 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
15849 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15850 Use the global history list for FACE.
15851
15852 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
15853 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
15854 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
15855
15856 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15857 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15858 highlighting will not update as you type.
15859
15860 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
15861
15862 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
15863
15864 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
15865 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
15866 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
15867 unless you use a prefix argument.
15868 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
15869
15870 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
15871 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
15872
15873 \(fn)" t nil)
15874
15875 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
15876
15877 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
15878 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
15879 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
15880 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
15881 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
15882 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
15883
15884 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
15885
15886 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
15887 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
15888
15889 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
15890 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
15891 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
15892
15893 \(fn)" t nil)
15894
15895 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hi-lock" '("hi-lock-" "turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled")))
15896
15897 ;;;***
15898 \f
15899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (0 0 0 0))
15900 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
15901
15902 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
15903 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
15904 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
15905 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15906 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15907
15908 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
15909 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
15910 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
15911 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
15912
15913 `hide-ifdef-env'
15914 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
15915 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
15916 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
15917 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
15918 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
15919 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
15920 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
15921
15922 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
15923 An association list of defined symbol lists.
15924 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
15925 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
15926 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
15927
15928 `hide-ifdef-lines'
15929 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
15930 #endif lines when hiding.
15931
15932 `hide-ifdef-initially'
15933 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
15934 is activated.
15935
15936 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
15937 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
15938 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
15939
15940 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
15941
15942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15943
15944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideif" '("hif-" "hide-ifdef" "show-ifdef" "previous-ifdef" "next-ifdef" "up-ifdef" "down-ifdef" "backward-ifdef" "forward-ifdef" "intern-safe")))
15945
15946 ;;;***
15947 \f
15948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (0 0 0 0))
15949 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
15950
15951 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
15952 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
15953 Each element has the form
15954 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
15955
15956 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
15957 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
15958
15959 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
15960 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
15961
15962 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
15963 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
15964 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
15965 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
15966 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
15967 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
15968
15969 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
15970 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
15971
15972 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
15973 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
15974
15975 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
15976 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
15977 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
15978
15979 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
15980 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
15981 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
15982 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
15983 if ARG is omitted or nil.
15984
15985 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
15986 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
15987 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
15988
15989 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
15990 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
15991 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
15992
15993 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
15994 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
15995
15996 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
15997
15998 Key bindings:
15999 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
16000
16001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16002
16003 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
16004 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
16005
16006 \(fn)" nil nil)
16007
16008 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideshow" '("hs-")))
16009
16010 ;;;***
16011 \f
16012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (0 0 0 0))
16013 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
16014
16015 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
16016 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
16017 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
16018 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
16019 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16020
16021 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
16022 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
16023 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
16024 this on and off.
16025
16026 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
16027 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
16028 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
16029 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
16030 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
16031 through various faces.
16032 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
16033 buffer with the contents of a file
16034 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
16035
16036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16037
16038 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
16039 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
16040 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
16041 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
16042 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16043
16044 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
16045 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
16046 in a distinctive face.
16047
16048 The default value can be customized with variable
16049 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
16050
16051 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
16052
16053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16054
16055 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
16056 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
16057 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
16058
16059 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
16060
16061 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
16062 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16063
16064 \(fn)" t nil)
16065
16066 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
16067 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16068
16069 \(fn)" t nil)
16070
16071 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
16072 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
16073
16074 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
16075 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
16076 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
16077 shown in the last face in the list.
16078
16079 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
16080 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
16081 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
16082
16083 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
16084
16085 \(fn)" t nil)
16086
16087 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
16088 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
16089
16090 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
16091
16092 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
16093 to save the file.
16094
16095 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
16096 written to a temporary file for comparison.
16097
16098 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16099 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
16100 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
16101
16102 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
16103
16104 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
16105 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
16106
16107 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
16108 this function is called interactively.
16109
16110 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
16111 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
16112 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
16113
16114 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16115 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
16116 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
16117
16118 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
16119
16120 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
16121 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
16122 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
16123 for a description of this minor mode.
16124 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16125 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16126 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
16127
16128 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
16129
16130 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
16131 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
16132 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
16133 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16134 ARG is omitted or nil.
16135
16136 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
16137 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
16138 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
16139
16140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16141
16142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hilit-chg" '("highlight-" "hilit-chg-" "global-highlight-changes")))
16143
16144 ;;;***
16145 \f
16146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
16147 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
16148 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
16149
16150 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
16151 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
16152 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
16153 or insert functions in this list.")
16154
16155 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
16156
16157 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
16158 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
16159 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
16160 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
16161 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
16162 expansions.
16163 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
16164 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
16165 undoes the expansion.
16166
16167 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16168
16169 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
16170 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
16171 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
16172 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
16173
16174 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
16175
16176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hippie-exp" '("hippie-expand-" "he-" "try-")))
16177
16178 ;;;***
16179 \f
16180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (0 0 0 0))
16181 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
16182
16183 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
16184 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
16185 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16186 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16187 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16188
16189 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
16190 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16191 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
16192 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
16193 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
16194 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
16195
16196 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16197 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
16198 uses the function `hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' in
16199 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16200
16201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16202
16203 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
16204 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
16205 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
16206 for a description of this minor mode.
16207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16208 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16209 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
16210
16211 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
16212
16213 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
16214 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
16215 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16216 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16217 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16218
16219 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
16220 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all live
16221 windows.
16222
16223 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-highlight'
16224 and `global-hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16225
16226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16227
16228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hl-line" '("hl-line-" "global-hl-line-")))
16229
16230 ;;;***
16231 \f
16232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-def" "net/hmac-def.el" (0 0 0 0))
16233 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-def.el
16234
16235 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-def" '("define-hmac-function")))
16236
16237 ;;;***
16238 \f
16239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-md5" "net/hmac-md5.el" (0 0 0 0))
16240 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-md5.el
16241
16242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-md5" '("hmac-md5" "md5-binary")))
16243
16244 ;;;***
16245 \f
16246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (0 0 0 0))
16247 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
16248
16249 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
16250 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
16251 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16252
16253 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
16254
16255 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16256
16257 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
16258 Oriental holidays.
16259 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16260
16261 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
16262
16263 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16264
16265 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
16266 Local holidays.
16267 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16268
16269 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
16270
16271 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16272
16273 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
16274 User defined holidays.
16275 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16276
16277 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
16278
16279 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16280
16281 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
16282 Jewish holidays.
16283 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16284
16285 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
16286
16287 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16288
16289 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
16290 Christian holidays.
16291 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16292
16293 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
16294
16295 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16296
16297 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
16298 Islamic holidays.
16299 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16300
16301 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
16302
16303 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16304
16305 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
16306 Bahá’í holidays.
16307 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16308
16309 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
16310
16311 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16312
16313 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
16314 Sun-related holidays.
16315 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16316
16317 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
16318
16319 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16320
16321 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16322
16323 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
16324 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
16325 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16326 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
16327
16328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16329
16330 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
16331 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
16332 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
16333 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
16334 displayed, use a different list. For example,
16335
16336 (list-holidays 2006 2006
16337 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
16338
16339 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
16340 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
16341
16342 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
16343 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
16344 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
16345 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
16346 of a holiday list.
16347
16348 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
16349
16350 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
16351
16352 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
16353
16354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "holidays" '("holiday-" "calendar-")))
16355
16356 ;;;***
16357 \f
16358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "net/html2text.el" (0 0 0 0))
16359 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/html2text.el
16360
16361 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
16362 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
16363
16364 \(fn)" t nil)
16365
16366 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "html2text" '("html2text-")))
16367
16368 ;;;***
16369 \f
16370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (0 0 0 0))
16371 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
16372 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
16373
16374 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
16375 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
16376 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
16377 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
16378 as possible.
16379
16380 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
16381 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
16382 fontified display.
16383
16384 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
16385 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
16386
16387 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
16388 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
16389 hyperlinks as appropriate.
16390
16391 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
16392
16393 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
16394 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
16395 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
16396
16397 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
16398
16399 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
16400
16401 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "htmlfontify" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-")))
16402
16403 ;;;***
16404 \f
16405 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el"
16406 ;;;;;; (22359 22496 626933 643000))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
16408
16409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-ext" '("ibuffer-" "filename" "shell-command-" "size" "alphabetic" "major-mode" "mode" "print" "predicate" "content" "name" "derived-mode" "used-mode" "query-replace" "rename-uniquely" "revert" "replace-regexp" "view-and-eval" "eval")))
16410
16411 ;;;***
16412 \f
16413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
16414 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
16415
16416 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
16417 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
16418
16419 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
16420 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
16421 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
16422
16423 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
16424 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
16425 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
16426 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
16427 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
16428 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
16429
16430 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
16431 title of the column.
16432
16433 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
16434 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
16435 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
16436 change its definition, you should explicitly call
16437 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
16438
16439 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16440
16441 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16442
16443 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
16444 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
16445 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
16446 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
16447 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
16448
16449 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
16450 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
16451 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
16452
16453 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16454
16455 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16456
16457 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
16458
16459 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
16460 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
16461 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
16462 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
16463 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
16464 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
16465
16466 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
16467 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
16468 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
16469 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
16470 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
16471 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
16472 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
16473 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
16474 values are:
16475 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
16476 t - the function it always modifies buffers
16477 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
16478 buffer's modification flag.
16479 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
16480 prompted before performing this operation.
16481 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
16482 operation is complete, in the form:
16483 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
16484 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
16485 confirmation message, in the form:
16486 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
16487 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
16488 macro for exactly what it does.
16489
16490 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16491
16492 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
16493
16494 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
16495
16496 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
16497 Define a filter named NAME.
16498 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
16499 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
16500 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
16501
16502 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
16503 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
16504 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
16505 bound to the current value of the filter.
16506
16507 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16508
16509 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
16510
16511 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
16512
16513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-macs" '("ibuffer-")))
16514
16515 ;;;***
16516 \f
16517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
16518 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
16519
16520 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
16521 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
16522 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16523 buffers which are visiting a file.
16524
16525 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
16526
16527 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
16528 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
16529 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16530 buffers which are visiting a file.
16531
16532 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
16533
16534 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
16535 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
16536 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
16537
16538 All arguments are optional.
16539 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
16540 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
16541 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
16542 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
16543 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
16544 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
16545 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
16546 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
16547 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
16548 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
16549 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
16550 that value locally in this buffer.
16551
16552 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
16553
16554 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuffer" '("ibuffer-" "filename" "process" "mark" "mod" "size" "name" "read-only")))
16555
16556 ;;;***
16557 \f
16558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (0 0 0
16559 ;;;;;; 0))
16560 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
16561 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
16562
16563 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
16564 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
16565 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
16566 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
16567
16568 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
16569
16570 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
16571 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
16572 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
16573 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
16574 ICAL-FILENAME.
16575 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
16576 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
16577 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16578
16579 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
16580
16581 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
16582 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
16583 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
16584 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
16585 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
16586 non-marking or not.
16587
16588 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
16589
16590 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
16591 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
16592
16593 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
16594 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
16595 DIARY-FILE.
16596
16597 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
16598 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
16599 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
16600
16601 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
16602 non-marking.
16603
16604 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
16605 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
16606 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16607
16608 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
16609
16610 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icalendar" '("icalendar-")))
16611
16612 ;;;***
16613 \f
16614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
16615 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
16616
16617 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
16618 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
16619 See the `icomplete-mode' command
16620 for a description of this minor mode.
16621 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16622 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16623 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
16624
16625 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
16626
16627 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
16628 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
16629 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
16630 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16631 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16632
16633 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
16634 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
16635 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
16636 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
16637
16638 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
16639 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
16640
16641 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
16642 completions:
16643
16644 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
16645
16646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16647 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
16648 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
16649 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
16650 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
16651
16652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icomplete" '("icomplete-")))
16653
16654 ;;;***
16655 \f
16656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (0 0 0 0))
16657 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
16658
16659 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
16660 Major mode for editing Icon code.
16661 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
16662 Tab indents for Icon code.
16663 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16664 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16665 \\{icon-mode-map}
16666 Variables controlling indentation style:
16667 icon-tab-always-indent
16668 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
16669 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16670 icon-auto-newline
16671 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
16672 inserted in Icon code.
16673 icon-indent-level
16674 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
16675 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16676 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16677 icon-continued-statement-offset
16678 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16679 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16680 icon-continued-brace-offset
16681 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16682 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
16683 icon-brace-offset
16684 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16685 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
16686 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16687 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16688
16689 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
16690 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
16691
16692 \(fn)" t nil)
16693
16694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icon" '("indent-icon-exp" "icon-" "electric-icon-brace" "end-of-icon-defun" "beginning-of-icon-defun" "mark-icon-function" "calculate-icon-indent")))
16695
16696 ;;;***
16697 \f
16698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-complete-structtag" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
16699 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el
16701
16702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-complete-structtag" '("idlwave-")))
16703
16704 ;;;***
16705 \f
16706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-help" "progmodes/idlw-help.el" (0 0 0
16707 ;;;;;; 0))
16708 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-help.el
16709
16710 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-help" '("idlwave-")))
16711
16712 ;;;***
16713 \f
16714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (0 0
16715 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
16717
16718 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
16719 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
16720 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
16721 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
16722
16723 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
16724 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
16725 separate frames.
16726
16727 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
16728 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
16729
16730 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
16731 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
16732 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
16733
16734 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
16735
16736 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
16737
16738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-shell" '("idlwave-")))
16739
16740 ;;;***
16741 \f
16742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-toolbar" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
16743 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el
16745
16746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-toolbar" '("idlwave-toolbar-")))
16747
16748 ;;;***
16749 \f
16750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (0 0 0 0))
16751 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
16752 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
16753
16754 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
16755 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
16756
16757 The main features of this mode are
16758
16759 1. Indentation and Formatting
16760 --------------------------
16761 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
16762 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
16763
16764 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
16765 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
16766 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
16767 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
16768
16769 Comments are indented as follows:
16770
16771 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
16772 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
16773 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
16774
16775 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
16776
16777 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
16778 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
16779 relative to the first will be retained. Use
16780 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
16781 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
16782 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
16783
16784 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
16785 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
16786 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
16787 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
16788
16789 2. Routine Info
16790 ------------
16791 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
16792 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
16793 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
16794 source file of a module. These commands know about system
16795 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
16796 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
16797 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
16798 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
16799 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
16800 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
16801
16802 3. Online IDL Help
16803 ---------------
16804
16805 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
16806 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
16807 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
16808 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
16809
16810 4. Completion
16811 ----------
16812 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
16813 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
16814 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
16815 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
16816 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
16817 upper case.
16818
16819 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
16820 --------------------------------
16821 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
16822 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
16823
16824 \\pr PROCEDURE template
16825 \\fu FUNCTION template
16826 \\c CASE statement template
16827 \\sw SWITCH statement template
16828 \\f FOR loop template
16829 \\r REPEAT Loop template
16830 \\w WHILE loop template
16831 \\i IF statement template
16832 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
16833 \\b BEGIN
16834
16835 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
16836 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
16837
16838 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
16839 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
16840 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
16841 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
16842
16843 6. Automatic Case Conversion
16844 -------------------------
16845 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
16846 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
16847
16848 7. Automatic END completion
16849 ------------------------
16850 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
16851 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
16852
16853 8. Hooks
16854 -----
16855 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
16856 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
16857
16858 9. Documentation and Customization
16859 -------------------------------
16860 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
16861 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
16862 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
16863 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
16864 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
16865 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
16866
16867 10.Keybindings
16868 -----------
16869 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
16870 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
16871 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
16872
16873 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
16874
16875 \(fn)" t nil)
16876
16877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlwave" '("idlwave-")))
16878
16879 ;;;***
16880 \f
16881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (0 0 0 0))
16882 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
16883
16884 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
16885 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
16886 The following values are possible:
16887 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
16888 displaying...)
16889 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
16890 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
16891 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
16892
16893 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16894 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
16895
16896 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
16897
16898 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
16899 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
16900 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16901 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
16902 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
16903 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
16904 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
16905 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
16906 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
16907
16908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16909
16910 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
16911 Switch to another buffer.
16912 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
16913 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
16914 in another frame.
16915
16916 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
16917 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
16918 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
16919 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
16920 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
16921
16922 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
16923 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
16924
16925 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
16926
16927 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
16928 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
16929 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
16930 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
16931 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
16932 in a separate window.
16933 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
16934 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
16935 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
16936 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
16937 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
16938 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
16939 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
16940 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
16941 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
16942
16943 \(fn)" t nil)
16944
16945 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
16946 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
16947 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16948 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16949
16950 \(fn)" t nil)
16951
16952 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
16953 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
16954 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16955 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16956
16957 \(fn)" t nil)
16958
16959 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
16960 Kill a buffer.
16961 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16962 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16963
16964 \(fn)" t nil)
16965
16966 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
16967 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
16968 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16969 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16970
16971 \(fn)" t nil)
16972
16973 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
16974 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
16975 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16976 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16977
16978 \(fn)" t nil)
16979
16980 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
16981 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
16982
16983 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
16984
16985 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
16986 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
16987 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
16988 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
16989 in another frame.
16990
16991 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
16992 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
16993 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
16994 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
16995 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
16996 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
16997
16998 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
16999 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
17000
17001 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
17002
17003 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
17004 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
17005 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
17006 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
17007 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
17008 in a separate window.
17009 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
17010 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
17011 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
17012 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
17013 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
17014 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
17015 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
17016 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
17017 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
17018 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
17019 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
17020 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
17021 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
17022 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
17023 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
17024 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
17025 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
17026 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
17027
17028 \(fn)" t nil)
17029
17030 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
17031 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17032 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17033 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17034
17035 \(fn)" t nil)
17036
17037 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
17038 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17039 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17040 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17041
17042 \(fn)" t nil)
17043
17044 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
17045 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
17046 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17047 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17048
17049 \(fn)" t nil)
17050
17051 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
17052 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
17053 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17054 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17055
17056 \(fn)" t nil)
17057
17058 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
17059 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
17060 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17061 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17062
17063 \(fn)" t nil)
17064
17065 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
17066 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
17067 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17068 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17069
17070 \(fn)" t nil)
17071
17072 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
17073 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
17074 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17075 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17076
17077 \(fn)" t nil)
17078
17079 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
17080 Write current buffer to a file.
17081 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17082 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17083
17084 \(fn)" t nil)
17085
17086 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
17087 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
17088 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17089 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17090
17091 \(fn)" t nil)
17092
17093 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
17094 Call `dired' the Ido way.
17095 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17096 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17097
17098 \(fn)" t nil)
17099
17100 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
17101 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
17102 Return the name of a buffer selected.
17103 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
17104 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
17105 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
17106
17107 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
17108
17109 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
17110 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
17111 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17112 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
17113
17114 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
17115
17116 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
17117 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
17118 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17119 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
17120
17121 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
17122
17123 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
17124 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
17125 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
17126 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
17127 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
17128 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
17129 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
17130 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
17131 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
17132 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
17133 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
17134 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
17135 with point positioned at the end.
17136 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
17137 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
17138
17139 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
17140
17141 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ido" '("ido-")))
17142
17143 ;;;***
17144 \f
17145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (0 0 0 0))
17146 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
17147
17148 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
17149 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
17150 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
17151 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
17152
17153 \(fn)" t nil)
17154
17155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ielm" '("inferior-emacs-lisp-mode" "ielm-")))
17156
17157 ;;;***
17158 \f
17159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ietf-drums" "mail/ietf-drums.el" (0 0 0 0))
17160 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/ietf-drums.el
17161
17162 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ietf-drums" '("ietf-drums-")))
17163
17164 ;;;***
17165 \f
17166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
17167 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
17168
17169 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
17170
17171 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
17172 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
17173 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
17174 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17175 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
17176 \\{iimage-mode-map}
17177
17178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17179
17180 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iimage" '("iimage-" "turn-off-iimage-mode")))
17181
17182 ;;;***
17183 \f
17184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (0 0 0 0))
17185 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
17186
17187 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
17188 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
17189 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17190 be determined.
17191
17192 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
17193
17194 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
17195 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
17196 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17197 be determined.
17198
17199 \(fn)" nil nil)
17200
17201 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
17202 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
17203 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17204 be determined.
17205
17206 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17207
17208 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
17209 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
17210 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17211 be determined.
17212
17213 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17214
17215 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
17216 Determine and return image type.
17217 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
17218 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17219 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17220 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
17221 use its file extension as image type.
17222 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
17223
17224 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
17225
17226 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
17227 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
17228 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
17229
17230 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
17231
17232 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
17233 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
17234 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
17235
17236 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
17237 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
17238 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
17239 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
17240 must be available.
17241
17242 \(fn)" nil nil)
17243
17244 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
17245 Create an image.
17246 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
17247 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17248 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17249 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
17250 use its file extension as image type.
17251 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
17252 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
17253 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
17254 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
17255
17256 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17257
17258 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
17259 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
17260 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
17261
17262 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
17263
17264 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
17265 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
17266 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
17267 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
17268 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
17269 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
17270 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
17271 POS may be an integer or marker.
17272 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17273 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17274 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17275 means display it in the right marginal area.
17276
17277 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
17278
17279 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
17280 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17281 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17282 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
17283 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
17284 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17285 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17286 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17287 means display it in the right marginal area.
17288 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
17289 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
17290 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
17291 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
17292 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
17293
17294 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
17295
17296 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
17297 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17298 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17299 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
17300 STRING is a single space.
17301 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17302 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17303 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17304 means display it in the right marginal area.
17305 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
17306
17307 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
17308
17309 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
17310 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
17311 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
17312 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
17313
17314 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
17315
17316 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
17317 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
17318
17319 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
17320
17321 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17322 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17323 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17324 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17325 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17326 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
17327 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
17328 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
17329 satisfied.
17330
17331 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
17332
17333 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17334
17335 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
17336
17337 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
17338 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
17339
17340 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
17341 documentation string.
17342
17343 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17344 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17345 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17346 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17347 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17348 string containing the actual image data. The first image
17349 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
17350 define SYMBOL.
17351
17352 Example:
17353
17354 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
17355 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
17356
17357 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
17358
17359 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
17360
17361 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
17362 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
17363 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
17364 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
17365
17366 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
17367 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
17368 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
17369 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
17370
17371 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
17372
17373 \(fn)" nil nil)
17374
17375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image" '("image")))
17376
17377 ;;;***
17378 \f
17379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
17380 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
17381 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
17382
17383 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
17384 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
17385 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
17386 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
17387 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
17388 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
17389
17390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17391
17392 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
17393 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
17394
17395 Convenience command that:
17396
17397 - Opens dired in folder DIR
17398 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
17399 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
17400
17401 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
17402 image files in dired and type
17403 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
17404
17405 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
17406
17407 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
17408 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
17409
17410 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
17411
17412 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
17413 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17414 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
17415 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
17416 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
17417 another one).
17418
17419 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
17420 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
17421 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
17422
17423 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
17424 instead of erasing it first.
17425
17426 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
17427 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
17428 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
17429 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
17430 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
17431 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
17432
17433 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
17434
17435 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
17436 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
17437 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
17438 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
17439 displayed.
17440
17441 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
17442
17443 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
17444
17445 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
17446
17447 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
17448 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
17449
17450 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17451
17452 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
17453 Remove tag for selected file(s).
17454 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
17455
17456 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17457
17458 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
17459 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
17460
17461 \(fn)" t nil)
17462
17463 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
17464 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
17465 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
17466 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
17467
17468 \(fn)" t nil)
17469
17470 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
17471 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17472
17473 \(fn)" t nil)
17474
17475 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
17476 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
17477
17478 \(fn)" t nil)
17479
17480 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
17481 Display file at point using an external viewer.
17482
17483 \(fn)" t nil)
17484
17485 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
17486 Display current image file.
17487 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
17488 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
17489
17490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17491
17492 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
17493 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
17494
17495 \(fn)" t nil)
17496
17497 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
17498 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
17499 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
17500 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
17501 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
17502 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
17503 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
17504
17505 \(fn)" t nil)
17506
17507 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
17508 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
17509 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
17510 easy-to-use form.
17511
17512 \(fn)" t nil)
17513
17514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-dired" '("image-dired-")))
17515
17516 ;;;***
17517 \f
17518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
17519 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
17520
17521 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
17522 A list of image-file filename extensions.
17523 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
17524 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
17525
17526 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
17527 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17528 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17529 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
17530
17531 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
17532
17533 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
17534 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
17535 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
17536 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
17537
17538 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
17539 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17540 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17541 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
17542
17543 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
17544
17545 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
17546 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
17547
17548 \(fn)" nil nil)
17549
17550 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
17551 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
17552 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
17553 the command `insert-file-contents'.
17554
17555 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
17556
17557 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
17558 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
17559 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
17560 for a description of this minor mode.
17561 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17562 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17563 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
17564
17565 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
17566
17567 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
17568 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
17569 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
17570 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17571 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17572
17573 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
17574 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
17575 `image-file-name-regexps'.
17576
17577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17578
17579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-file" '("image-file-")))
17580
17581 ;;;***
17582 \f
17583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
17584 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
17585
17586 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
17587 Major mode for image files.
17588 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] or \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-hex-display]
17589 to toggle between display as an image and display as text or hex.
17590
17591 Key bindings:
17592 \\{image-mode-map}
17593
17594 \(fn)" t nil)
17595
17596 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
17597 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
17598 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
17599 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17600 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17601
17602 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
17603 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
17604 actual image.
17605
17606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17607
17608 (autoload 'image-mode-to-text "image-mode" "\
17609 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
17610 A non-mage major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or fundamental mode
17611 displays an image file as text.
17612
17613 \(fn)" nil nil)
17614
17615 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
17616
17617
17618 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
17619
17620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-mode" '("image-")))
17621
17622 ;;;***
17623 \f
17624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imap" "net/imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
17625 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/imap.el
17626
17627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "imap" '("imap-")))
17628
17629 ;;;***
17630 \f
17631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
17632 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
17633
17634 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
17635 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
17636
17637 Affects only the mouse index menu.
17638
17639 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
17640 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
17641 in the buffer.
17642
17643 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
17644
17645 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
17646 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
17647 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
17648
17649 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
17650
17651 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
17652 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
17653 Each element of this list should have the form
17654
17655 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
17656
17657 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
17658 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
17659 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
17660 matches are put).
17661 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
17662 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
17663 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
17664 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
17665 another element.
17666 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
17667 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
17668 the menu item.
17669 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
17670 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
17671 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
17672 the ARGUMENTS.
17673
17674 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
17675 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
17676 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
17677
17678 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
17679 create a buffer index.
17680
17681 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
17682 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
17683 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
17684 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
17685 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
17686
17687 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
17688
17689 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
17690 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
17691
17692 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
17693 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
17694 called within a `save-excursion'.
17695
17696 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
17697
17698 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
17699
17700 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
17701 Function for finding the next index position.
17702
17703 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
17704 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
17705 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
17706 file.
17707
17708 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
17709 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
17710
17711 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
17712
17713 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
17714 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
17715
17716 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
17717 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
17718 It should return the name for that index item.")
17719
17720 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
17721
17722 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
17723 Function to compare string with index item.
17724
17725 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
17726 non-nil if they match.
17727
17728 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
17729 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
17730 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
17731 arguments match\".")
17732
17733 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
17734
17735 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
17736 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
17737 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
17738
17739 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
17740 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
17741
17742 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
17743
17744 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
17745
17746 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
17747 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
17748 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
17749 See the command `imenu' for more information.
17750
17751 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
17752
17753 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
17754 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
17755
17756 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
17757
17758 \(fn)" t nil)
17759
17760 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
17761 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
17762 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
17763 for more information.
17764
17765 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
17766
17767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "imenu" '("imenu-")))
17768
17769 ;;;***
17770 \f
17771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
17772 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
17773
17774 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
17775 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
17776
17777 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17778
17779 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
17780
17781
17782 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17783
17784 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
17785
17786
17787 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17788
17789 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
17790
17791
17792 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
17793
17794 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
17795 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
17796
17797 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17798
17799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ind-util" '("indian-" "ucs-to-is")))
17800
17801 ;;;***
17802 \f
17803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
17804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
17805
17806 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
17807 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
17808 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
17809 to that buffer.
17810 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
17811 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
17812 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
17813 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
17814
17815 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
17816
17817 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
17818
17819 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inf-lisp" '("inferior-lisp-" "lisp-" "switch-to-lisp")))
17820
17821 ;;;***
17822 \f
17823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (0 0 0 0))
17824 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
17825
17826 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
17827 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
17828 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
17829 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
17830 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
17831 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
17832 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
17833 first in this list.
17834
17835 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
17836 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
17837 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
17838 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
17839 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
17840
17841 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
17842 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
17843 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
17844
17845 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
17846 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
17847
17848 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
17849 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
17850
17851 (autoload 'info "info" "\
17852 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
17853 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
17854 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
17855 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
17856 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
17857 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
17858 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
17859 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
17860 with the top-level Info directory.
17861
17862 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
17863 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
17864
17865 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
17866
17867 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
17868 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
17869 in all the directories in that path.
17870
17871 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
17872
17873 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
17874
17875 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
17876 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
17877
17878 \(fn)" t nil)
17879
17880 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
17881 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
17882
17883 \(fn)" t nil)
17884
17885 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
17886 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
17887 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
17888 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
17889
17890 \(fn)" nil nil)
17891
17892 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
17893 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
17894 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
17895 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
17896
17897 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
17898
17899 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
17900 Go to the Info directory node.
17901
17902 \(fn)" t nil)
17903
17904 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
17905 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
17906 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
17907 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
17908 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
17909 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
17910
17911 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
17912
17913 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
17914 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
17915 Build a menu of the possible matches.
17916
17917 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
17918
17919 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
17920 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
17921 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
17922 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
17923 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
17924
17925 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
17926
17927 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
17928 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
17929 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
17930 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
17931 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
17932
17933 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
17934 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
17935
17936 Selecting other nodes:
17937 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
17938 Follow a node reference you click on.
17939 This works with menu items, cross references, and
17940 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
17941 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
17942 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
17943 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
17944 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
17945 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
17946 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
17947 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
17948 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
17949 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
17950 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
17951 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
17952 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
17953 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
17954 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
17955 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
17956 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
17957 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
17958 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
17959
17960 Moving within a node:
17961 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
17962 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
17963 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
17964 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
17965 move up to the parent node.
17966 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
17967 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
17968 if there is none.
17969 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
17970
17971 Advanced commands:
17972 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
17973 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
17974 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
17975 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
17976 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
17977 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
17978 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
17979 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
17980 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
17981 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
17982 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
17983 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
17984 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
17985 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
17986 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
17987 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
17988
17989 \(fn)" t nil)
17990 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
17991
17992 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
17993 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
17994 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
17995 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
17996 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
17997 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
17998
17999 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18000 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
18001
18002 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
18003 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
18004 KEY is a string.
18005 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
18006 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18007 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18008 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18009
18010 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
18011
18012 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
18013 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
18014 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
18015
18016 \(fn)" t nil)
18017
18018 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
18019 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
18020 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
18021
18022 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
18023
18024 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
18025 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
18026 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
18027 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
18028 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
18029 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
18030
18031 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
18032
18033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info" '("info-" "Info-")))
18034
18035 ;;;***
18036 \f
18037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (0 0 0 0))
18038 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
18039
18040 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
18041 Throw away all cached data.
18042 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
18043 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
18044 system.
18045
18046 \(fn)" t nil)
18047 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
18048
18049 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
18050 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
18051 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
18052 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
18053 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
18054 one found at point.
18055
18056 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
18057
18058 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
18059 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
18060
18061 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
18062 Display the documentation of a file.
18063 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
18064 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
18065 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
18066 The default file name is the one found at point.
18067
18068 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
18069
18070 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
18071
18072 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
18073 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
18074
18075 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
18076
18077 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
18078 Perform completion on file preceding point.
18079
18080 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
18081
18082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-look" '("info-")))
18083
18084 ;;;***
18085 \f
18086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
18087 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
18088 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
18089
18090 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
18091 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
18092 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
18093 current info file is the default.
18094
18095 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
18096 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
18097 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
18098 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
18099 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
18100
18101 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
18102 validate node references within it. A message is given for
18103 missing target files once per source document. It could be
18104 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
18105 mistake in the reference.
18106
18107 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
18108 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
18109 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
18110
18111 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
18112 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
18113 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
18114 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
18115
18116 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18117
18118 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
18119 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
18120 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
18121 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
18122 checked.
18123
18124 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
18125 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
18126 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
18127 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
18128 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
18129 should be harmless.
18130
18131 \(fn)" t nil)
18132
18133 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
18134 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
18135 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
18136 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
18137
18138 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
18139 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
18140 and can take a long time.
18141
18142 \(fn)" t nil)
18143
18144 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
18145 Check docstring info node references in source files.
18146 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
18147
18148 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
18149
18150 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
18151 as per `info-xref-check' does.
18152
18153 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
18154 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
18155 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
18156 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
18157 all builtins).
18158
18159 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
18160 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
18161 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
18162 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
18163 the sources handy.
18164
18165 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
18166
18167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-xref" '("info-xref-")))
18168
18169 ;;;***
18170 \f
18171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (0 0 0 0))
18172 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
18173
18174 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
18175 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
18176
18177 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
18178
18179 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
18180 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
18181
18182 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
18183
18184 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
18185 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
18186 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
18187 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
18188
18189 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
18190 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
18191 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
18192
18193 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
18194 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
18195 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
18196 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
18197
18198 \(fn)" t nil)
18199
18200 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
18201 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
18202 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
18203
18204 \(fn)" t nil)
18205
18206 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
18207 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
18208 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
18209 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
18210 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
18211
18212 \(fn)" nil nil)
18213
18214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "informat" '("Info-validate-")))
18215
18216 ;;;***
18217 \f
18218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (0 0 0 0))
18219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
18220
18221 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
18222
18223
18224 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18225
18226 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
18227
18228 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
18229
18230 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inline" '("inline-")))
18231
18232 ;;;***
18233 \f
18234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (0 0 0 0))
18235 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
18236 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
18237
18238 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
18239 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
18240 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
18241
18242 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
18243
18244 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inversion" '("inversion-")))
18245
18246 ;;;***
18247 \f
18248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (0
18249 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18250 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
18251
18252 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
18253 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
18254
18255 \(fn)" t nil)
18256
18257 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
18258 Toggle input method in interactive search.
18259
18260 \(fn)" t nil)
18261
18262 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
18263
18264
18265 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
18266
18267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearch-x" '("isearch-")))
18268
18269 ;;;***
18270 \f
18271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (0 0 0 0))
18272 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
18273 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
18274
18275 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
18276 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
18277 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
18278 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
18279 accessed via isearchb.
18280
18281 \(fn)" t nil)
18282
18283 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearchb" '("isearchb")))
18284
18285 ;;;***
18286 \f
18287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-ascii" "international/iso-ascii.el" (0
18288 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18289 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-ascii.el
18290
18291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-ascii" '("iso-ascii-")))
18292
18293 ;;;***
18294 \f
18295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (0 0 0
18296 ;;;;;; 0))
18297 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
18298
18299 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
18300 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
18301 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18302 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
18303 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18304
18305 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18306
18307 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
18308 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
18309 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
18310 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
18311 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18312
18313 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18314
18315 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
18316 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
18317 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18318 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
18319 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18320
18321 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18322
18323 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
18324 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18325 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18326 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
18327 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18328
18329 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18330
18331 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
18332 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18333 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18334 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
18335 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18336
18337 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18338
18339 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
18340 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
18341 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18342 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
18343 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18344
18345 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18346
18347 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
18348 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
18349 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18350 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
18351 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18352
18353 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18354
18355 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
18356 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
18357 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
18358 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18359
18360 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18361
18362 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
18363 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18364 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
18365 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18366
18367 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18368
18369 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
18370 Warn that format is read-only.
18371
18372 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18373
18374 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
18375 Warn that format is write-only.
18376
18377 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18378
18379 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
18380 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
18381
18382 \(fn)" t nil)
18383
18384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-cvt" '("iso-")))
18385
18386 ;;;***
18387 \f
18388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
18389 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18390 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
18391 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
18392 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
18393
18394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-transl" '("iso-transl-")))
18395
18396 ;;;***
18397 \f
18398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (0 0 0 0))
18399 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
18400
18401 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
18402
18403 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
18404 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
18405 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
18406 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
18407 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
18408
18409 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
18410
18411 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18412
18413 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
18414 Key map for ispell menu.")
18415
18416 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
18417 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
18418 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
18419 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
18420
18421 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
18422
18423 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
18424
18425 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
18426
18427 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
18428
18429 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
18430 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
18431 The alist key must be a regular expression.
18432 Valid forms include:
18433 (KEY) - just skip the key.
18434 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
18435 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
18436 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
18437
18438 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\cref" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
18439 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
18440 First list is used raw.
18441 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
18442
18443 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
18444 for skipping in latex mode.")
18445
18446 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
18447 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
18448 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
18449 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
18450 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
18451 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
18452 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
18453
18454 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
18455 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
18456 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
18457 in a window allowing you to choose one.
18458
18459 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
18460 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
18461 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
18462 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
18463 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
18464
18465 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
18466 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
18467
18468 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
18469 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
18470
18471 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
18472 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
18473
18474 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
18475 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
18476
18477 Return values:
18478 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
18479 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
18480 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
18481 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
18482 quit spell session exited.
18483
18484 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
18485
18486 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
18487 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
18488 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
18489
18490 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
18491
18492 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
18493 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
18494
18495 Selections are:
18496
18497 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
18498 SPC: Accept word this time.
18499 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
18500 `a': Accept word for this session.
18501 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
18502 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
18503 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
18504 `?': Show these commands.
18505 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
18506 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
18507 the aborted check to be completed later.
18508 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
18509 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
18510 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
18511 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
18512 `C-l': Redraw screen.
18513 `C-r': Recursive edit.
18514 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
18515
18516 \(fn)" nil nil)
18517
18518 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
18519 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
18520 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
18521 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
18522
18523 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
18524
18525 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
18526 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
18527 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
18528 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
18529
18530 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
18531
18532 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
18533
18534 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
18535 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
18536 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
18537 amount for last line processed.
18538
18539 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
18540
18541 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
18542 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
18543
18544 \(fn)" t nil)
18545
18546 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
18547 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
18548
18549 \(fn)" t nil)
18550
18551 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
18552 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
18553 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
18554
18555 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
18556
18557 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
18558 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
18559
18560 \(fn)" t nil)
18561
18562 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
18563 Try to complete the word before or at point.
18564 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
18565 sequence inside of a word.
18566
18567 Standard ispell choices are then available.
18568
18569 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
18570
18571 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
18572 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
18573
18574 \(fn)" t nil)
18575
18576 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
18577 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
18578 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
18579 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
18580
18581 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
18582 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
18583 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
18584 available on the net.
18585
18586 \(fn)" t nil)
18587
18588 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
18589 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
18590 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
18591 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18592 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18593
18594 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
18595 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
18596 spelled.
18597
18598 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
18599 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
18600 SPC.
18601
18602 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
18603 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
18604
18605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18606
18607 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
18608 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
18609 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
18610 Don't check included messages.
18611
18612 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
18613 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
18614 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
18615
18616 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
18617 in your init file:
18618 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook #\\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
18619 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook #\\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
18620 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook #\\='ispell-message)
18621 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook #\\='ispell-message)
18622
18623 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
18624 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
18625 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
18626
18627 \(fn)" t nil)
18628
18629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ispell" '("ispell-" "check-ispell-version")))
18630
18631 ;;;***
18632 \f
18633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-cnv" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
18634 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18635 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-cnv.el
18636
18637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-cnv" '("skkdic-" "batch-skkdic-convert" "ja-dic-filename")))
18638
18639 ;;;***
18640 \f
18641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-utl" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
18642 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18643 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-utl.el
18644
18645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-utl" '("skkdic-")))
18646
18647 ;;;***
18648 \f
18649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (0 0
18650 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18651 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
18652
18653 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
18654
18655
18656 \(fn)" nil nil)
18657
18658 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
18659 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
18660 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18661 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18662 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
18663 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
18664 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
18665 necessary to represent OBJ.
18666
18667 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
18668
18669 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
18670 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
18671 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18672 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18673
18674 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
18675
18676 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
18677 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
18678 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18679 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18680 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
18681
18682 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
18683
18684 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
18685 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
18686 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18687 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18688
18689 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
18690
18691 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
18692 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
18693 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
18694 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18695
18696 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
18697
18698 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
18699 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
18700
18701 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18702
18703 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
18704 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
18705 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18706 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18707 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
18708
18709 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
18710
18711 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
18712 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
18713 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18714 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18715 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
18716
18717 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
18718
18719 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
18720 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18721 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
18722
18723 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18724
18725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "japan-util" '("japanese-")))
18726
18727 ;;;***
18728 \f
18729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (0 0 0 0))
18730 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
18731
18732 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
18733 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
18734 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
18735 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
18736
18737 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
18738
18739
18740 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
18741
18742 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
18743 Uninstall jka-compr.
18744 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
18745 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
18746 by `jka-compr-installed'.
18747
18748 \(fn)" nil nil)
18749
18750 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "jka-compr" '("jka-compr-" "compression-error")))
18751
18752 ;;;***
18753 \f
18754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (0 0 0 0))
18755 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
18756 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
18757
18758 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
18759 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
18760
18761 \(fn)" t nil)
18762
18763 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
18764 Major mode for editing JSX.
18765
18766 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
18767 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
18768 locally, like so:
18769
18770 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
18771 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
18772 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
18773
18774 \(fn)" t nil)
18775 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
18776
18777 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
18778
18779 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "js" '("js-" "with-js")))
18780
18781 ;;;***
18782 \f
18783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (0 0 0 0))
18784 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
18785 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
18786
18787 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "json" '("json-")))
18788
18789 ;;;***
18790 \f
18791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kermit" "kermit.el" (0 0 0 0))
18792 ;;; Generated autoloads from kermit.el
18793
18794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kermit" '("kermit-")))
18795
18796 ;;;***
18797 \f
18798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (0 0 0 0))
18799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
18800
18801 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
18802 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18803 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18804 decimal key must be specified.")
18805
18806 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
18807
18808 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
18809 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
18810 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18811 decimal key must be specified.")
18812
18813 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
18814
18815 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
18816 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18817 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18818 decimal key must be specified.")
18819
18820 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
18821
18822 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
18823 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18824 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18825 decimal key must be specified.")
18826
18827 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
18828
18829 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
18830 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
18831 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
18832 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
18833 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
18834 keys are bound.
18835
18836 Setup Binding
18837 -------------------------------------------------------------
18838 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
18839 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
18840 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
18841 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
18842 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
18843 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
18844 in the global and local keymaps.
18845
18846 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
18847 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
18848
18849 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
18850
18851 ;;;***
18852 \f
18853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (0 0 0
18854 ;;;;;; 0))
18855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
18856
18857 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
18858 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
18859 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
18860
18861 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
18862 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
18863 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
18864 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
18865 shorter.
18866
18867 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
18868 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
18869 the context of text formatting.
18870
18871 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
18872
18873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kinsoku" '("kinsoku-")))
18874
18875 ;;;***
18876 \f
18877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (0 0 0 0))
18878 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
18879
18880 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
18881 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
18882 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
18883 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
18884 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
18885 positions that contains the current selection.")
18886
18887 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
18888 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
18889 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
18890 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18891 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
18892 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
18893 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
18894
18895 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18896
18897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kkc" '("kkc-")))
18898
18899 ;;;***
18900 \f
18901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
18902 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
18903 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
18904 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
18905 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
18906 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
18907 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
18908 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
18909 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
18910
18911 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
18912 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
18913 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
18914
18915 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
18916
18917 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
18918 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
18919 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
18920 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
18921 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
18922
18923 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
18924
18925 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
18926 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
18927 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
18928
18929 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
18930 defining the macro.
18931
18932 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
18933 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
18934 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
18935
18936 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
18937 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
18938
18939 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18940
18941 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
18942 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
18943 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
18944 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
18945 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
18946 under that name.
18947
18948 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
18949 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
18950 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
18951
18952 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18953
18954 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18955 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
18956 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
18957 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
18958
18959 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
18960 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
18961 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
18962 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
18963
18964 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
18965 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
18966
18967 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
18968
18969 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
18970 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
18971 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
18972
18973 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
18974 macro.
18975
18976 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
18977 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
18978
18979 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
18980 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
18981 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
18982
18983 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
18984 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
18985
18986 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18987
18988 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18989 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
18990 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
18991 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
18992
18993 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
18994
18995 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18996 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
18997 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
18998 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
18999
19000 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
19001 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
19002
19003 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19004
19005 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
19006 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
19007 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
19008
19009 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
19010
19011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kmacro" '("kmacro-")))
19012
19013 ;;;***
19014 \f
19015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (0 0
19016 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19017 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
19018
19019 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
19020 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
19021 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
19022
19023 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
19024
19025
19026 \(fn)" nil nil)
19027
19028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "korea-util" '("exit-korean-environment" "korean-key-bindings" "isearch-" "quail-hangul-switch-" "toggle-korean-input-method")))
19029
19030 ;;;***
19031 \f
19032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
19033 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
19034
19035 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
19036
19037
19038 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19039
19040 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
19041 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
19042 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
19043 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
19044 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
19045 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
19046
19047 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
19048 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
19049
19050 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
19051
19052 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
19053 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
19054
19055 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19056
19057 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
19058
19059
19060 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
19061
19062 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
19063
19064
19065 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19066
19067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lao-util" '("lao-")))
19068
19069 ;;;***
19070 \f
19071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (0 0
19072 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19073 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
19074
19075 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
19076 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
19077 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
19078 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
19079
19080 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
19081
19082 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19083 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
19084 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
19085
19086 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
19087
19088 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
19089 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
19090 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
19091
19092 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
19093
19094 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19095 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
19096 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
19097 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
19098
19099 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19100
19101 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latexenc" '("latexenc-dont-use-")))
19102
19103 ;;;***
19104 \f
19105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
19106 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19107 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
19108
19109 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
19110 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
19111 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
19112 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
19113 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
19114 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
19115 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
19116 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
19117
19118 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
19119 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
19120
19121 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19122 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
19123
19124 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
19125
19126 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
19127 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
19128 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
19129 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
19130 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
19131 `latin1-display-setup'.
19132
19133 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
19134
19135 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
19136 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
19137 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
19138 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
19139
19140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19141 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
19142
19143 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
19144
19145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latin1-disp" '("latin1-display-")))
19146
19147 ;;;***
19148 \f
19149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (0 0 0
19150 ;;;;;; 0))
19151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
19152
19153 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
19154 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
19155
19156 \(fn)" t nil)
19157
19158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ld-script" '("ld-script-")))
19159
19160 ;;;***
19161 \f
19162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ldap" "net/ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19163 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ldap.el
19164
19165 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ldap" '("ldap-")))
19166
19167 ;;;***
19168 \f
19169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "legacy-gnus-agent" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
19170 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el
19172
19173 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "legacy-gnus-agent" '("gnus-agent-")))
19174
19175 ;;;***
19176 \f
19177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (0 0
19178 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
19180 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
19181
19182 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
19183 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
19184 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
19185 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
19186
19187 For instance, the following code
19188
19189 (let-alist alist
19190 (if (and .title .body)
19191 .body
19192 .site
19193 .site.contents))
19194
19195 essentially expands to
19196
19197 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
19198 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
19199 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
19200 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
19201 (if (and .title .body)
19202 .body
19203 .site
19204 .site.contents))
19205
19206 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
19207 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
19208 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
19209 displayed in the example above.
19210
19211 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
19212
19213 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19214
19215 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "let-alist" '("let-alist--")))
19216
19217 ;;;***
19218 \f
19219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (0 0 0 0))
19220 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
19221
19222 (autoload 'life "life" "\
19223 Run Conway's Life simulation.
19224 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
19225 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
19226 generations (this defaults to 1).
19227
19228 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
19229
19230 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "life" '("life-")))
19231
19232 ;;;***
19233 \f
19234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (0 0 0 0))
19235 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
19236 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
19237
19238 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
19239 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
19240 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
19241 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
19242 if ARG is omitted or nil.
19243
19244 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
19245
19246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19247
19248 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
19249 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
19250 See the `global-linum-mode' command
19251 for a description of this minor mode.
19252 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19253 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19254 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
19255
19256 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
19257
19258 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
19259 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
19260 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
19261 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
19262 ARG is omitted or nil.
19263
19264 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
19265 `linum-on' would do it.
19266 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
19267
19268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19269
19270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "linum" '("linum-")))
19271
19272 ;;;***
19273 \f
19274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lisp-mnt" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" (0 0 0
19275 ;;;;;; 0))
19276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el
19277
19278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lisp-mnt" '("lm-")))
19279
19280 ;;;***
19281 \f
19282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19283 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
19284
19285 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
19286 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
19287 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
19288 is nil, raise an error.
19289
19290 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
19291 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
19292 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
19293 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
19294 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
19295 defined by the library.
19296
19297 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
19298 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
19299 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
19300 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
19301 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
19302 proceeds.
19303
19304 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
19305 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
19306 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
19307 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
19308
19309 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19310
19311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "loadhist" '("unload-" "loadhist-hook-functions" "read-feature" "feature-" "file-")))
19312
19313 ;;;***
19314 \f
19315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (0 0 0 0))
19316 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
19317
19318 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
19319 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
19320 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
19321
19322 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
19323
19324 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
19325 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
19326 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
19327 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
19328
19329 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
19330 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
19331 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
19332 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
19333 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
19334 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
19335 the version.)
19336
19337 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
19338 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
19339
19340 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
19341 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
19342
19343 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
19344 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
19345
19346 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
19347
19348 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
19349 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
19350 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
19351 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
19352 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
19353 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
19354 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
19355 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
19356 to constrain a big search.
19357
19358 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
19359
19360 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
19361 except that FILTER is not optional.
19362
19363 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
19364
19365 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "locate" '("locate-")))
19366
19367 ;;;***
19368 \f
19369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19370 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
19371
19372 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
19373 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
19374 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
19375 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
19376 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
19377 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
19378 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
19379 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
19380 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
19381 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
19382
19383 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
19384 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
19385 associated values:
19386 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
19387 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
19388 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
19389 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
19390 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
19391
19392 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
19393 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
19394 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
19395
19396 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19397
19398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-edit" '("log-edit-" "vc-log-")))
19399
19400 ;;;***
19401 \f
19402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
19403 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
19404
19405 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
19406 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
19407
19408 \(fn)" t nil)
19409
19410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-view" '("log-view-")))
19411
19412 ;;;***
19413 \f
19414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19415 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
19416
19417 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
19418 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
19419
19420 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux)) "\
19421 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
19422
19423 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
19424 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
19425 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
19426
19427 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
19428 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
19429
19430 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
19431 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
19432 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
19433 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
19434 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
19435 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
19436 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
19437
19438 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
19439
19440 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
19441 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
19442 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
19443 switch on this list.
19444 See `lpr-command'.")
19445
19446 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
19447
19448 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
19449 Name of program for printing a file.
19450
19451 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
19452 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
19453 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
19454 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
19455 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
19456 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
19457 argument.")
19458
19459 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
19460
19461 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
19462 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
19463 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19464 for customization of the printer command.
19465
19466 \(fn)" t nil)
19467
19468 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
19469 Paginate and print buffer contents.
19470
19471 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19472 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19473 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19474 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19475
19476 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19477 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19478
19479 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19480 for further customization of the printer command.
19481
19482 \(fn)" t nil)
19483
19484 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
19485 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
19486 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19487 for customization of the printer command.
19488
19489 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19490
19491 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
19492 Paginate and print the region contents.
19493
19494 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19495 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19496 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19497 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19498
19499 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19500 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19501
19502 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19503 for further customization of the printer command.
19504
19505 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19506
19507 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lpr" '("lpr-" "print")))
19508
19509 ;;;***
19510 \f
19511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
19512 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
19513
19514 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
19515 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
19516 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
19517
19518 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
19519
19520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ls-lisp" '("ls-lisp-")))
19521
19522 ;;;***
19523 \f
19524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (0 0 0 0))
19525 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
19526
19527 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
19528 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
19529 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
19530 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
19531
19532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19533
19534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lunar" '("lunar-" "diary-lunar-phases" "calendar-lunar-phases")))
19535
19536 ;;;***
19537 \f
19538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
19539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
19540
19541 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
19542 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
19543
19544 \(fn)" t nil)
19545
19546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "m4-mode" '("m4-")))
19547
19548 ;;;***
19549 \f
19550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (0 0 0 0))
19551 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
19552
19553 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19554 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
19555 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
19556 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
19557 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
19558
19559 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
19560
19561 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19562 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
19563 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
19564 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
19565 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
19566
19567 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
19568 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
19569 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
19570 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
19571 bindings.
19572
19573 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
19574 use this command, and then save the file.
19575
19576 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19577
19578 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
19579 Query user during kbd macro execution.
19580 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
19581 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
19582 each time the macro executes.
19583 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
19584 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
19585 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
19586 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
19587 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
19588 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
19589 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
19590
19591 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
19592
19593 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
19594 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
19595 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
19596 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
19597
19598 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
19599 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
19600 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
19601 execute.
19602
19603 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
19604 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
19605
19606 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
19607 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
19608 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
19609 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
19610 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
19611
19612 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
19613 looked like this:
19614
19615 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
19616 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
19617 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
19618
19619 You could enter the names in this format:
19620
19621 foo
19622 bar
19623 baz
19624
19625 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
19626
19627 \\C-x (
19628 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
19629 \\C-x )
19630
19631 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
19632 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
19633
19634 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
19635 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
19636
19637 ;;;***
19638 \f
19639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19640 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
19641
19642 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
19643 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
19644 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
19645 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
19646 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
19647 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
19648
19649 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
19650 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
19651 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
19652 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
19653 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
19654
19655 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
19656 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
19657 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
19658 consing a string.)
19659
19660 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
19661
19662 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
19663 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
19664
19665 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
19666
19667 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-extr" '("mail-extr-")))
19668
19669 ;;;***
19670 \f
19671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
19673
19674 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
19675 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
19676
19677 \(fn)" nil nil)
19678
19679 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
19680
19681
19682 \(fn)" nil nil)
19683
19684 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
19685 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
19686
19687 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
19688
19689 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
19690 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
19691 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
19692 message.
19693
19694 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
19695
19696 \(fn)" nil nil)
19697
19698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-hist" '("mail-hist-")))
19699
19700 ;;;***
19701 \f
19702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-parse" "mail/mail-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
19703 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-parse.el
19704
19705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-parse" '("mail-")))
19706
19707 ;;;***
19708 \f
19709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-prsvr" "mail/mail-prsvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19710 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-prsvr.el
19711
19712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-prsvr" '("mail-parse-")))
19713
19714 ;;;***
19715 \f
19716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-source" "gnus/mail-source.el" (0 0 0
19717 ;;;;;; 0))
19718 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mail-source.el
19719
19720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-source" '("mail-source")))
19721
19722 ;;;***
19723 \f
19724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
19725 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
19726
19727 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
19728 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
19729 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
19730 often correct parser.")
19731
19732 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
19733
19734 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
19735 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
19736 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
19737 a value which excludes your own email address.
19738
19739 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
19740 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
19741
19742 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
19743
19744 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
19745 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
19746
19747 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
19748
19749 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19750 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
19751 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
19752 we return it unconverted.
19753
19754 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19755 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19756
19757 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19758
19759 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19760 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
19761 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19762 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19763
19764 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
19765
19766 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19767 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
19768 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19769 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19770
19771 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19772
19773 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19774 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
19775 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19776 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19777 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
19778 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
19779 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
19780 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
19781 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
19782 as Rmail does.
19783
19784 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
19785
19786 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
19787 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
19788 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
19789 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
19790 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
19791 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
19792 matches may be returned from the message body.
19793
19794 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
19795
19796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-utils" '("mail-")))
19797
19798 ;;;***
19799 \f
19800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
19801 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
19802
19803 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
19804 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
19805 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
19806 for a description of this minor mode.
19807 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19808 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19809 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
19810
19811 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
19812
19813 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
19814 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
19815 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
19816 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
19817 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
19818
19819 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
19820 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
19821 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
19822 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
19823
19824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19825
19826 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
19827 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
19828
19829 \(fn)" nil nil)
19830
19831 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
19832 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
19833 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
19834
19835 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
19836
19837 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
19838 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
19839 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
19840
19841 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
19842 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
19843 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
19844 double-quotes.
19845
19846 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
19847
19848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailabbrev" '("merge-mail-abbrevs" "mail-" "rebuild-mail-abbrevs")))
19849
19850 ;;;***
19851 \f
19852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (0 0 0 0))
19853 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
19854
19855 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
19856 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
19857 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
19858 king@grassland.com
19859 If `parens', they look like:
19860 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19861 If `angles', they look like:
19862 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
19863
19864 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
19865
19866 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
19867 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
19868 If interactive, expand in header fields.
19869 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
19870 their `Resent-' variants.
19871
19872 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
19873 removed from alias expansions.
19874
19875 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
19876
19877 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
19878 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
19879 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
19880
19881 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
19882 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
19883 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
19884 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
19885
19886 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
19887
19888 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
19889 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
19890 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
19891
19892 \(fn)" nil nil)
19893
19894 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
19895 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
19896 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
19897 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
19898
19899 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19900
19901 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
19902
19903 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailalias" '("mail-" "build-mail-aliases")))
19904
19905 ;;;***
19906 \f
19907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailcap" "net/mailcap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19908 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mailcap.el
19909
19910 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailcap" '("mailcap-")))
19911
19912 ;;;***
19913 \f
19914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (0 0 0 0))
19915 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
19916
19917 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
19918 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
19919 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
19920 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
19921
19922 \(fn)" nil nil)
19923
19924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailclient" '("mailclient-")))
19925
19926 ;;;***
19927 \f
19928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailheader" "mail/mailheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
19929 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailheader.el
19930
19931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailheader" '("mail-header")))
19932
19933 ;;;***
19934 \f
19935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mairix" "net/mairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
19936 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mairix.el
19937
19938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mairix" '("mairix-")))
19939
19940 ;;;***
19941 \f
19942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (0 0 0
19943 ;;;;;; 0))
19944 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
19945
19946 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
19947 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
19948
19949 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
19950 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
19951 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
19952 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
19953 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
19954 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
19955
19956 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
19957 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
19958 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
19959 dependency, despite the colon.
19960
19961 \\{makefile-mode-map}
19962
19963 In the browser, use the following keys:
19964
19965 \\{makefile-browser-map}
19966
19967 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
19968
19969 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
19970 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
19971
19972 `makefile-target-colon':
19973 The string that gets appended to all target names
19974 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
19975 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
19976
19977 `makefile-macro-assign':
19978 The string that gets appended to all macro names
19979 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
19980 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
19981 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
19982 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
19983 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
19984
19985 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
19986 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
19987 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
19988
19989 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
19990 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
19991
19992 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
19993 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
19994 up or down in the browser.
19995
19996 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
19997 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
19998
19999 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
20000 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
20001
20002 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
20003 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
20004 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
20005 has been selected in the browser.
20006
20007 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
20008 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
20009 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
20010 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
20011 filenames are omitted.
20012
20013 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
20014 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
20015 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
20016 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
20017 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
20018 the backslash itself intact.
20019 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
20020 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
20021
20022 `makefile-browser-hook':
20023 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
20024 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
20025
20026 `makefile-special-targets-list':
20027 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
20028 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
20029 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
20030
20031 \(fn)" t nil)
20032
20033 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
20034 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
20035
20036 \(fn)" t nil)
20037
20038 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20039 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
20040
20041 \(fn)" t nil)
20042
20043 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
20044 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
20045
20046 \(fn)" t nil)
20047
20048 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20049 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
20050
20051 \(fn)" t nil)
20052
20053 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
20054 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
20055
20056 \(fn)" t nil)
20057
20058 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "make-mode" '("makefile-")))
20059
20060 ;;;***
20061 \f
20062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makeinfo" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
20063 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/makeinfo.el
20064
20065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makeinfo" '("makeinfo-")))
20066
20067 ;;;***
20068 \f
20069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (0 0 0 0))
20070 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
20071
20072 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
20073 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
20074 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
20075
20076 \(fn)" t nil)
20077
20078 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makesum" '("double-column")))
20079
20080 ;;;***
20081 \f
20082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (0 0 0 0))
20083 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
20084
20085 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
20086
20087 (autoload 'man "man" "\
20088 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
20089 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
20090 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
20091 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
20092 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
20093 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
20094 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
20095 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
20096 without running the man command.
20097
20098 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
20099 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
20100 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
20101
20102 cat(1)
20103 1 cat
20104
20105 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
20106 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
20107 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
20108 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
20109
20110 -a chmod
20111
20112 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
20113 otherwise look like a page name.
20114
20115 /my/file/name.1.gz
20116 -l somefile.1
20117
20118 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
20119 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
20120 \"grep -E\" style regexp.
20121
20122 -k pattern
20123
20124 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20125
20126 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
20127 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
20128
20129 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20130
20131 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
20132 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
20133
20134 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
20135
20136 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "man" '("Man-" "man")))
20137
20138 ;;;***
20139 \f
20140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mantemp" "progmodes/mantemp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mantemp.el
20142
20143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mantemp" '("mantemp-")))
20144
20145 ;;;***
20146 \f
20147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
20148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
20149 (push (purecopy '(map 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20150
20151 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "map" '("map")))
20152
20153 ;;;***
20154 \f
20155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (0 0 0 0))
20156 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
20157 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20158
20159 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
20160 Toggle Master mode.
20161 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
20162 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20163 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20164
20165 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
20166 using the following commands:
20167
20168 \\{master-mode-map}
20169
20170 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
20171 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
20172 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
20173
20174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20175
20176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "master" '("master-")))
20177
20178 ;;;***
20179 \f
20180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (0 0 0 0))
20181 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
20182
20183 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
20184 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
20185 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
20186 for a description of this minor mode.
20187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20188 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20189 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
20190
20191 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
20192
20193 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
20194 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
20195 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
20196 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20197 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20198
20199 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
20200 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
20201 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
20202 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
20203
20204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20205
20206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mb-depth" '("minibuffer-depth-")))
20207
20208 ;;;***
20209 \f
20210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (0 0 0 0))
20211 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
20212 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20213
20214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "md4" '("md4")))
20215
20216 ;;;***
20217 \f
20218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (0 0 0 0))
20219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
20220
20221 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
20222
20223 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
20224 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
20225 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
20226 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
20227 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
20228 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
20229 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
20230 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
20231 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
20232 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
20233 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
20234 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
20235 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
20236 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
20237 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
20238 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
20239 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
20240 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
20241 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
20242 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
20243 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
20244 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
20245 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
20246 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
20247 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
20248 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
20249 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
20250 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
20251 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
20252 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
20253 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
20254 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
20255 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
20256 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
20257 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
20258 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
20259 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
20260 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
20261
20262 \(fn)" t nil)
20263
20264 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
20265 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
20266 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
20267 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
20268 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
20269
20270 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
20271
20272 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
20273 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20274
20275 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20276
20277 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
20278 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
20279
20280 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
20281
20282 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
20283 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
20284
20285 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
20286
20287 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
20288 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
20289 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
20290
20291 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
20292
20293 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
20294 Cancel an article you posted.
20295 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
20296
20297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20298
20299 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
20300 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
20301 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
20302 header line with the old Message-ID.
20303
20304 \(fn)" t nil)
20305
20306 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
20307 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
20308
20309 \(fn)" t nil)
20310
20311 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
20312 Forward the current message via mail.
20313 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
20314 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
20315
20316 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
20317
20318 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
20319
20320
20321 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
20322
20323 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
20324
20325
20326 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
20327
20328 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
20329 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
20330
20331 \(fn)" t nil)
20332
20333 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
20334 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
20335
20336 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
20337
20338 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
20339 Re-mail the current message.
20340 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
20341 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
20342 you.
20343
20344 \(fn)" t nil)
20345
20346 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
20347 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
20348
20349 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20350
20351 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
20352 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
20353
20354 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20355
20356 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
20357 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20358
20359 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20360
20361 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
20362 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20363
20364 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20365
20366 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
20367 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
20368 Works by overstriking characters.
20369 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20370 which specify the range to operate on.
20371
20372 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20373
20374 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
20375 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
20376 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20377 which specify the range to operate on.
20378
20379 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20380
20381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "message" '("message-" "nil")))
20382
20383 ;;;***
20384 \f
20385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (0 0 0
20386 ;;;;;; 0))
20387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
20388 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20389
20390 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
20391 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
20392
20393 \(fn)" t nil)
20394
20395 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
20396 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
20397
20398 \(fn)" t nil)
20399
20400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "meta-mode" '("meta" "font-lock-match-meta-declaration-item-and-skip-to-next")))
20401
20402 ;;;***
20403 \f
20404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (0 0 0 0))
20405 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
20406
20407 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
20408 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20409 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
20410
20411 \(fn)" t nil)
20412
20413 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
20414 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20415 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20416 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20417 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20418 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20419 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
20420
20421 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20422
20423 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
20424 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
20425 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20426 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20427 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20428 means current).
20429 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20430 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20431
20432 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20433
20434 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
20435 Process current region through `metamail'.
20436 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20437 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20438 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20439 means current).
20440 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20441 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20442
20443 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20444
20445 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "metamail" '("metamail-")))
20446
20447 ;;;***
20448 \f
20449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-acros" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" (0 0 0 0))
20450 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-acros.el
20451
20452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-acros" '("mh-" "with-mh-folder-updating" "def")))
20453
20454 ;;;***
20455 \f
20456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-alias" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20457 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-alias.el
20458
20459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-alias" '("mh-")))
20460
20461 ;;;***
20462 \f
20463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-buffers" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" (0 0 0 0))
20464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-buffers.el
20465
20466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-buffers" '("mh-")))
20467
20468 ;;;***
20469 \f
20470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20471 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
20472
20473 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
20474 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20475 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20476
20477 \(fn)" t nil)
20478
20479 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
20480 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
20481 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20482
20483 \(fn)" t nil)
20484
20485 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
20486 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20487
20488 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
20489 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
20490 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
20491
20492 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
20493 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
20494
20495 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
20496 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
20497
20498 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20499
20500 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
20501
20502 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
20503 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
20504 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
20505 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
20506 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
20507 as `compose-mail'.
20508
20509 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
20510 initial Subject field, respectively.
20511
20512 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
20513 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
20514 are strings.
20515
20516 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
20517 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
20518
20519 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20520
20521 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
20522 Save draft and send message.
20523
20524 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
20525 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
20526 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
20527 Mail Delivery*\".
20528
20529 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
20530 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
20531 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
20532
20533 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
20534 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
20535 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
20536 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
20537 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
20538 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
20539
20540 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
20541 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
20542
20543 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
20544 message and scan line.
20545
20546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20547
20548 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
20549 Quit editing and delete draft message.
20550
20551 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
20552 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
20553 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
20554 delete the draft message.
20555
20556 \(fn)" t nil)
20557
20558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-comp" '("mh-")))
20559
20560 ;;;***
20561 \f
20562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-compat" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
20563 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-compat.el
20564
20565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-compat" '("mh-")))
20566
20567 ;;;***
20568 \f
20569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (0 0 0 0))
20570 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
20571 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
20572
20573 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20574
20575 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
20576
20577 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20578
20579 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
20580 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
20581
20582 \(fn)" t nil)
20583
20584 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-e" '("mh-" "def")))
20585
20586 ;;;***
20587 \f
20588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (0 0 0 0))
20589 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
20590
20591 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
20592 Incorporate new mail with MH.
20593 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20594
20595 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20596 the MH mail system.
20597
20598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20599
20600 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
20601 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
20602 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20603
20604 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20605 the MH mail system.
20606
20607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20608
20609 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
20610 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
20611
20612 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
20613 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
20614 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
20615 separate command.
20616
20617 Options that control this mode can be changed with
20618 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
20619 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
20620 format.
20621
20622 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
20623
20624 Ranges
20625 ======
20626 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
20627 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
20628 can be used in several ways.
20629
20630 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
20631 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
20632 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
20633 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
20634 page):
20635
20636 <num1>-<num2>
20637 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
20638 The range must be nonempty.
20639
20640 <num>:N
20641 <num>:+N
20642 <num>:-N
20643 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
20644 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
20645 last.
20646
20647 first:N
20648 prev:N
20649 next:N
20650 last:N
20651 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
20652
20653 all
20654 All of the messages.
20655
20656 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
20657 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
20658
20659 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
20660 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
20661 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
20662
20663 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
20664
20665 \(fn)" t nil)
20666
20667 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-folder" '("mh-")))
20668
20669 ;;;***
20670 \f
20671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-funcs" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
20672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-funcs.el
20673
20674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-funcs" '("mh-")))
20675
20676 ;;;***
20677 \f
20678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-identity" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" (0 0 0
20679 ;;;;;; 0))
20680 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-identity.el
20681
20682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-identity" '("mh-")))
20683
20684 ;;;***
20685 \f
20686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-inc" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20687 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-inc.el
20688
20689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-inc" '("mh-inc-spool-")))
20690
20691 ;;;***
20692 \f
20693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-junk" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" (0 0 0 0))
20694 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-junk.el
20695
20696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-junk" '("mh-")))
20697
20698 ;;;***
20699 \f
20700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-letter" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" (0 0 0 0))
20701 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-letter.el
20702
20703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-letter" '("mh-")))
20704
20705 ;;;***
20706 \f
20707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-limit" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" (0 0 0 0))
20708 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-limit.el
20709
20710 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-limit" '("mh-")))
20711
20712 ;;;***
20713 \f
20714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" (0 0 0 0))
20715 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-mime.el
20716
20717 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-mime" '("mh-")))
20718
20719 ;;;***
20720 \f
20721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-print" "mh-e/mh-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
20722 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-print.el
20723
20724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-print" '("mh-p")))
20725
20726 ;;;***
20727 \f
20728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-scan" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" (0 0 0 0))
20729 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-scan.el
20730
20731 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-scan" '("mh-")))
20732
20733 ;;;***
20734 \f
20735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-search" "mh-e/mh-search.el" (0 0 0 0))
20736 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-search.el
20737
20738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-search" '("mh-")))
20739
20740 ;;;***
20741 \f
20742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-seq" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
20743 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-seq.el
20744
20745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-seq" '("mh-")))
20746
20747 ;;;***
20748 \f
20749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-show" "mh-e/mh-show.el" (0 0 0 0))
20750 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-show.el
20751
20752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-show" '("mh-")))
20753
20754 ;;;***
20755 \f
20756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-speed" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" (0 0 0 0))
20757 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-speed.el
20758
20759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-speed" '("mh-")))
20760
20761 ;;;***
20762 \f
20763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-thread" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" (0 0 0 0))
20764 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-thread.el
20765
20766 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-thread" '("mh-")))
20767
20768 ;;;***
20769 \f
20770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-tool-bar" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" (0 0 0
20771 ;;;;;; 0))
20772 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el
20773
20774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-tool-bar" '("mh-tool-bar-")))
20775
20776 ;;;***
20777 \f
20778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
20779 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
20780
20781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-utils" '("mh-")))
20782
20783 ;;;***
20784 \f
20785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-xface" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" (0 0 0 0))
20786 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-xface.el
20787
20788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-xface" '("mh-")))
20789
20790 ;;;***
20791 \f
20792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (0 0 0 0))
20793 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
20794
20795 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
20796 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
20797 See the `midnight-mode' command
20798 for a description of this minor mode.
20799 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20800 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20801 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
20802
20803 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
20804
20805 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
20806 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
20807
20808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20809
20810 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
20811 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
20812 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
20813 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
20814 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
20815 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
20816 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
20817 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
20818 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
20819 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
20820 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
20821
20822 \(fn)" t nil)
20823
20824 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
20825 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
20826 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
20827 to its second argument TM.
20828
20829 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
20830
20831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "midnight" '("midnight-" "clean-buffer-list-")))
20832
20833 ;;;***
20834 \f
20835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (0 0 0 0))
20836 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
20837
20838 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
20839 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
20840 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
20841 for a description of this minor mode.
20842 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20843 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20844 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
20845
20846 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
20847
20848 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
20849 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
20850 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
20851 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20852 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20853
20854 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
20855 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
20856 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
20857 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
20858 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
20859 is modified to remove the default indication.
20860
20861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20862
20863 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "minibuf-eldef" '("minibuf")))
20864
20865 ;;;***
20866 \f
20867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20868 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
20869
20870 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
20871 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
20872 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
20873 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
20874 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
20875 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
20876 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
20877 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
20878 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
20879
20880 \(fn)" t nil)
20881
20882 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
20883 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
20884 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
20885 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
20886 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
20887 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
20888 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
20889 The return value is always nil.
20890
20891 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
20892
20893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misc" '("list-dynamic-libraries--" "backward-to-word" "forward-to-word" "upcase-char" "mark-" "zap-up-to-char" "copy-from-above-command")))
20894
20895 ;;;***
20896 \f
20897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (0 0 0 0))
20898 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
20899 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
20900
20901 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
20902 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
20903
20904 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
20905 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
20906 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
20907 next occurrence.
20908
20909 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
20910 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
20911 end of the search space).
20912
20913 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
20914 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
20915 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
20916 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
20917 should return the previous buffer to search.
20918
20919 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
20920 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
20921 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
20922
20923 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
20924 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
20925 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
20926 Isearch starts.")
20927
20928 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
20929 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
20930 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
20931
20932 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
20933 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
20934 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
20935
20936 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
20937 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
20938
20939 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
20940 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
20941 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
20942
20943 \(fn)" nil nil)
20944
20945 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
20946 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
20947 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
20948 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20949 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
20950 whose names match the specified regexp.
20951
20952 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
20953
20954 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
20955 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
20956 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
20957 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20958 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
20959 whose names match the specified regexp.
20960
20961 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
20962
20963 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
20964 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
20965 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
20966 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
20967 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20968 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
20969 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
20970
20971 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
20972
20973 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
20974 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
20975 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
20976 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
20977 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20978 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
20979 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
20980
20981 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
20982
20983 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misearch" '("multi-isearch-" "misearch-unload-function")))
20984
20985 ;;;***
20986 \f
20987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (0 0
20988 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20989 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
20990 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20991
20992 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
20993 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
20994
20995 \(fn)" t nil)
20996
20997 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mixal-mode" '("mixal-")))
20998
20999 ;;;***
21000 \f
21001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-archive" "gnus/mm-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
21002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-archive.el
21003
21004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-archive" '("mm-")))
21005
21006 ;;;***
21007 \f
21008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-bodies" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
21009 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-bodies.el
21010
21011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-bodies" '("mm-")))
21012
21013 ;;;***
21014 \f
21015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-decode" "gnus/mm-decode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-decode.el
21017
21018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-decode" '("mm-")))
21019
21020 ;;;***
21021 \f
21022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
21024
21025 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
21026 Return a default encoding for FILE.
21027
21028 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21029
21030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-encode" '("mm-")))
21031
21032 ;;;***
21033 \f
21034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (0 0 0 0))
21035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
21036
21037 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
21038 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
21039
21040 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
21041
21042 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
21043 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
21044 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21045 the entire message.
21046 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21047
21048 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21049
21050 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-extern" '("mm-extern-")))
21051
21052 ;;;***
21053 \f
21054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (0 0 0 0))
21055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
21056
21057 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
21058 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
21059 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21060 the entire message.
21061 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21062
21063 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21064
21065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-partial" '("mm-partial-find-parts")))
21066
21067 ;;;***
21068 \f
21069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
21070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
21071
21072 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
21073 Insert file contents of URL.
21074 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
21075
21076 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21077
21078 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
21079 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
21080
21081 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21082
21083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-url" '("mm-url-")))
21084
21085 ;;;***
21086 \f
21087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-util" "gnus/mm-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
21088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-util.el
21089
21090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-util" '("mm-")))
21091
21092 ;;;***
21093 \f
21094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
21095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
21096
21097 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
21098 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
21099 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
21100 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
21101 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
21102
21103 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
21104
21105 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
21106 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
21107 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
21108
21109 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
21110
21111 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-uu" '("mm-")))
21112
21113 ;;;***
21114 \f
21115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-view" "gnus/mm-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
21116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-view.el
21117
21118 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-view" '("mm-")))
21119
21120 ;;;***
21121 \f
21122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (0 0 0 0))
21123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
21124
21125 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
21126 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
21127
21128 \(fn)" nil nil)
21129
21130 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
21131 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
21132 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
21133 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
21134 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
21135
21136 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
21137 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
21138 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
21139 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
21140 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
21141 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
21142
21143 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
21144
21145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml" '("mime-to-mml" "mml-")))
21146
21147 ;;;***
21148 \f
21149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-sec" "gnus/mml-sec.el" (0 0 0 0))
21150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-sec.el
21151
21152 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-sec" '("mml-")))
21153
21154 ;;;***
21155 \f
21156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-smime" "gnus/mml-smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
21157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-smime.el
21158
21159 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-smime" '("mml-smime-")))
21160
21161 ;;;***
21162 \f
21163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (0 0 0 0))
21164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
21165
21166 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
21167
21168
21169 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21170
21171 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
21172
21173
21174 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21175
21176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml1991" '("mml1991-")))
21177
21178 ;;;***
21179 \f
21180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (0 0 0 0))
21181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
21182
21183 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
21184
21185
21186 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21187
21188 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
21189
21190
21191 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21192
21193 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
21194
21195
21196 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21197
21198 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
21199
21200
21201 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21202
21203 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21204
21205
21206 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21207
21208 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
21209
21210
21211 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21212
21213 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21214
21215
21216 \(fn)" nil nil)
21217
21218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml2015" '("mml2015-")))
21219
21220 ;;;***
21221 \f
21222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (0 0 0 0))
21223 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
21224
21225 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
21226
21227 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mode-local" '("make-obsolete-overload" "mode-local-" "deactivate-mode-local-bindings" "def" "describe-mode-local-" "xref-mode-local-" "overload-" "fetch-overload" "function-overload-p" "set" "with-mode-local" "activate-mode-local-bindings" "new-mode-local-bindings" "get-mode-local-parent")))
21228
21229 ;;;***
21230 \f
21231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (0 0 0 0))
21232 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
21233
21234 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
21235
21236 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
21237 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
21238 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
21239 followed by the first character of the construct.
21240 \\<m2-mode-map>
21241 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
21242 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
21243 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
21244 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
21245 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
21246 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
21247 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
21248 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
21249 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
21250 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
21251 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
21252 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
21253 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
21254 \\[m2-link] link
21255
21256 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
21257 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
21258 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
21259
21260 \(fn)" t nil)
21261
21262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "modula2" '("m3-font-lock-keywords" "m2-")))
21263
21264 ;;;***
21265 \f
21266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (0 0 0 0))
21267 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
21268
21269 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
21270 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
21271
21272 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21273
21274 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
21275 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21276
21277 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21278
21279 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
21280 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
21281
21282 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21283
21284 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
21285 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21286
21287 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21288
21289 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "morse" '("nato-alphabet" "morse-code")))
21290
21291 ;;;***
21292 \f
21293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-copy" "mouse-copy.el" (0 0 0 0))
21294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-copy.el
21295
21296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-copy" '("mouse-")))
21297
21298 ;;;***
21299 \f
21300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (0 0 0 0))
21301 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
21302
21303 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
21304 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
21305
21306 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
21307 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
21308 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
21309
21310 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21311 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21312 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21313
21314 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
21315 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
21316
21317 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
21318 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
21319 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
21320 hemisphere you're in.)
21321
21322 To test this function, evaluate:
21323 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
21324
21325 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21326
21327 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
21328 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
21329
21330 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
21331 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
21332
21333 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21334 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21335 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21336
21337 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
21338 middle button in Tk text widgets.
21339
21340 To test this function, evaluate:
21341 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
21342
21343 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21344
21345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-drag" '("mouse-")))
21346
21347 ;;;***
21348 \f
21349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21350 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
21351
21352 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
21353 Main entry point for MPC.
21354
21355 \(fn)" t nil)
21356
21357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpc" '("mpc-" "tag-browser-tagtypes")))
21358
21359 ;;;***
21360 \f
21361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (0 0 0 0))
21362 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
21363
21364 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
21365 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
21366
21367 \(fn)" t nil)
21368
21369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpuz" '("mpuz-")))
21370
21371 ;;;***
21372 \f
21373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (0 0 0 0))
21374 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
21375
21376 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
21377 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
21378 See the `msb-mode' command
21379 for a description of this minor mode.
21380 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21381 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21382 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
21383
21384 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
21385
21386 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
21387 Toggle Msb mode.
21388 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
21389 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
21390 if ARG is omitted or nil.
21391
21392 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
21393 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
21394
21395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21396
21397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "msb" '("mouse-select-buffer" "msb")))
21398
21399 ;;;***
21400 \f
21401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mspools" "mail/mspools.el" (0 0 0 0))
21402 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mspools.el
21403
21404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mspools" '("mspools-")))
21405
21406 ;;;***
21407 \f
21408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (0
21409 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21410 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
21411
21412 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
21413 Display a list of all character sets.
21414
21415 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
21416 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
21417 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
21418 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
21419 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
21420
21421 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21422 but still shows the full information.
21423
21424 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21425
21426 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
21427 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
21428 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
21429
21430 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
21431 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
21432 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
21433 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
21434 meanings of these arguments.
21435
21436 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
21437
21438 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
21439 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
21440
21441 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21442
21443 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
21444 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
21445
21446 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21447
21448 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21449 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
21450
21451 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21452
21453 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
21454 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
21455
21456 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
21457 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
21458 in place of `..':
21459 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21460 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21461 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
21462 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
21463 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
21464 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
21465 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21466 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21467 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21468 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21469 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21470 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21471 `default-process-coding-system' for read
21472 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
21473 `default-process-coding-system' for write
21474 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
21475
21476 \(fn)" t nil)
21477
21478 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21479 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
21480
21481 \(fn)" t nil)
21482
21483 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
21484 Display a list of all coding systems.
21485 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
21486
21487 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21488 but still contains full information about each coding system.
21489
21490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21491
21492 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
21493 Display a list of all coding categories.
21494
21495 \(fn)" nil nil)
21496
21497 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
21498 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
21499 The font must be already used by Emacs.
21500
21501 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
21502
21503 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
21504 Display information about FONTSET.
21505 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
21506
21507 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
21508
21509 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
21510 Display a list of all fontsets.
21511 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
21512 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
21513 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
21514
21515 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21516
21517 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
21518 Display information about all input methods.
21519
21520 \(fn)" t nil)
21521
21522 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
21523 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
21524
21525 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
21526 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
21527 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
21528 system which uses fontsets).
21529
21530 \(fn)" t nil)
21531
21532 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
21533 Show log of font listing and opening.
21534 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
21535 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
21536
21537 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
21538
21539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-diag" '("insert-section" "list-" "print-" "describe-font-internal" "charset-history" "non-iso-charset-alist" "sort-listed-character-sets")))
21540
21541 ;;;***
21542 \f
21543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (0
21544 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21545 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
21546
21547 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
21548 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
21549
21550 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
21551 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
21552
21553 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
21554 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
21555
21556 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
21557
21558 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
21559 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
21560 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
21561 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
21562 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
21563 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
21564 buffer; see also `char-width'.
21565
21566 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
21567 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
21568 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
21569 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
21570 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
21571 middle of a character in STR.
21572
21573 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
21574 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
21575
21576 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
21577 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
21578 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
21579 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
21580 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
21581
21582 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
21583
21584 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
21585 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
21586
21587 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
21588 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
21589 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
21590
21591 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
21592 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
21593 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
21594
21595 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21596 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
21597 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
21598 are considered.
21599 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
21600 longer than KEYSEQ.
21601 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
21602
21603 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
21604
21605 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21606 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
21607 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
21608 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
21609 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
21610 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
21611 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
21612 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
21613 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
21614 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
21615 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
21616
21617 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
21618
21619 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
21620 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
21621
21622 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21623
21624 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
21625 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
21626
21627 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21628
21629 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
21630 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
21631
21632 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21633
21634 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
21635 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
21636
21637 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21638
21639 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
21640 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
21641 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
21642 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
21643 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
21644
21645 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21646 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
21647
21648 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
21649 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
21650 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
21651 coding systems ordered by priority.
21652
21653 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
21654
21655 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
21656
21657 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
21658 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
21659 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
21660 language environment LANG-ENV.
21661
21662 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
21663
21664 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
21665 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
21666 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
21667 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
21668 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
21669 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
21670
21671 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
21672
21673 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
21674 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
21675 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
21676 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21677 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21678 QUALITY can be:
21679 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21680 excessive work.
21681 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21682 part of the file/buffer.
21683 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21684
21685 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21686
21687 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
21688 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
21689 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
21690 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21691 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21692 QUALITY can be:
21693 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21694 excessive work.
21695 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21696 part of the file/buffer.
21697 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21698
21699 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21700
21701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-util" '("filepos-to-bufferpos--dos" "truncate-string-ellipsis")))
21702
21703 ;;;***
21704 \f
21705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (0 0 0 0))
21706 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
21707
21708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mwheel" '("mouse-wheel-" "mwheel-")))
21709
21710 ;;;***
21711 \f
21712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
21713 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
21714
21715 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
21716 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
21717
21718 \(fn)" t nil)
21719
21720 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
21721 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
21722
21723 \(fn)" t nil)
21724
21725 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
21726 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
21727
21728 \(fn)" t nil)
21729
21730 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
21731 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
21732
21733 \(fn)" t nil)
21734
21735 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
21736 Run route and display diagnostic output.
21737
21738 \(fn)" t nil)
21739
21740 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
21741 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
21742
21743 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
21744
21745 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
21746 Ping HOST.
21747 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
21748 `ping-program-options'.
21749
21750 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21751
21752 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
21753 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
21754
21755 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21756
21757 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
21758 Run nslookup program.
21759
21760 \(fn)" t nil)
21761
21762 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
21763 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
21764
21765 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21766
21767 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
21768 Run dig program.
21769
21770 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21771
21772 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
21773 Run ftp program.
21774
21775 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21776
21777 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
21778 Finger USER on HOST.
21779
21780 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
21781
21782 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
21783 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
21784 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
21785 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
21786
21787 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
21788
21789 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
21790
21791
21792 \(fn)" t nil)
21793
21794 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
21795 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
21796
21797 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
21798
21799 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
21800 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
21801
21802 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
21803
21804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "net-utils" '("nslookup-" "net" "whois-" "ftp-" "finger-X.500-host-regexps" "route-program" "run-network-program" "smbclient" "ifconfig-program" "iwconfig-program" "ipconfig" "dig-program" "dns-lookup-program" "arp-program" "ping-program" "traceroute-program")))
21805
21806 ;;;***
21807 \f
21808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21809 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
21810
21811 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
21812 Return a user name/password pair.
21813 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
21814 listed in the PORTS list.
21815
21816 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
21817
21818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "netrc" '("netrc-")))
21819
21820 ;;;***
21821 \f
21822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (0
21823 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21824 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
21825
21826 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
21827 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
21828 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
21829 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
21830 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
21831 closes it.
21832
21833 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
21834 make it unique.
21835 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
21836 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
21837 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
21838 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
21839 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer or
21840 integer string specifying a port number to connect to.
21841
21842 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
21843 values:
21844
21845 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
21846 nil or `network'
21847 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
21848 the parameters :success and :capability-command
21849 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
21850 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
21851 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
21852 an unencrypted connection.
21853 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
21854 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
21855 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
21856 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
21857 returned object is a killed process.
21858 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
21859 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
21860 `shell' -- A shell connection.
21861
21862 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
21863 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
21864 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
21865 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
21866 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
21867 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
21868 or nil if none could be found.
21869 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
21870 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
21871
21872 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
21873
21874 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
21875 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
21876 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
21877
21878 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
21879 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
21880 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
21881
21882 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
21883 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
21884 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
21885
21886 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
21887 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
21888 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
21889 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
21890
21891 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
21892 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
21893
21894 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
21895 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
21896 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
21897 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
21898 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
21899 or STARTTLS connections.
21900
21901 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
21902 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
21903
21904 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
21905 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
21906
21907 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
21908 a greeting from the server.
21909
21910 :nowait, if non-nil, says the connection should be made
21911 asynchronously, if possible.
21912
21913 :tls-parameters is a list that should be supplied if you're
21914 opening a TLS connection. The first element is the TLS
21915 type (either `gnutls-x509pki' or `gnutls-anon'), and the
21916 remaining elements should be a keyword list accepted by
21917 gnutls-boot (as returned by `gnutls-boot-parameters').
21918
21919 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
21920
21921 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
21922
21923 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "network-stream" '("network-stream-")))
21924
21925 ;;;***
21926 \f
21927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (0 0
21928 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21929 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
21930
21931 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
21932 Check whether newsticker is running.
21933 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
21934 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
21935
21936 \(fn)" nil nil)
21937
21938 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
21939 Start the newsticker.
21940 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
21941 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
21942 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
21943 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
21944
21945 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
21946
21947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-backend" '("newsticker-")))
21948
21949 ;;;***
21950 \f
21951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
21952 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
21953 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
21954
21955 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
21956 Start newsticker plainview.
21957
21958 \(fn)" t nil)
21959
21960 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-plainview" '("newsticker-")))
21961
21962 ;;;***
21963 \f
21964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (0 0 0
21965 ;;;;;; 0))
21966 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
21967
21968 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
21969 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
21970
21971 \(fn)" t nil)
21972
21973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-reader" '("newsticker-")))
21974
21975 ;;;***
21976 \f
21977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (0 0 0
21978 ;;;;;; 0))
21979 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
21980
21981 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
21982 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
21983 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
21984 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
21985 empty.
21986
21987 \(fn)" nil nil)
21988
21989 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
21990 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
21991 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
21992 running already.
21993
21994 \(fn)" t nil)
21995
21996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-ticker" '("newsticker-")))
21997
21998 ;;;***
21999 \f
22000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (0
22001 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22002 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
22003
22004 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
22005 Start newsticker treeview.
22006
22007 \(fn)" t nil)
22008
22009 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-treeview" '("newsticker-")))
22010
22011 ;;;***
22012 \f
22013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (0 0 0 0))
22014 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
22015
22016 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newsticker" '("newsticker-version")))
22017
22018 ;;;***
22019 \f
22020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnagent" "gnus/nnagent.el" (0 0 0 0))
22021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnagent.el
22022
22023 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnagent" '("nnagent-")))
22024
22025 ;;;***
22026 \f
22027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnbabyl" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnbabyl.el
22029
22030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnbabyl" '("nnbabyl-")))
22031
22032 ;;;***
22033 \f
22034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (0 0 0 0))
22035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
22036
22037 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
22038 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
22039
22040 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22041
22042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndiary" '("nndiary-")))
22043
22044 ;;;***
22045 \f
22046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndir" "gnus/nndir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndir.el
22048
22049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndir" '("nndir-")))
22050
22051 ;;;***
22052 \f
22053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
22055
22056 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
22057 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
22058 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
22059 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
22060 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
22061 symbol in the alist.
22062
22063 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
22064
22065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndoc" '("nndoc-")))
22066
22067 ;;;***
22068 \f
22069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndraft" "gnus/nndraft.el" (0 0 0 0))
22070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndraft.el
22071
22072 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndraft" '("nndraft-")))
22073
22074 ;;;***
22075 \f
22076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nneething" "gnus/nneething.el" (0 0 0 0))
22077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nneething.el
22078
22079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nneething" '("nneething-")))
22080
22081 ;;;***
22082 \f
22083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (0 0 0 0))
22084 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
22085
22086 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
22087 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
22088 This command does not work if you use short group names.
22089
22090 \(fn)" t nil)
22091
22092 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnfolder" '("nnfolder-")))
22093
22094 ;;;***
22095 \f
22096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nngateway" "gnus/nngateway.el" (0 0 0 0))
22097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nngateway.el
22098
22099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nngateway" '("nngateway-")))
22100
22101 ;;;***
22102 \f
22103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnheader" "gnus/nnheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
22104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnheader.el
22105
22106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnheader" '("nntp-" "nnheader-" "mail-header-" "make-" "gnus-")))
22107
22108 ;;;***
22109 \f
22110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnimap" "gnus/nnimap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22111 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnimap.el
22112
22113 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnimap" '("nnimap")))
22114
22115 ;;;***
22116 \f
22117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnir" "gnus/nnir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnir.el
22119
22120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnir" '("nnir-" "gnus-")))
22121
22122 ;;;***
22123 \f
22124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmail" "gnus/nnmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
22125 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmail.el
22126
22127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmail" '("nnmail-")))
22128
22129 ;;;***
22130 \f
22131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmaildir" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmaildir.el
22133
22134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmaildir" '("nnmaildir-")))
22135
22136 ;;;***
22137 \f
22138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
22139 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
22140
22141 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmairix" '("nnmairix-")))
22142
22143 ;;;***
22144 \f
22145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmbox" "gnus/nnmbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
22146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmbox.el
22147
22148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmbox" '("nnmbox-")))
22149
22150 ;;;***
22151 \f
22152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmh" "gnus/nnmh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmh.el
22154
22155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmh" '("nnmh-")))
22156
22157 ;;;***
22158 \f
22159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22160 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
22161
22162 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
22163 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
22164
22165 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22166
22167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnml" '("nnml-")))
22168
22169 ;;;***
22170 \f
22171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnnil" "gnus/nnnil.el" (0 0 0 0))
22172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnnil.el
22173
22174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnnil" '("nnnil-")))
22175
22176 ;;;***
22177 \f
22178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnoo" "gnus/nnoo.el" (0 0 0 0))
22179 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnoo.el
22180
22181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnoo" '("nnoo-" "def")))
22182
22183 ;;;***
22184 \f
22185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnregistry" "gnus/nnregistry.el" (0 0 0 0))
22186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnregistry.el
22187
22188 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnregistry" '("nnregistry-")))
22189
22190 ;;;***
22191 \f
22192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnrss" "gnus/nnrss.el" (0 0 0 0))
22193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnrss.el
22194
22195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnrss" '("nnrss-")))
22196
22197 ;;;***
22198 \f
22199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnspool" "gnus/nnspool.el" (0 0 0 0))
22200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnspool.el
22201
22202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnspool" '("news-inews-program" "nnspool-")))
22203
22204 ;;;***
22205 \f
22206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nntp" "gnus/nntp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22207 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nntp.el
22208
22209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nntp" '("nntp-")))
22210
22211 ;;;***
22212 \f
22213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnvirtual" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" (0 0 0 0))
22214 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnvirtual.el
22215
22216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnvirtual" '("nnvirtual-")))
22217
22218 ;;;***
22219 \f
22220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnweb" "gnus/nnweb.el" (0 0 0 0))
22221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnweb.el
22222
22223 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnweb" '("nnweb-")))
22224
22225 ;;;***
22226 \f
22227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "notifications" "notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
22228 ;;; Generated autoloads from notifications.el
22229
22230 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "notifications" '("notifications-")))
22231
22232 ;;;***
22233 \f
22234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (0 0 0 0))
22235 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
22236
22237 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
22238
22239 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
22240 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
22241 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
22242
22243 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
22244
22245
22246 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
22247
22248 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
22249 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
22250 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22251 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
22252 to future sessions.
22253
22254 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22255
22256 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
22257 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
22258 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22259 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
22260 future sessions.
22261
22262 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22263
22264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "novice" '("en/disable-command")))
22265
22266 ;;;***
22267 \f
22268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (0 0
22269 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22270 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
22271
22272 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
22273 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
22274 \\{nroff-mode-map}
22275 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
22276 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
22277 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
22278
22279 \(fn)" t nil)
22280
22281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nroff-mode" '("nroff-")))
22282
22283 ;;;***
22284 \f
22285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nsm" "net/nsm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22286 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/nsm.el
22287
22288 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nsm" '("network-security-level" "nsm-")))
22289
22290 ;;;***
22291 \f
22292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22293 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
22294 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22295
22296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ntlm" '("ntlm-")))
22297
22298 ;;;***
22299 \f
22300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-enc" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22301 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-enc.el
22302
22303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-enc" '("nxml-")))
22304
22305 ;;;***
22306 \f
22307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-maint" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22308 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-maint.el
22309
22310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-maint" '("nxml-insert-target-repertoire-glyph-set")))
22311
22312 ;;;***
22313 \f
22314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
22315 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
22316
22317 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
22318 Major mode for editing XML.
22319
22320 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
22321 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
22322 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
22323 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
22324 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
22325 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
22326 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
22327
22328 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
22329
22330 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
22331 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
22332
22333 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
22334 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
22335 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
22336 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
22337 instead of C-c.
22338
22339 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
22340 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
22341 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
22342 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
22343 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
22344 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
22345
22346 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
22347 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
22348 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
22349
22350 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
22351 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
22352 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
22353
22354 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
22355 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
22356 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
22357 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
22358 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
22359 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
22360 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
22361 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
22362 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
22363
22364 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
22365
22366 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
22367 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
22368
22369 \(fn)" t nil)
22370 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
22371
22372 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-mode" '("nxml-")))
22373
22374 ;;;***
22375 \f
22376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-ns" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
22377 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-ns.el
22378
22379 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-ns" '("nxml-ns-")))
22380
22381 ;;;***
22382 \f
22383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-outln" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" (0 0 0 0))
22384 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-outln.el
22385
22386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-outln" '("nxml-")))
22387
22388 ;;;***
22389 \f
22390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-parse" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
22391 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-parse.el
22392
22393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-parse" '("nxml-")))
22394
22395 ;;;***
22396 \f
22397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-rap" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22398 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-rap.el
22399
22400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-rap" '("nxml-")))
22401
22402 ;;;***
22403 \f
22404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-util" "nxml/nxml-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
22405 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-util.el
22406
22407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-util" '("nxml-")))
22408
22409 ;;;***
22410 \f
22411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-C" "org/ob-C.el" (0 0 0 0))
22412 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-C.el
22413
22414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-C" '("org-babel-")))
22415
22416 ;;;***
22417 \f
22418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-R" "org/ob-R.el" (0 0 0 0))
22419 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-R.el
22420
22421 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-R" '("org-babel-")))
22422
22423 ;;;***
22424 \f
22425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-asymptote" "org/ob-asymptote.el" (0 0 0
22426 ;;;;;; 0))
22427 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-asymptote.el
22428
22429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-asymptote" '("org-babel-")))
22430
22431 ;;;***
22432 \f
22433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-awk" "org/ob-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
22434 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-awk.el
22435
22436 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-awk" '("org-babel-")))
22437
22438 ;;;***
22439 \f
22440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-calc" "org/ob-calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22441 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-calc.el
22442
22443 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-calc" '("org-babel-")))
22444
22445 ;;;***
22446 \f
22447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-clojure" "org/ob-clojure.el" (0 0 0 0))
22448 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-clojure.el
22449
22450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-clojure" '("org-babel-")))
22451
22452 ;;;***
22453 \f
22454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-comint" "org/ob-comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22455 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-comint.el
22456
22457 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-comint" '("org-babel-comint-")))
22458
22459 ;;;***
22460 \f
22461 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-core" "org/ob-core.el"
22462 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 652549 735000))
22463 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-core.el
22464
22465 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-core" '("org-")))
22466
22467 ;;;***
22468 \f
22469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-css" "org/ob-css.el" (0 0 0 0))
22470 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-css.el
22471
22472 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-css" '("org-babel-")))
22473
22474 ;;;***
22475 \f
22476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ditaa" "org/ob-ditaa.el" (0 0 0 0))
22477 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ditaa.el
22478
22479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ditaa" '("org-")))
22480
22481 ;;;***
22482 \f
22483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-dot" "org/ob-dot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22484 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-dot.el
22485
22486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-dot" '("org-babel-")))
22487
22488 ;;;***
22489 \f
22490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-emacs-lisp" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" (0 0
22491 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22492 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-emacs-lisp.el
22493
22494 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-emacs-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22495
22496 ;;;***
22497 \f
22498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-eval" "org/ob-eval.el" (0 0 0 0))
22499 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-eval.el
22500
22501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-eval" '("org-babel-")))
22502
22503 ;;;***
22504 \f
22505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-exp" "org/ob-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22506 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-exp.el
22507
22508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-exp" '("org-")))
22509
22510 ;;;***
22511 \f
22512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-fortran" "org/ob-fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
22513 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-fortran.el
22514
22515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-fortran" '("org-babel-")))
22516
22517 ;;;***
22518 \f
22519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-gnuplot" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22520 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-gnuplot.el
22521
22522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-gnuplot" '("org-babel-" "*org-babel-gnuplot-")))
22523
22524 ;;;***
22525 \f
22526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-haskell" "org/ob-haskell.el" (0 0 0 0))
22527 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-haskell.el
22528
22529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-haskell" '("org-babel-")))
22530
22531 ;;;***
22532 \f
22533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-io" "org/ob-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
22534 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-io.el
22535
22536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-io" '("org-babel-")))
22537
22538 ;;;***
22539 \f
22540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-java" "org/ob-java.el" (0 0 0 0))
22541 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-java.el
22542
22543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-java" '("org-babel-")))
22544
22545 ;;;***
22546 \f
22547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-js" "org/ob-js.el" (0 0 0 0))
22548 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-js.el
22549
22550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-js" '("org-babel-")))
22551
22552 ;;;***
22553 \f
22554 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
22555 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 139192 607000))
22556 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
22557
22558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-keys" '("org-babel-")))
22559
22560 ;;;***
22561 \f
22562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-latex" "org/ob-latex.el" (0 0 0 0))
22563 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-latex.el
22564
22565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-latex" '("org-babel-" "convert-pdf")))
22566
22567 ;;;***
22568 \f
22569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ledger" "org/ob-ledger.el" (0 0 0 0))
22570 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ledger.el
22571
22572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ledger" '("org-babel-")))
22573
22574 ;;;***
22575 \f
22576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lilypond" "org/ob-lilypond.el" (0 0 0 0))
22577 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lilypond.el
22578
22579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lilypond" '("org-babel-" "lilypond-mode")))
22580
22581 ;;;***
22582 \f
22583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lisp" "org/ob-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22584 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lisp.el
22585
22586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22587
22588 ;;;***
22589 \f
22590 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el"
22591 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 143192 607000))
22592 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
22593
22594 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lob" '("org-babel-")))
22595
22596 ;;;***
22597 \f
22598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-makefile" "org/ob-makefile.el" (0 0 0 0))
22599 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-makefile.el
22600
22601 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-makefile" '("org-babel-")))
22602
22603 ;;;***
22604 \f
22605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-maxima" "org/ob-maxima.el" (0 0 0 0))
22606 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-maxima.el
22607
22608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-maxima" '("org-babel-")))
22609
22610 ;;;***
22611 \f
22612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-mscgen" "org/ob-mscgen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22613 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-mscgen.el
22614
22615 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-mscgen" '("org-babel-")))
22616
22617 ;;;***
22618 \f
22619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ocaml" "org/ob-ocaml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22620 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ocaml.el
22621
22622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ocaml" '("org-babel-")))
22623
22624 ;;;***
22625 \f
22626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-octave" "org/ob-octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22627 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-octave.el
22628
22629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-octave" '("org-babel-")))
22630
22631 ;;;***
22632 \f
22633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-org" "org/ob-org.el" (0 0 0 0))
22634 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-org.el
22635
22636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-org" '("org-babel-")))
22637
22638 ;;;***
22639 \f
22640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-perl" "org/ob-perl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22641 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-perl.el
22642
22643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-perl" '("org-babel-")))
22644
22645 ;;;***
22646 \f
22647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-picolisp" "org/ob-picolisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22648 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-picolisp.el
22649
22650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-picolisp" '("org-babel-")))
22651
22652 ;;;***
22653 \f
22654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-plantuml" "org/ob-plantuml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22655 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-plantuml.el
22656
22657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-plantuml" '("org-")))
22658
22659 ;;;***
22660 \f
22661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-python" "org/ob-python.el" (0 0 0 0))
22662 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-python.el
22663
22664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-python" '("org-babel-")))
22665
22666 ;;;***
22667 \f
22668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ref" "org/ob-ref.el" (0 0 0 0))
22669 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ref.el
22670
22671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ref" '("org-babel-")))
22672
22673 ;;;***
22674 \f
22675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ruby" "org/ob-ruby.el" (0 0 0 0))
22676 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ruby.el
22677
22678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ruby" '("org-babel-")))
22679
22680 ;;;***
22681 \f
22682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sass" "org/ob-sass.el" (0 0 0 0))
22683 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sass.el
22684
22685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sass" '("org-babel-")))
22686
22687 ;;;***
22688 \f
22689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scala" "org/ob-scala.el" (0 0 0 0))
22690 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scala.el
22691
22692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scala" '("org-babel-")))
22693
22694 ;;;***
22695 \f
22696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scheme" "org/ob-scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
22697 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scheme.el
22698
22699 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scheme" '("org-babel-")))
22700
22701 ;;;***
22702 \f
22703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-screen" "org/ob-screen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22704 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-screen.el
22705
22706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-screen" '("org-babel-")))
22707
22708 ;;;***
22709 \f
22710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sh" "org/ob-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22711 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sh.el
22712
22713 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sh" '("org-babel-")))
22714
22715 ;;;***
22716 \f
22717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shen" "org/ob-shen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22718 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shen.el
22719
22720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shen" '("org-babel-")))
22721
22722 ;;;***
22723 \f
22724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sql" "org/ob-sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
22725 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sql.el
22726
22727 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sql" '("org-babel-" "dbstring-mysql")))
22728
22729 ;;;***
22730 \f
22731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sqlite" "org/ob-sqlite.el" (0 0 0 0))
22732 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sqlite.el
22733
22734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sqlite" '("org-babel-")))
22735
22736 ;;;***
22737 \f
22738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-table" "org/ob-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
22739 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-table.el
22740
22741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-table" '("org-")))
22742
22743 ;;;***
22744 \f
22745 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
22746 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 716549 735000))
22747 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
22748
22749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-tangle" '("org-babel-")))
22750
22751 ;;;***
22752 \f
22753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
22755
22756 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
22757 Major mode for editing Octave code.
22758
22759 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
22760 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
22761 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
22762 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
22763
22764 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
22765
22766 Key bindings:
22767 \\{octave-mode-map}
22768
22769 \(fn)" t nil)
22770
22771 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
22772 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
22773 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
22774
22775 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
22776
22777 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
22778 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
22779
22780 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
22781 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
22782 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
22783
22784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22785
22786 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
22787
22788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "octave" '("octave-" "inferior-octave-")))
22789
22790 ;;;***
22791 \f
22792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ogonek" "international/ogonek.el" (0 0 0 0))
22793 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ogonek.el
22794
22795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ogonek" '("ogonek-")))
22796
22797 ;;;***
22798 \f
22799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
22800 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
22801
22802 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
22803
22804 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
22805 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
22806 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
22807 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
22808 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
22809
22810 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
22811
22812 Customization:
22813
22814 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
22815 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
22816 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
22817 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
22818 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
22819 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
22820 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
22821 Directories to search when finding external units.
22822 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
22823 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
22824
22825 Coloring:
22826
22827 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
22828 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
22829
22830 \(fn)" t nil)
22831
22832 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "opascal" '("opascal-")))
22833
22834 ;;;***
22835 \f
22836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (0 0 0 0))
22837 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
22838
22839 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
22840 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
22841
22842 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
22843
22844 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
22845 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
22846 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
22847 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
22848 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
22849 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
22850
22851 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
22852
22853 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
22854 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
22855 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
22856 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
22857 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
22858
22859 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
22860
22861 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
22862 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
22863
22864 \(fn)" nil nil)
22865
22866 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
22867 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
22868
22869 \(fn)" nil nil)
22870
22871 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
22872 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
22873 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
22874
22875 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
22876 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
22877 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
22878 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
22879 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
22880 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
22881 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
22882 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
22883 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
22884 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
22885
22886 The following commands are available:
22887
22888 \\{org-mode-map}
22889
22890 \(fn)" t nil)
22891
22892 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
22893 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
22894
22895 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
22896 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
22897 in special contexts.
22898
22899 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
22900 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
22901 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
22902 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
22903 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
22904 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
22905 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
22906 properties in the buffer.
22907 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
22908 including any drawers.
22909
22910 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
22911
22912 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
22913 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
22914 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
22915 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
22916 From this state, you can move to one of the children
22917 and zoom in further.
22918 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
22919 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
22920
22921 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
22922 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
22923 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
22924 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
22925 times right after creating a new headline.
22926
22927 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
22928 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
22929 is negative, go up that many levels.
22930
22931 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
22932 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
22933 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
22934
22935 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
22936 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
22937 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
22938 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
22939
22940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22941
22942 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
22943 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
22944 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
22945 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
22946
22947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22948 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
22949
22950 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
22951 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
22952 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
22953 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
22954 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
22955 defined by Org-mode).
22956
22957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22958
22959 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
22960 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
22961
22962 \(fn)" nil nil)
22963
22964 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
22965 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
22966
22967 \(fn)" nil nil)
22968
22969 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
22970 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
22971 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
22972 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
22973 call CMD.
22974
22975 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
22976
22977 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
22978 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
22979 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
22980 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
22981
22982 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
22983 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
22984 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
22985
22986 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
22987 part of Org's core.
22988
22989 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
22990 active region.
22991
22992 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22993
22994 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
22995 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
22996 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
22997
22998 \(fn)" t nil)
22999
23000 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
23001 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
23002 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
23003 Org-mode syntax.
23004
23005 \(fn)" t nil)
23006
23007 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
23008 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
23009
23010 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
23011
23012 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
23013 Switch between Org buffers.
23014 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
23015 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
23016
23017 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
23018 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
23019
23020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23021
23022 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
23023
23024 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
23025
23026 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
23027 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
23028 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
23029 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
23030
23031 \(fn)" t nil)
23032
23033 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
23034 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
23035
23036 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
23037
23038 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
23039 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
23040 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
23041
23042 \(fn)" t nil)
23043
23044 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
23045 Reload all org lisp files.
23046 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
23047
23048 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
23049
23050 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
23051 Call the customize function with org as argument.
23052
23053 \(fn)" t nil)
23054
23055 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org" '("org" "turn-on-org-cdlatex")))
23056
23057 ;;;***
23058 \f
23059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (0 0 0 0))
23060 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
23061
23062 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23063 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
23064
23065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23066
23067 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23068 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
23069 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
23070 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
23071
23072 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
23073 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
23074 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
23075 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
23076 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
23077 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
23078 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
23079 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
23080 e Export views to associated files.
23081 s Search entries for keywords.
23082 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
23083 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
23084 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23085 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
23086 Press several times to get the desired effect.
23087 > Remove a previous restriction.
23088 # List \"stuck\" projects.
23089 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
23090 C Configure custom agenda commands.
23091
23092 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
23093 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
23094 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
23095
23096 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
23097 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
23098 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
23099 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
23100 \(if active).
23101
23102 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
23103
23104 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23105 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23106 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23107 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23108 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23109 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23110 before running the agenda command.
23111
23112 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23113
23114 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
23115 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23116 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23117 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23118 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23119 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23120 before running the agenda command.
23121
23122 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
23123 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
23124
23125 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
23126
23127 category The category of the item
23128 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
23129 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
23130 todo selected in TODO match
23131 tagsmatch selected in tags match
23132 diary imported from diary
23133 deadline a deadline on given date
23134 scheduled scheduled on given date
23135 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
23136 closed entry was closed on given date
23137 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
23138 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
23139 block entry has date block including g. date
23140 todo The todo keyword, if any
23141 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
23142 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
23143 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
23144 extra Sting with extra planning info
23145 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
23146 priority-n The computed numerical priority
23147 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
23148
23149 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23150
23151 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23152 Store agenda views.
23153
23154 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
23155
23156 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23157 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
23158
23159 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23160
23161 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
23162 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
23163 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
23164 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
23165
23166 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
23167 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
23168 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
23169
23170 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
23171 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
23172
23173 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
23174 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
23175
23176 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
23177
23178 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
23179 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
23180
23181 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
23182 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
23183 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
23184 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
23185 EDIT-AT.
23186
23187 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
23188 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
23189 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
23190 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
23191 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
23192 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
23193
23194 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
23195 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
23196 including newlines.
23197
23198 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
23199 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
23200 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
23201 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
23202 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
23203 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
23204 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
23205
23206 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
23207 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
23208 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
23209 as a whole, to include whitespace.
23210
23211 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
23212 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
23213 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
23214 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
23215 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
23216 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
23217 Boolean search must match as full words.
23218
23219 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
23220 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23221
23222 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
23223
23224 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
23225 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
23226 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
23227 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
23228 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
23229 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
23230
23231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23232
23233 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
23234 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
23235 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
23236
23237 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
23238
23239 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
23240 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
23241 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
23242 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
23243 `org-stuck-projects'.
23244
23245 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
23246
23247 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
23248 Return diary information from org files.
23249 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
23250 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
23251 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
23252 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
23253 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
23254
23255 The call in the diary file should look like this:
23256
23257 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
23258
23259 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
23260 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
23261
23262 &%%(org-diary)
23263
23264 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
23265 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
23266 So the example above may also be written as
23267
23268 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
23269
23270 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
23271 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
23272 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
23273
23274 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23275
23276 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
23277 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
23278
23279 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
23280
23281 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
23282 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
23283 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
23284 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
23285 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
23286
23287 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
23288
23289 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23290 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
23291 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
23292
23293 \(fn)" t nil)
23294
23295 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
23296 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
23297 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
23298 appointments.
23299
23300 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
23301 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
23302
23303 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
23304 for filtering entries out.
23305
23306 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
23307 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
23308 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
23309
23310 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
23311 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
23312
23313 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
23314 (category \"Work\"))
23315
23316 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
23317 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
23318
23319 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
23320 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
23321 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
23322 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
23323 details and examples.
23324
23325 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
23326 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
23327
23328 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23329
23330 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-agenda" '("org-")))
23331
23332 ;;;***
23333 \f
23334 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-archive"
23335 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" (22164 57535 151192 607000))
23336 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
23337
23338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-archive" '("org-")))
23339
23340 ;;;***
23341 \f
23342 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el"
23343 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 151192 607000))
23344 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
23345
23346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-attach" '("org-attach-")))
23347
23348 ;;;***
23349 \f
23350 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
23351 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 151192 607000))
23352 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
23353
23354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bbdb" '("org-bbdb-")))
23355
23356 ;;;***
23357 \f
23358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-bibtex" "org/org-bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
23359 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bibtex.el
23360
23361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bibtex" '("org-")))
23362
23363 ;;;***
23364 \f
23365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (0 0 0 0))
23366 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
23367
23368 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
23369 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
23370
23371 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
23372
23373 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
23374 Capture something.
23375 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
23376 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
23377 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
23378 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
23379 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
23380 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
23381
23382 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
23383 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
23384 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
23385 stored.
23386
23387 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
23388
23389 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
23390 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
23391 will be bypassed.
23392
23393 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
23394 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
23395 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
23396 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
23397
23398 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
23399
23400 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
23401 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
23402
23403 \(fn)" t nil)
23404
23405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-capture" '("org-")))
23406
23407 ;;;***
23408 \f
23409 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
23410 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 764549 735000))
23411 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
23412
23413 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-clock" '("org-")))
23414
23415 ;;;***
23416 \f
23417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23418 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
23419
23420 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
23421 Remove all currently active column overlays.
23422
23423 \(fn)" t nil)
23424
23425 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
23426
23427
23428 \(fn)" nil nil)
23429
23430 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
23431 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
23432 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
23433
23434 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
23435
23436 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
23437 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
23438
23439 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
23440
23441 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
23442 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
23443
23444 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
23445
23446 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
23447 Write the column view table.
23448 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
23449
23450 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
23451 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
23452 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
23453 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
23454 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
23455 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
23456 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
23457 using `org-id-find'.
23458 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
23459 a hline before each level <= that number.
23460 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
23461 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
23462 :skip-empty-rows
23463 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
23464 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
23465
23466 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
23467
23468 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
23469 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
23470
23471 \(fn)" t nil)
23472
23473 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
23474 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
23475
23476 \(fn)" t nil)
23477
23478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-colview" '("org-")))
23479
23480 ;;;***
23481 \f
23482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
23483 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
23484
23485 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
23486 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
23487
23488 \(fn)" nil t)
23489
23490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-compat" '("org-")))
23491
23492 ;;;***
23493 \f
23494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-crypt" "org/org-crypt.el" (0 0 0 0))
23495 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-crypt.el
23496
23497 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-crypt" '("org-")))
23498
23499 ;;;***
23500 \f
23501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-ctags" "org/org-ctags.el" (0 0 0 0))
23502 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ctags.el
23503
23504 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-ctags" '("org-ctags-" "y-or-n-minibuffer")))
23505
23506 ;;;***
23507 \f
23508 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-datetree"
23509 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (22164 57535 155192 607000))
23510 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
23511
23512 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-datetree" '("org-datetree-")))
23513
23514 ;;;***
23515 \f
23516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-docview" "org/org-docview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23517 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docview.el
23518
23519 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-docview" '("org-docview-")))
23520
23521 ;;;***
23522 \f
23523 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-element"
23524 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" (22189 60738 609741 19000))
23525 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-element.el
23526
23527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-element" '("org-element-")))
23528
23529 ;;;***
23530 \f
23531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-entities" "org/org-entities.el" (0 0 0
23532 ;;;;;; 0))
23533 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-entities.el
23534
23535 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-entities" '("replace-amp" "org-entit")))
23536
23537 ;;;***
23538 \f
23539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eshell" "org/org-eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
23540 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eshell.el
23541
23542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eshell" '("org-eshell-")))
23543
23544 ;;;***
23545 \f
23546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-faces" "org/org-faces.el" (0 0 0 0))
23547 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-faces.el
23548
23549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-faces" '("org-")))
23550
23551 ;;;***
23552 \f
23553 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el"
23554 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 780549 735000))
23555 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
23556
23557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-feed" '("org-feed-")))
23558
23559 ;;;***
23560 \f
23561 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-footnote"
23562 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (22164 57535 159192 607000))
23563 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
23564
23565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-footnote" '("org-footnote-")))
23566
23567 ;;;***
23568 \f
23569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-gnus" "org/org-gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
23570 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-gnus.el
23571
23572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-gnus" '("org-gnus-")))
23573
23574 ;;;***
23575 \f
23576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-habit" "org/org-habit.el" (0 0 0 0))
23577 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-habit.el
23578
23579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-habit" '("org-")))
23580
23581 ;;;***
23582 \f
23583 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
23584 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 159192 607000))
23585 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
23586
23587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-id" '("org-id-")))
23588
23589 ;;;***
23590 \f
23591 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
23592 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 159192 607000))
23593 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
23594
23595 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-indent" '("org-")))
23596
23597 ;;;***
23598 \f
23599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-info" "org/org-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
23600 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-info.el
23601
23602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-info" '("org-info-")))
23603
23604 ;;;***
23605 \f
23606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-inlinetask" "org/org-inlinetask.el" (0
23607 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
23608 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-inlinetask.el
23609
23610 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-inlinetask" '("org-inlinetask-")))
23611
23612 ;;;***
23613 \f
23614 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
23615 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 163192 607000))
23616 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
23617
23618 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-irc" '("org-irc-")))
23619
23620 ;;;***
23621 \f
23622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-list" "org/org-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
23623 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-list.el
23624
23625 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-list" '("org-")))
23626
23627 ;;;***
23628 \f
23629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macro" "org/org-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
23630 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macro.el
23631
23632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macro" '("org-macro-")))
23633
23634 ;;;***
23635 \f
23636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
23637 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
23638
23639 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
23640 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
23641
23642 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
23643
23644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macs" '("org-")))
23645
23646 ;;;***
23647 \f
23648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mhe" "org/org-mhe.el" (0 0 0 0))
23649 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mhe.el
23650
23651 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mhe" '("org-mhe-")))
23652
23653 ;;;***
23654 \f
23655 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el"
23656 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 629741 19000))
23657 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
23658
23659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mobile" '("org-mobile-")))
23660
23661 ;;;***
23662 \f
23663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mouse" "org/org-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
23664 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mouse.el
23665
23666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mouse" '("org-mouse-")))
23667
23668 ;;;***
23669 \f
23670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-pcomplete" "org/org-pcomplete.el" (0 0
23671 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23672 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-pcomplete.el
23673
23674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-pcomplete" '("org-" "pcomplete/org-mode/")))
23675
23676 ;;;***
23677 \f
23678 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
23679 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 163192 607000))
23680 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
23681
23682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-plot" '("org-plot")))
23683
23684 ;;;***
23685 \f
23686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-protocol" "org/org-protocol.el" (0 0 0
23687 ;;;;;; 0))
23688 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-protocol.el
23689
23690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-protocol" '("org-protocol-")))
23691
23692 ;;;***
23693 \f
23694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-rmail" "org/org-rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
23695 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-rmail.el
23696
23697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-rmail" '("org-rmail-")))
23698
23699 ;;;***
23700 \f
23701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-src" "org/org-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
23702 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-src.el
23703
23704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-src" '("org-")))
23705
23706 ;;;***
23707 \f
23708 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
23709 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 167192 607000))
23710 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
23711
23712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-table" '("org" "*orgtbl-")))
23713
23714 ;;;***
23715 \f
23716 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
23717 ;;;;;; (22320 25516 956613 268000))
23718 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
23719
23720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-timer" '("org-timer-")))
23721
23722 ;;;***
23723 \f
23724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (0 0 0 0))
23725 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
23726
23727 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
23728 The release version of org-mode.
23729 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
23730
23731 \(fn)" nil nil)
23732
23733 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
23734 The Git version of org-mode.
23735 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
23736
23737 \(fn)" nil nil)
23738
23739 ;;;***
23740 \f
23741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-w3m" "org/org-w3m.el" (0 0 0 0))
23742 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-w3m.el
23743
23744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-w3m" '("org-w3m-")))
23745
23746 ;;;***
23747 \f
23748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (0 0 0 0))
23749 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
23750 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23751 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23752
23753 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
23754 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
23755 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
23756 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
23757
23758 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
23759 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
23760 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
23761 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
23762
23763 \\{outline-mode-map}
23764 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
23765 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
23766 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
23767 are used when point is on a heading line.
23768
23769 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
23770 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
23771 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
23772
23773 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
23774 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
23775
23776 \(fn)" t nil)
23777
23778 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
23779 Toggle Outline minor mode.
23780 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
23781 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23782 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23783
23784 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
23785
23786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23787 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
23788
23789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "outline" '("outline-")))
23790
23791 ;;;***
23792 \f
23793 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox" "org/ox.el"
23794 ;;;;;; (22189 60739 13741 19000))
23795 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox.el
23796
23797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox" '("org-export-")))
23798
23799 ;;;***
23800 \f
23801 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-ascii" "org/ox-ascii.el"
23802 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 961741 19000))
23803 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-ascii.el
23804
23805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-ascii" '("org-ascii-")))
23806
23807 ;;;***
23808 \f
23809 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-beamer" "org/ox-beamer.el"
23810 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 195192 607000))
23811 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-beamer.el
23812
23813 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-beamer" '("org-beamer-")))
23814
23815 ;;;***
23816 \f
23817 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-html" "org/ox-html.el"
23818 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 195192 607000))
23819 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-html.el
23820
23821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-html" '("org-html-")))
23822
23823 ;;;***
23824 \f
23825 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-icalendar"
23826 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" (22274 16187 224759 99000))
23827 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-icalendar.el
23828
23829 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-icalendar" '("org-icalendar-")))
23830
23831 ;;;***
23832 \f
23833 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-latex" "org/ox-latex.el"
23834 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 199192 607000))
23835 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-latex.el
23836
23837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-latex" '("org-latex-")))
23838
23839 ;;;***
23840 \f
23841 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-man" "org/ox-man.el"
23842 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 199192 607000))
23843 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-man.el
23844
23845 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-man" '("org-man-")))
23846
23847 ;;;***
23848 \f
23849 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-md" "org/ox-md.el"
23850 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 199192 607000))
23851 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-md.el
23852
23853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-md" '("org-md-")))
23854
23855 ;;;***
23856 \f
23857 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-odt" "org/ox-odt.el"
23858 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 203192 607000))
23859 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-odt.el
23860
23861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-odt" '("org-odt-")))
23862
23863 ;;;***
23864 \f
23865 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-org" "org/ox-org.el"
23866 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 860549 735000))
23867 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-org.el
23868
23869 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-org" '("org-org-")))
23870
23871 ;;;***
23872 \f
23873 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-publish" "org/ox-publish.el"
23874 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 997741 19000))
23875 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-publish.el
23876
23877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-publish" '("org-publish-")))
23878
23879 ;;;***
23880 \f
23881 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-texinfo" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
23882 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 203192 607000))
23883 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-texinfo.el
23884
23885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-texinfo" '("org-texinfo-")))
23886
23887 ;;;***
23888 \f
23889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (0 0 0 0))
23890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
23891 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23892
23893 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
23894 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
23895 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
23896 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
23897 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
23898
23899 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
23900 activate the package system at any time.")
23901
23902 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
23903
23904 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
23905 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
23906 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
23907 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
23908 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
23909 it to the file.
23910 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
23911 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
23912 loading packages twice.
23913 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
23914 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
23915 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
23916
23917 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
23918
23919 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
23920 Import keys from FILE.
23921
23922 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
23923
23924 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
23925 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
23926 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
23927 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
23928 and make them available for download.
23929 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
23930 downloads in the background.
23931
23932 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
23933
23934 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
23935 Install the package PKG.
23936 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
23937 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
23938
23939 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
23940 `package-selected-packages'.
23941
23942 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
23943 to install it but still mark it as selected.
23944
23945 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
23946
23947 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
23948 Install a package from the current buffer.
23949 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
23950 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
23951 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
23952
23953 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
23954 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
23955 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
23956
23957 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
23958
23959 \(fn)" t nil)
23960
23961 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
23962 Install a package from a file.
23963 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
23964 directory.
23965
23966 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23967
23968 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
23969 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
23970 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
23971
23972 \(fn)" t nil)
23973
23974 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
23975 Reinstall package PKG.
23976 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
23977 object.
23978
23979 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
23980
23981 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
23982 Remove packages that are no more needed.
23983
23984 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
23985 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
23986 will be deleted.
23987
23988 \(fn)" t nil)
23989
23990 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
23991 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
23992
23993 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
23994
23995 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
23996 Display a list of packages.
23997 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
23998 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
23999 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
24000
24001 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
24002
24003 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
24004
24005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package" '("package-" "define-package" "describe-package-1" "bad-signature")))
24006
24007 ;;;***
24008 \f
24009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package-x" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" (0 0
24010 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package-x.el
24012
24013 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package-x" '("package-")))
24014
24015 ;;;***
24016 \f
24017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "page-ext" "textmodes/page-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
24018 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/page-ext.el
24019
24020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "page-ext" '("previous-page" "pages-" "sort-pages-" "original-page-delimiter" "add-new-page" "next-page" "ctl-x-ctl-p-map")))
24021
24022 ;;;***
24023 \f
24024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (0 0 0 0))
24025 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
24026
24027 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
24028 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
24029 See the `show-paren-mode' command
24030 for a description of this minor mode.
24031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24032 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24033 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
24034
24035 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
24036
24037 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
24038 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
24039 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
24040 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24041 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24042
24043 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
24044 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
24045 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
24046
24047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24048
24049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "paren" '("show-paren-")))
24050
24051 ;;;***
24052 \f
24053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (0 0
24054 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24055 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
24056 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
24057
24058 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
24059 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
24060 STRING should be on something resembling an RFC2822 string, a la
24061 \"Fri, 25 Mar 2016 16:24:56 +0100\", but this function is
24062 somewhat liberal in what format it accepts, and will attempt to
24063 return a \"likely\" value even for somewhat malformed strings.
24064 The values returned are identical to those of `decode-time', but
24065 any values that are unknown are returned as nil.
24066
24067 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24068
24069 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "parse-time" '("parse-")))
24070
24071 ;;;***
24072 \f
24073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
24074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
24075
24076 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
24077 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
24078 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24079
24080 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
24081 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
24082
24083 Other useful functions are:
24084
24085 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
24086 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
24087 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
24088 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
24089 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
24090 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
24091 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
24092 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
24093 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
24094
24095 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
24096
24097 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
24098 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
24099 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
24100 Indentation for case statements.
24101 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
24102 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
24103 mark after an end.
24104 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
24105 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
24106 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
24107 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
24108 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24109 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
24110 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
24111 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
24112 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
24113 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
24114
24115 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
24116 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
24117
24118 \(fn)" t nil)
24119
24120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pascal" '("pascal-" "electric-pascal-")))
24121
24122 ;;;***
24123 \f
24124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (0 0 0
24125 ;;;;;; 0))
24126 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
24127
24128 (defvar password-cache t "\
24129 Whether to cache passwords.")
24130
24131 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
24132
24133 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
24134 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
24135 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
24136
24137 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
24138
24139 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
24140 Check if KEY is in the cache.
24141
24142 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
24143
24144 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "password-cache" '("password-")))
24145
24146 ;;;***
24147 \f
24148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (0 0 0 0))
24149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
24150
24151 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
24152 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
24153 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
24154
24155 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
24156 of values. For example, the pattern \\=`(,foo ,bar) matches any
24157 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
24158 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
24159
24160 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
24161 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
24162 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
24163
24164 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
24165 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
24166 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
24167 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
24168 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
24169 quoted.)
24170
24171 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
24172 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
24173 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
24174 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
24175
24176 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
24177
24178 _ matches anything.
24179 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
24180 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
24181 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
24182 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
24183 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
24184 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
24185 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
24186 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
24187 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
24188 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
24189 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
24190 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
24191
24192 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
24193
24194 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
24195 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
24196 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
24197 which is the value being matched.
24198 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
24199 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
24200
24201 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
24202 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
24203
24204 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24205
24206 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24207
24208 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
24209 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
24210
24211 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24212
24213 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24214
24215 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
24216 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
24217 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
24218 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
24219 variable name being but a special case of it).
24220
24221 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
24222
24223 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
24224
24225 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
24226
24227 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
24228 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24229 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24230 of the form (PAT EXP).
24231
24232 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24233
24234 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24235
24236 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
24237 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24238 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24239 of the form (PAT EXP).
24240 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
24241 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
24242 any kind of error.
24243
24244 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24245
24246 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24247
24248 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
24249
24250
24251 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
24252
24253 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24254
24255 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
24256 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
24257 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
24258 to this macro.
24259
24260 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24261
24262 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
24263
24264 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
24265
24266 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcase" '("pcase-")))
24267
24268 ;;;***
24269 \f
24270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24271 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
24272
24273 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
24274 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
24275
24276 \(fn)" nil nil)
24277
24278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-cvs" '("pcmpl-cvs-")))
24279
24280 ;;;***
24281 \f
24282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (0 0 0 0))
24283 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
24284
24285 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24286 Completion for `gzip'.
24287
24288 \(fn)" nil nil)
24289
24290 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24291 Completion for `bzip2'.
24292
24293 \(fn)" nil nil)
24294
24295 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24296 Completion for GNU `make'.
24297
24298 \(fn)" nil nil)
24299
24300 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24301 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
24302
24303 \(fn)" nil nil)
24304
24305 (autoload 'pcomplete/find "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24306 Completion for the GNU find utility.
24307
24308 \(fn)" nil nil)
24309
24310 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
24311
24312 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-gnu" '("pcmpl-gnu-")))
24313
24314 ;;;***
24315 \f
24316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (0 0 0 0))
24317 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
24318
24319 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
24320 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
24321
24322 \(fn)" nil nil)
24323
24324 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24325 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
24326
24327 \(fn)" nil nil)
24328
24329 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24330 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
24331
24332 \(fn)" nil nil)
24333
24334 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-linux" '("pcomplete-pare-list" "pcmpl-linux-")))
24335
24336 ;;;***
24337 \f
24338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (0 0 0 0))
24339 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
24340
24341 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
24342 Completion for the `rpm' command.
24343
24344 \(fn)" nil nil)
24345
24346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-rpm" '("pcmpl-rpm-")))
24347
24348 ;;;***
24349 \f
24350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (0 0 0 0))
24351 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
24352
24353 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
24354 Completion for `cd'.
24355
24356 \(fn)" nil nil)
24357
24358 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
24359
24360 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
24361 Completion for `rmdir'.
24362
24363 \(fn)" nil nil)
24364
24365 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
24366 Completion for `rm'.
24367
24368 \(fn)" nil nil)
24369
24370 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
24371 Completion for `xargs'.
24372
24373 \(fn)" nil nil)
24374
24375 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
24376
24377 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
24378 Completion for `which'.
24379
24380 \(fn)" nil nil)
24381
24382 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
24383 Completion for the `chown' command.
24384
24385 \(fn)" nil nil)
24386
24387 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24388 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
24389
24390 \(fn)" nil nil)
24391
24392 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
24393 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
24394
24395 \(fn)" nil nil)
24396
24397 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24398 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
24399 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
24400
24401 \(fn)" nil nil)
24402
24403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-unix" '("pcmpl-")))
24404
24405 ;;;***
24406 \f
24407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
24408 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
24409
24410 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
24411 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
24412
24413 \(fn)" nil nil)
24414
24415 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
24416 Completion for the `ack' command.
24417 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
24418 long options.
24419
24420 \(fn)" nil nil)
24421
24422 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
24423
24424 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
24425 Completion for the `ag' command.
24426
24427 \(fn)" nil nil)
24428
24429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-x" '("pcmpl-x-")))
24430
24431 ;;;***
24432 \f
24433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
24434 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
24435
24436 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
24437 Support extensible programmable completion.
24438 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
24439 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
24440
24441 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
24442
24443 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
24444 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
24445
24446 \(fn)" t nil)
24447
24448 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
24449 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24450 This will modify the current buffer.
24451
24452 \(fn)" t nil)
24453
24454 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
24455 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
24456
24457 \(fn)" t nil)
24458
24459 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
24460 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24461 This will modify the current buffer.
24462
24463 \(fn)" t nil)
24464
24465 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
24466 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
24467
24468 \(fn)" t nil)
24469
24470 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
24471 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
24472
24473 \(fn)" t nil)
24474
24475 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
24476 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
24477 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
24478 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
24479 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
24480
24481 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
24482
24483 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
24484 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
24485
24486 \(fn)" nil nil)
24487
24488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcomplete" '("pcomplete-")))
24489
24490 ;;;***
24491 \f
24492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24493 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
24494
24495 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
24496 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
24497 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
24498 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24499
24500 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
24501
24502 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
24503
24504 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
24505 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
24506 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
24507 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
24508 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24509 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24510 FLAGS is ignored.
24511
24512 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
24513
24514 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
24515 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
24516 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
24517 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24518 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24519 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
24520 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24521 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24522
24523 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24524
24525 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
24526 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24527 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24528 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
24529 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
24530 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24531 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
24532 passed to cvs.
24533
24534 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
24535
24536 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
24537 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24538 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24539 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24540 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
24541 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24542 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24543
24544 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24545
24546 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
24547 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
24548 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
24549
24550 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
24551
24552 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
24553 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
24554 A value of nil means never do it.
24555 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
24556 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
24557 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
24558
24559 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
24560
24561 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
24562 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
24563 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
24564
24565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs" '("cvs-" "defun-cvs-mode")))
24566
24567 ;;;***
24568 \f
24569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24570 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
24571
24572 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
24573 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
24574
24575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-defs" '("cvs-")))
24576
24577 ;;;***
24578 \f
24579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-info" "vc/pcvs-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
24580 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-info.el
24581
24582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-info" '("cvs-")))
24583
24584 ;;;***
24585 \f
24586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-parse" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
24587 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-parse.el
24588
24589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-parse" '("cvs-")))
24590
24591 ;;;***
24592 \f
24593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-util" "vc/pcvs-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
24594 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-util.el
24595
24596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-util" '("cvs-")))
24597
24598 ;;;***
24599 \f
24600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (0 0 0
24601 ;;;;;; 0))
24602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
24603 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24604 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24605 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24606 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24607 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24608 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24609
24610 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
24611 Major mode for editing Perl code.
24612 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
24613 Tab indents for Perl code.
24614 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
24615 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
24616 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24617 \\{perl-mode-map}
24618 Variables controlling indentation style:
24619 `perl-tab-always-indent'
24620 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
24621 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24622 `perl-tab-to-comment'
24623 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
24624 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
24625 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
24626 `perl-nochange'
24627 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
24628 `perl-indent-level'
24629 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
24630 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
24631 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
24632 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
24633 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
24634 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
24635 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
24636 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
24637 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
24638 `perl-brace-offset'
24639 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
24640 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
24641 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
24642 this far to the right of the start of its line.
24643 `perl-label-offset'
24644 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
24645 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
24646 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
24647
24648 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
24649 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
24650 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
24651 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
24652 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
24653 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
24654 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
24655
24656 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
24657
24658 \(fn)" t nil)
24659
24660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "perl-mode" '("perl-" "mark-perl-function" "indent-perl-exp")))
24661
24662 ;;;***
24663 \f
24664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (0 0 0 0))
24665 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
24666
24667 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
24668 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
24669 \\<picture-mode-map>
24670 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
24671 afterwards settable by these commands:
24672
24673 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
24674 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
24675 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
24676 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
24677
24678 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
24679 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
24680 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
24681 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
24682
24683 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
24684 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
24685 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
24686 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
24687
24688 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
24689 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
24690 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
24691 with these commands:
24692
24693 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
24694 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
24695 Move to column following last
24696 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
24697 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
24698 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
24699 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
24700 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
24701 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
24702
24703 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
24704
24705 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
24706 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
24707 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
24708 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
24709 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
24710 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
24711
24712 You can manipulate text with these commands:
24713 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
24714 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
24715 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
24716 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
24717 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
24718 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
24719
24720 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
24721 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
24722 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
24723 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
24724 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
24725 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
24726 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
24727 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
24728
24729 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
24730 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
24731 by supplying an argument.
24732
24733 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
24734
24735 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
24736 they are not by default assigned to keys.
24737
24738 \(fn)" t nil)
24739
24740 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
24741
24742 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "picture" '("picture-")))
24743
24744 ;;;***
24745 \f
24746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (0 0 0 0))
24747 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
24748 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
24749
24750 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
24751 Start a Pinentry service.
24752
24753 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
24754 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
24755
24756 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
24757 will not be shown.
24758
24759 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
24760
24761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pinentry" '("pinentry-")))
24762
24763 ;;;***
24764 \f
24765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "plstore.el" (0 0 0 0))
24766 ;;; Generated autoloads from plstore.el
24767
24768 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
24769 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
24770
24771 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
24772
24773 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
24774 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
24775
24776 \(fn)" t nil)
24777
24778 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "plstore" '("plstore-")))
24779
24780 ;;;***
24781 \f
24782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (0 0 0 0))
24783 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
24784
24785 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
24786 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
24787 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
24788
24789 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
24790
24791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "po" '("po-")))
24792
24793 ;;;***
24794 \f
24795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (0 0 0 0))
24796 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
24797
24798 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
24799 Play pong and waste time.
24800 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
24801 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
24802
24803 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
24804
24805 \\{pong-mode-map}
24806
24807 \(fn)" t nil)
24808
24809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pong" '("pong-")))
24810
24811 ;;;***
24812 \f
24813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "net/pop3.el" (0 0 0 0))
24814 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pop3.el
24815
24816 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
24817 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
24818 Use streaming commands.
24819
24820 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
24821
24822 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pop3" '("pop3-")))
24823
24824 ;;;***
24825 \f
24826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (0 0 0 0))
24827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
24828
24829 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
24830 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
24831 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
24832 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
24833
24834 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
24835
24836 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
24837 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
24838
24839 \(fn)" nil nil)
24840
24841 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
24842 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
24843 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
24844 can handle, whenever this is possible.
24845 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
24846
24847 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
24848
24849 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
24850 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
24851 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
24852
24853 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
24854
24855 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
24856 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
24857
24858 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
24859
24860 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
24861 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
24862 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
24863 Ignores leading comment characters.
24864
24865 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24866
24867 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
24868 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
24869 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
24870 Ignores leading comment characters.
24871
24872 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24873
24874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pp" '("pp-")))
24875
24876 ;;;***
24877 \f
24878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (0 0 0 0))
24879 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
24880 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24881
24882 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
24883 Activate the printing interface buffer.
24884
24885 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
24886
24887 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
24888
24889 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24890
24891 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
24892 Preview directory using ghostview.
24893
24894 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24895 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24896 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24897 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24898
24899 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24900 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24901 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24902 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24903 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24904 file name.
24905
24906 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24907
24908 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24909
24910 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
24911 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
24912
24913 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24914 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24915 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24916 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24917
24918 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24919 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24920 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24921 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24922 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24923 file name.
24924
24925 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24926
24927 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24928
24929 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
24930 Print directory using PostScript printer.
24931
24932 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24933 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24934 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24935 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24936
24937 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24938 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24939 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24940 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24941 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24942 file name.
24943
24944 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24945
24946 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24947
24948 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
24949 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
24950
24951 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
24952
24953 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24954 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24955 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24956 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24957
24958 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24959 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24960 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24961 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24962 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24963 file name.
24964
24965 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24966
24967 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24968
24969 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
24970 Preview buffer using ghostview.
24971
24972 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
24973 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
24974 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24975
24976 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
24977 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
24978 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
24979 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
24980
24981 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24982
24983 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
24984 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
24985
24986 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
24987 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
24988 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
24989
24990 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
24991 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
24992 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
24993 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
24994
24995 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24996
24997 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
24998 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
24999
25000 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25001 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25002 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25003
25004 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25005 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25006 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25007 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25008
25009 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25010
25011 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
25012 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25013
25014 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25015
25016 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25017 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25018 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25019
25020 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25021 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25022 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25023 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25024
25025 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25026
25027 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
25028 Preview region using ghostview.
25029
25030 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25031
25032 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25033
25034 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25035 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
25036
25037 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25038
25039 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25040
25041 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
25042 Print region using PostScript printer.
25043
25044 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25045
25046 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25047
25048 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
25049 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25050
25051 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25052
25053 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25054
25055 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
25056 Preview major mode using ghostview.
25057
25058 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25059
25060 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25061
25062 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25063 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
25064
25065 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25066
25067 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25068
25069 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
25070 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
25071
25072 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25073
25074 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25075
25076 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
25077 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
25078
25079 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25080
25081 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25082
25083 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
25084 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
25085 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25086 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25087
25088 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25089 matching.
25090
25091 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25092 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25093
25094 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25095
25096 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25097
25098 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
25099 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
25100 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25101 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25102
25103 \(fn)" t nil)
25104
25105 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
25106 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
25107 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25108 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25109
25110 \(fn)" t nil)
25111
25112 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
25113 Print directory using text printer.
25114
25115 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25116 matching.
25117
25118 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25119 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25120
25121 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25122
25123 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25124
25125 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
25126 Print buffer using text printer.
25127
25128 \(fn)" t nil)
25129
25130 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
25131 Print region using text printer.
25132
25133 \(fn)" t nil)
25134
25135 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
25136 Print major mode using text printer.
25137
25138 \(fn)" t nil)
25139
25140 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
25141 Preview spooled PostScript.
25142
25143 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25144 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25145 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25146
25147 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25148 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25149 PostScript image in a file with that name.
25150
25151 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25152
25153 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25154 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
25155
25156 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25157 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25158 instead of sending it to the printer.
25159
25160 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25161 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25162 image in a file with that name.
25163
25164 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25165
25166 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
25167 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25168
25169 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25170 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25171 instead of sending it to the printer.
25172
25173 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25174 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25175 image in a file with that name.
25176
25177 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25178
25179 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
25180 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25181
25182 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25183 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25184 instead of sending it to the printer.
25185
25186 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25187 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25188 image in a file with that name.
25189
25190 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25191
25192 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
25193 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25194
25195 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25196
25197 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
25198 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25199
25200 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25201
25202 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25203 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
25204
25205 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25206
25207 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
25208 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
25209
25210 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25211
25212 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
25213 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25214
25215 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25216
25217 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
25218 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
25219
25220 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
25221 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25222 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
25223 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25224
25225 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25226 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
25227 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
25228 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
25229 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
25230 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
25231 file name.
25232
25233 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25234
25235 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
25236 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
25237
25238 \(fn)" t nil)
25239
25240 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
25241 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
25242
25243 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25244 right.
25245 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25246 bottom.
25247
25248 \(fn)" t nil)
25249
25250 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
25251 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
25252
25253 \(fn)" t nil)
25254
25255 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
25256 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
25257
25258 \(fn)" t nil)
25259
25260 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
25261 Toggle printing with faces.
25262
25263 \(fn)" t nil)
25264
25265 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
25266 Toggle spooling.
25267
25268 \(fn)" t nil)
25269
25270 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
25271 Toggle duplex.
25272
25273 \(fn)" t nil)
25274
25275 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
25276 Toggle tumble.
25277
25278 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25279 right.
25280 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25281 bottom.
25282
25283 \(fn)" t nil)
25284
25285 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
25286 Toggle landscape.
25287
25288 \(fn)" t nil)
25289
25290 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
25291 Toggle upside-down.
25292
25293 \(fn)" t nil)
25294
25295 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
25296 Toggle line number.
25297
25298 \(fn)" t nil)
25299
25300 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
25301 Toggle zebra stripes.
25302
25303 \(fn)" t nil)
25304
25305 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
25306 Toggle printing header.
25307
25308 \(fn)" t nil)
25309
25310 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
25311 Toggle printing header frame.
25312
25313 \(fn)" t nil)
25314
25315 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
25316 Toggle menu lock.
25317
25318 \(fn)" t nil)
25319
25320 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
25321 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
25322
25323 \(fn)" t nil)
25324
25325 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
25326 Toggle auto mode.
25327
25328 \(fn)" t nil)
25329
25330 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
25331 Customization of the `printing' group.
25332
25333 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25334
25335 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
25336 Customization of the `lpr' group.
25337
25338 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25339
25340 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
25341 Help for the printing package.
25342
25343 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25344
25345 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
25346 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
25347
25348 \(fn)" t nil)
25349
25350 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
25351 Interactively select a text printer.
25352
25353 \(fn)" t nil)
25354
25355 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
25356 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
25357
25358 \(fn)" t nil)
25359
25360 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
25361 Show current ps-print settings.
25362
25363 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25364
25365 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
25366 Show current printing settings.
25367
25368 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25369
25370 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
25371 Show current lpr settings.
25372
25373 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25374
25375 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
25376 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
25377
25378 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25379 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25380 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25381 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
25382
25383
25384 Interactively, you have the following situations:
25385
25386 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25387 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
25388 immediately be done using the current active printer.
25389
25390 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25391 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25392 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
25393 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
25394 current active printer.
25395
25396 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25397 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
25398 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25399 printer.
25400
25401 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25402 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
25403 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
25404 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
25405 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25406
25407
25408 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
25409 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
25410
25411 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
25412
25413 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
25414 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
25415 be done using the new current active printer.
25416
25417 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
25418 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25419 printer.
25420
25421 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
25422 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
25423 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
25424 instead of sending it to the printer.
25425
25426 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
25427 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25428 printer.
25429
25430 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
25431
25432
25433 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25434 are both set to t.
25435
25436 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
25437
25438 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
25439 Fast fire function for text printing.
25440
25441 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25442 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25443 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25444 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
25445
25446 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25447 user for a new active text printer.
25448
25449 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
25450
25451 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
25452
25453 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
25454 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25455 printer.
25456
25457 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
25458
25459 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25460 are both set to t.
25461
25462 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
25463
25464 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "printing" '("pr-" "lpr-setup")))
25465
25466 ;;;***
25467 \f
25468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (0 0 0 0))
25469 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
25470
25471 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
25472 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
25473 \\<proced-mode-map>
25474 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
25475 the process information.
25476
25477 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
25478
25479 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
25480 Proced buffers.
25481
25482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25483
25484 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "proced" '("proced-")))
25485
25486 ;;;***
25487 \f
25488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (0 0 0 0))
25489 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
25490
25491 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
25492 Start/restart profilers.
25493 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
25494 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
25495 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
25496
25497 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
25498
25499 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
25500 Open profile FILENAME.
25501
25502 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25503
25504 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
25505 Open profile FILENAME.
25506
25507 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25508
25509 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
25510 Open profile FILENAME.
25511
25512 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25513
25514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "profiler" '("profiler-")))
25515
25516 ;;;***
25517 \f
25518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (0 0 0 0))
25519 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
25520
25521 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
25522 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
25523 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
25524 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
25525 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
25526 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
25527
25528 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
25529
25530 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
25531 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
25532 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
25533 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
25534
25535 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25536
25537 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
25538 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
25539 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
25540 pattern to search for.
25541
25542 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25543
25544 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
25545 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
25546 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25547 recognized.
25548
25549 \(fn)" t nil)
25550
25551 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
25552 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
25553 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25554 recognized.
25555
25556 \(fn)" t nil)
25557
25558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "project" '("project-")))
25559
25560 ;;;***
25561 \f
25562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (0 0 0 0))
25563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
25564
25565 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
25566 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
25567
25568 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
25569 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
25570
25571 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
25572
25573 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
25574 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
25575
25576 Commands:
25577 \\{prolog-mode-map}
25578
25579 \(fn)" t nil)
25580
25581 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
25582 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
25583 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
25584
25585 \(fn)" t nil)
25586
25587 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
25588 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
25589 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
25590
25591 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25592
25593 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "prolog" '("prolog-" "mercury-mode-map")))
25594
25595 ;;;***
25596 \f
25597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (0 0 0 0))
25598 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
25599
25600 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
25601 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
25602 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
25603
25604 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
25605
25606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-bdf" '("bdf-")))
25607
25608 ;;;***
25609 \f
25610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
25611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
25612 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
25613
25614 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
25615 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
25616
25617 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
25618
25619 The following variables hold user options, and can
25620 be set through the `customize' command:
25621
25622 `ps-mode-tab'
25623 `ps-mode-paper-size'
25624 `ps-mode-print-function'
25625 `ps-run-prompt'
25626 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
25627 `ps-run-x'
25628 `ps-run-dumb'
25629 `ps-run-init'
25630 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
25631 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
25632
25633 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
25634
25635
25636 \\{ps-mode-map}
25637
25638
25639 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
25640 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
25641 The keymap for this second window is:
25642
25643 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
25644
25645
25646 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
25647 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
25648 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
25649 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
25650 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
25651
25652 \(fn)" t nil)
25653
25654 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mode" '("ps-")))
25655
25656 ;;;***
25657 \f
25658 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el"
25659 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 655192 607000))
25660 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
25661
25662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mule" '("ps-mule-")))
25663
25664 ;;;***
25665 \f
25666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
25667 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
25668 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25669
25670 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
25671 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
25672 See `ps-paper-type'.")
25673
25674 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
25675
25676 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
25677 Specify the size of paper to format for.
25678 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
25679 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
25680
25681 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
25682
25683 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
25684 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
25685
25686 Valid values are:
25687
25688 nil Do not print colors.
25689
25690 t Print colors.
25691
25692 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
25693 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
25694
25695 Any other value is treated as t.")
25696
25697 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
25698
25699 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
25700 Customization of ps-print group.
25701
25702 \(fn)" t nil)
25703
25704 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
25705 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
25706
25707 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
25708 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
25709 sending it to the printer.
25710
25711 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25712 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25713 image in a file with that name.
25714
25715 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25716
25717 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25718 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
25719 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25720 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25721 so it has a way to determine color values.
25722
25723 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25724
25725 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
25726 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
25727 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
25728
25729 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25730
25731 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25732 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
25733 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25734 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25735 so it has a way to determine color values.
25736
25737 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25738
25739 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
25740 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
25741 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
25742 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
25743
25744 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25745
25746 \(fn)" t nil)
25747
25748 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25749 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
25750 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
25751 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
25752 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
25753
25754 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25755
25756 \(fn)" t nil)
25757
25758 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
25759 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
25760 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
25761
25762 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25763
25764 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25765
25766 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25767 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
25768 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25769 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25770 so it has a way to determine color values.
25771
25772 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25773
25774 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25775
25776 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
25777 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25778
25779 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
25780 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25781 instead of sending it to the printer.
25782
25783 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25784 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25785 image in a file with that name.
25786
25787 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25788
25789 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
25790 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
25791 Done using the current ps-print setup.
25792 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
25793 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
25794
25795 \(fn)" t nil)
25796
25797 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
25798 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
25799 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
25800
25801 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
25802
25803 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
25804 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
25805 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
25806
25807 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
25808
25809 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
25810 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
25811
25812 \(fn)" nil nil)
25813
25814 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
25815 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
25816
25817 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
25818 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
25819
25820 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
25821 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
25822
25823 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
25824
25825 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
25826
25827 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
25828
25829 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
25830 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
25831
25832 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
25833 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
25834
25835 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
25836 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
25837
25838 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
25839
25840 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
25841
25842 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
25843
25844 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
25845 foreground and background colors respectively.
25846
25847 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
25848 bold - use bold font.
25849 italic - use italic font.
25850 underline - put a line under text.
25851 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
25852 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
25853 shadow - text will have a shadow.
25854 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
25855 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
25856
25857 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
25858
25859 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
25860
25861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-print" '("ps-")))
25862
25863 ;;;***
25864 \f
25865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-samp" "ps-samp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25866 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-samp.el
25867
25868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-samp" '("ps-")))
25869
25870 ;;;***
25871 \f
25872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (0 0 0 0))
25873 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
25874 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
25875
25876 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
25877 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
25878 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
25879
25880 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
25881
25882 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
25883 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
25884 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
25885
25886 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
25887
25888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pulse" '("pulse-")))
25889
25890 ;;;***
25891 \f
25892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "puny" "net/puny.el" (0 0 0 0))
25893 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/puny.el
25894
25895 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "puny" '("puny-")))
25896
25897 ;;;***
25898 \f
25899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
25900 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
25901 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25902
25903 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
25904
25905 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
25906
25907 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
25908 Run an inferior Python process.
25909
25910 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
25911 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
25912 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
25913 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
25914 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
25915
25916 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
25917 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
25918 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
25919 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
25920
25921 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
25922 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
25923 process buffer for a list of commands.)
25924
25925 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
25926
25927 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
25928 Major mode for editing Python files.
25929
25930 \\{python-mode-map}
25931
25932 \(fn)" t nil)
25933
25934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "python" '("python-" "run-python-internal" "inferior-python-mode")))
25935
25936 ;;;***
25937 \f
25938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "mail/qp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/qp.el
25940
25941 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
25942 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
25943 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
25944 coding-system.
25945
25946 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
25947 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
25948
25949 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
25950 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
25951 them into characters should be done separately.
25952
25953 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
25954
25955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "qp" '("quoted-printable-")))
25956
25957 ;;;***
25958 \f
25959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (0 0 0 0))
25960 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
25961
25962 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
25963 Return the title of the current Quail package.
25964
25965 \(fn)" nil nil)
25966
25967 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
25968 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
25969 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
25970
25971 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
25972 `quail-activate', which see.
25973
25974 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
25975
25976 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
25977 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
25978 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
25979 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
25980 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
25981 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
25982 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
25983
25984 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
25985 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
25986 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
25987 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
25988 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
25989 shown.
25990 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
25991
25992 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
25993 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
25994 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
25995 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
25996 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
25997 list of candidates.
25998
25999 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
26000 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
26001 command to be called.
26002
26003 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
26004 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
26005 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
26006 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
26007
26008 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
26009 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
26010 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
26011 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
26012 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
26013 to t.
26014
26015 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
26016 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
26017 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
26018 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
26019
26020 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
26021 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
26022 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
26023 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
26024 defines no translations for single character keys.
26025
26026 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
26027 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
26028 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
26029 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
26030 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
26031 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
26032
26033 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
26034 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
26035 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
26036 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
26037 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
26038 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
26039
26040 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
26041 covers Quail translation region.
26042
26043 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
26044 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
26045 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
26046 for it) is inserted.
26047
26048 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
26049 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
26050 vs. corresponding command to be called.
26051
26052 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
26053 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
26054 non-Quail commands.
26055
26056 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
26057
26058 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26059 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
26060
26061 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
26062 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
26063 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
26064 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
26065 you type is correctly handled.
26066
26067 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
26068
26069 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26070 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
26071
26072 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
26073 keyboard type.
26074
26075 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
26076
26077 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
26078 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
26079 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
26080 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26081 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
26082 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26083 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26084 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26085 for the translation.
26086 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26087
26088 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26089 it is used to handle KEY.
26090
26091 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
26092 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
26093 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
26094 the following annotation types are supported.
26095
26096 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
26097 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
26098
26099 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
26100 candidate list.
26101
26102 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
26103 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
26104 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
26105 inserted.
26106
26107 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
26108 generated for the following translations.
26109
26110 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
26111
26112 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
26113 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26114
26115 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26116 which to install MAP.
26117
26118 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
26119
26120 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26121
26122 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
26123 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
26124
26125 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26126 which to install MAP.
26127
26128 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
26129
26130 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26131
26132 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
26133 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
26134 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26135 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
26136 a function, or a cons.
26137 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26138 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26139 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26140 for the translation.
26141 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
26142 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
26143 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
26144 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
26145 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26146
26147 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26148 it is used to handle KEY.
26149
26150 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
26151 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
26152 current Quail package.
26153
26154 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
26155 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26156
26157 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
26158
26159 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
26160 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
26161
26162 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
26163 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26164
26165 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
26166
26167 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
26168 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
26169
26170 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
26171
26172 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
26173 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
26174 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
26175 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
26176 of the Emacs source tree.
26177
26178 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
26179 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
26180
26181 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
26182 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
26183 of each directory.
26184
26185 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
26186
26187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail" '("quail-")))
26188
26189 ;;;***
26190 \f
26191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ethiopic" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" (0
26192 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26193 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ethiopic.el
26194
26195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ethiopic" '("ethio-select-a-translation")))
26196
26197 ;;;***
26198 \f
26199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (0 0
26200 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26201 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
26202
26203 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
26204 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
26205 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
26206 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
26207
26208 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26209
26210 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/hangul" '("hangul" "alphabetp" "notzerop")))
26211
26212 ;;;***
26213 \f
26214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/indian" "leim/quail/indian.el" (0 0
26215 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26216 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/indian.el
26217
26218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/indian" '("inscript-" "quail-")))
26219
26220 ;;;***
26221 \f
26222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ipa" "leim/quail/ipa.el" (0 0 0 0))
26223 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ipa.el
26224
26225 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ipa" '("ipa-x-sampa-")))
26226
26227 ;;;***
26228 \f
26229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/japanese" "leim/quail/japanese.el" (0
26230 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26231 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/japanese.el
26232
26233 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/japanese" '("quail-japanese-")))
26234
26235 ;;;***
26236 \f
26237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lao" "leim/quail/lao.el" (0 0 0 0))
26238 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lao.el
26239
26240 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lao" '("lao-" "quail-lao-update-translation")))
26241
26242 ;;;***
26243 \f
26244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lrt" "leim/quail/lrt.el" (0 0 0 0))
26245 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lrt.el
26246
26247 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lrt" '("quail-lrt-update-translation")))
26248
26249 ;;;***
26250 \f
26251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/sisheng" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" (0
26252 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26253 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/sisheng.el
26254
26255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/sisheng" '("quail-make-sisheng-rules" "sisheng-")))
26256
26257 ;;;***
26258 \f
26259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/thai" "leim/quail/thai.el" (0 0 0 0))
26260 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/thai.el
26261
26262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/thai" '("thai-generate-quail-map")))
26263
26264 ;;;***
26265 \f
26266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/tibetan" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" (0
26267 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26268 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/tibetan.el
26269
26270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/tibetan" '("quail-tib" "tibetan-")))
26271
26272 ;;;***
26273 \f
26274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
26275 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26276 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
26277
26278 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
26279 Activate UCS input method.
26280 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
26281
26282 While this input method is active, the variable
26283 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
26284
26285 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
26286
26287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/uni-input" '("ucs-input-")))
26288
26289 ;;;***
26290 \f
26291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/viqr" "leim/quail/viqr.el" (0 0 0 0))
26292 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/viqr.el
26293
26294 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/viqr" '("viet-quail-define-rules")))
26295
26296 ;;;***
26297 \f
26298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (0 0 0 0))
26299 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
26300
26301 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
26302 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
26303 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
26304 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
26305
26306 To make use of this do something like:
26307
26308 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
26309
26310 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
26311
26312 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
26313 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
26314
26315 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
26316 buffer, this default action can be modified via
26317 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26318
26319 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26320
26321 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
26322 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
26323
26324 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26325
26326 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
26327 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
26328
26329 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
26330 is decided.
26331
26332 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
26333
26334 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
26335 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
26336
26337 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
26338 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
26339 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26340
26341 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26342
26343 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
26344 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
26345
26346 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26347
26348 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
26349 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
26350
26351 \(fn)" t nil)
26352
26353 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
26354 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
26355
26356 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
26357
26358 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
26359
26360 \(fn)" t nil)
26361
26362 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
26363 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
26364
26365 \(fn)" t nil)
26366
26367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quickurl" '("quickurl-")))
26368
26369 ;;;***
26370 \f
26371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "radix-tree" "emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el" (0
26372 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26373 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el
26374
26375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "radix-tree" '("radix-tree-")))
26376
26377 ;;;***
26378 \f
26379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (0 0 0 0))
26380 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
26381
26382 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
26383 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
26384
26385 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
26386
26387 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
26388
26389 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26390
26391 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
26392
26393 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
26394
26395
26396 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
26397
26398 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
26399 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
26400 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
26401 for a description of this minor mode.
26402 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26403 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26404 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
26405
26406 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
26407
26408 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
26409 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
26410 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26411 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26412 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26413
26414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26415
26416 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rcirc" '("rcirc-" "defun-rcirc-command" "set-rcirc-" "with-rcirc-")))
26417
26418 ;;;***
26419 \f
26420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (0
26421 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26422 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
26423
26424 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
26425
26426 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
26427 Construct a regexp interactively.
26428 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
26429 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
26430 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
26431
26432 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
26433 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
26434
26435 \(fn)" t nil)
26436
26437 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "re-builder" '("reb-" "re-builder-unload-function")))
26438
26439 ;;;***
26440 \f
26441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (0 0 0 0))
26442 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
26443
26444 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
26445 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
26446 See the `recentf-mode' command
26447 for a description of this minor mode.
26448 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26449 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26450 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
26451
26452 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
26453
26454 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
26455 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
26456 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
26457 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26458 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26459
26460 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
26461 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
26462 were operated on recently.
26463
26464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26465
26466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "recentf" '("recentf-")))
26467
26468 ;;;***
26469 \f
26470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
26471 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
26472
26473 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
26474 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
26475 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
26476 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
26477 ends.
26478
26479 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26480 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
26481 to be deleted.
26482
26483 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26484
26485 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26486 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26487 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26488
26489 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26490 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26491 deleted.
26492
26493 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
26494
26495 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26496 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26497 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26498
26499 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
26500
26501 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
26502 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26503
26504 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26505 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
26506
26507 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26508 deleted.
26509
26510 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
26511 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
26512 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
26513 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
26514 even beep.)
26515
26516 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26517
26518 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
26519 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26520
26521 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26522
26523 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
26524 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
26525
26526 \(fn)" t nil)
26527
26528 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26529 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
26530 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
26531 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
26532 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
26533 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
26534 and point is at the lower right corner.
26535
26536 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
26537
26538 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
26539 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26540
26541 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
26542 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
26543
26544 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26545 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
26546 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
26547
26548 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26549
26550 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
26551
26552 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
26553 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
26554 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
26555 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
26556 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
26557
26558 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26559 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
26560
26561 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26562
26563 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
26564 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
26565 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
26566
26567 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
26568
26569 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26570
26571 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
26572
26573 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26574 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26575
26576 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26577 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
26578 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
26579
26580 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26581
26582 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
26583 Blank out the region-rectangle.
26584 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
26585
26586 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26587 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
26588 rectangle which were empty.
26589
26590 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26591
26592 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
26593 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
26594
26595 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
26596 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
26597 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
26598 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
26599
26600 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
26601
26602 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
26603 Toggle the region as rectangular.
26604 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
26605
26606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26607
26608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rect" '("rectangle-" "clear-rectangle-line" "spaces-string" "string-rectangle-" "delete-" "ope" "killed-rectangle" "extract-rectangle-" "apply-on-rectangle")))
26609
26610 ;;;***
26611 \f
26612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refbib" "textmodes/refbib.el" (0 0 0 0))
26613 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refbib.el
26614
26615 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refbib" '("r2b-")))
26616
26617 ;;;***
26618 \f
26619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refer" "textmodes/refer.el" (0 0 0 0))
26620 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refer.el
26621
26622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refer" '("refer-")))
26623
26624 ;;;***
26625 \f
26626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (0 0 0 0))
26627 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
26628
26629 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
26630 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
26631 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
26632 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26633 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26634
26635 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
26636 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
26637 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
26638 auto-filling.
26639
26640 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
26641
26642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26643
26644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refill" '("refill-")))
26645
26646 ;;;***
26647 \f
26648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (0 0 0 0))
26649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
26650 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
26651 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
26652 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
26653 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
26654
26655 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
26656 Turn on RefTeX mode.
26657
26658 \(fn)" nil nil)
26659
26660 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
26661 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
26662
26663 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
26664 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
26665
26666 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
26667 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
26668 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
26669 \\ref macro.
26670
26671 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
26672 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
26673 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
26674
26675 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
26676 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
26677 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
26678
26679 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
26680 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
26681
26682 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
26683 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
26684
26685 \\{reftex-mode-map}
26686 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
26687 on the menu bar.
26688
26689 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26690
26691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26692
26693 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
26694 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
26695 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
26696
26697 \(fn)" nil nil)
26698
26699 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex" '("reftex-")))
26700
26701 ;;;***
26702 \f
26703 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-auc" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
26704 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26705 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-auc.el
26706
26707 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-auc" '("reftex-")))
26708
26709 ;;;***
26710 \f
26711 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-cite"
26712 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26713 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
26714
26715 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-cite" '("reftex-")))
26716
26717 ;;;***
26718 \f
26719 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-dcr" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
26720 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26721 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-dcr.el
26722
26723 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-dcr" '("reftex-")))
26724
26725 ;;;***
26726 \f
26727 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-global"
26728 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26729 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
26730
26731 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-global" '("reftex-")))
26732
26733 ;;;***
26734 \f
26735 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-index"
26736 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
26738
26739 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-index" '("reftex-")))
26740
26741 ;;;***
26742 \f
26743 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-parse"
26744 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26745 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
26746
26747 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-parse" '("reftex-")))
26748
26749 ;;;***
26750 \f
26751 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-ref" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
26752 ;;;;;; (22189 60739 277741 19000))
26753 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-ref.el
26754
26755 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-ref" '("reftex-")))
26756
26757 ;;;***
26758 \f
26759 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-sel" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
26760 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 815192 607000))
26761 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-sel.el
26762
26763 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-sel" '("reftex-")))
26764
26765 ;;;***
26766 \f
26767 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-toc" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
26768 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 815192 607000))
26769 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-toc.el
26770
26771 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-toc" '("reftex-")))
26772
26773 ;;;***
26774 \f
26775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (0
26776 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26777 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
26778 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
26779 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
26780 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26781 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
26782
26783 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-vars" '("reftex-")))
26784
26785 ;;;***
26786 \f
26787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (0
26788 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26789 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
26790
26791 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
26792 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
26793 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
26794 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
26795 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
26796 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
26797
26798 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
26799 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
26800
26801 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
26802 by \\=\\< and \\>.
26803 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
26804 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
26805
26806 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
26807
26808 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
26809 Return the depth of REGEXP.
26810 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
26811 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
26812
26813 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
26814
26815 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regexp-opt" '("regexp-opt-")))
26816
26817 ;;;***
26818 \f
26819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (0 0 0 0))
26820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
26821 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
26822
26823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regi" '("regi-")))
26824
26825 ;;;***
26826 \f
26827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "registry" "registry.el" (0 0 0 0))
26828 ;;; Generated autoloads from registry.el
26829
26830 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "registry" '("registry-")))
26831
26832 ;;;***
26833 \f
26834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (0 0 0 0))
26835 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
26836 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
26837
26838 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
26839 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
26840 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
26841 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
26842
26843 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
26844
26845 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
26846
26847 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
26848 Call `remember' in another frame.
26849
26850 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
26851
26852 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
26853 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
26854 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
26855
26856 \(fn)" t nil)
26857
26858 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
26859 Extract diary entries from the region.
26860
26861 \(fn)" nil nil)
26862
26863 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
26864 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
26865 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
26866 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
26867
26868 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
26869
26870 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
26871 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
26872 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
26873 minor mode.
26874
26875 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
26876
26877 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
26878 Return the buffer.
26879
26880 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
26881 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
26882 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
26883
26884 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
26885
26886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "remember" '("remember-")))
26887
26888 ;;;***
26889 \f
26890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (0 0 0 0))
26891 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
26892 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
26893
26894 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
26895 Repeat most recently executed command.
26896 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
26897 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
26898 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
26899
26900 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
26901 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
26902 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
26903 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
26904
26905 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
26906 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
26907 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
26908
26909 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
26910
26911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "repeat" '("repeat-")))
26912
26913 ;;;***
26914 \f
26915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (0 0 0 0))
26916 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
26917
26918 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
26919 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
26920
26921 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
26922 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
26923 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
26924 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
26925 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
26926 and point is left after the salutation.
26927
26928 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
26929 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
26930 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
26931 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
26932 left after that text.
26933
26934 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
26935 is non-nil.
26936
26937 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
26938 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
26939 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
26940 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
26941
26942 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
26943
26944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reporter" '("reporter-")))
26945
26946 ;;;***
26947 \f
26948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (0 0 0 0))
26949 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
26950
26951 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
26952 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
26953 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
26954 visibility of comments that precede it.
26955 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
26956 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
26957 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
26958 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
26959 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
26960 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
26961 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
26962 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
26963 the comment lines.
26964 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
26965 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
26966 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
26967 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
26968 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
26969
26970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26971
26972 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reposition" '("repos-count-screen-lines")))
26973
26974 ;;;***
26975 \f
26976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (0 0 0 0))
26977 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
26978
26979 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
26980 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
26981 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
26982 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26983 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26984
26985 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
26986 reveals invisible text around point.
26987
26988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26989
26990 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
26991 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
26992 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
26993 for a description of this minor mode.
26994 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26995 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26996 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
26997
26998 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
26999
27000 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27001 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
27002 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
27003
27004 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
27005 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27006 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27007
27008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27009
27010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reveal" '("reveal-")))
27011
27012 ;;;***
27013 \f
27014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc1843" "international/rfc1843.el" (0 0 0
27015 ;;;;;; 0))
27016 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/rfc1843.el
27017
27018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
27019
27020 ;;;***
27021 \f
27022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2045" "mail/rfc2045.el" (0 0 0 0))
27023 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2045.el
27024
27025 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2045" '("rfc2045-encode-string")))
27026
27027 ;;;***
27028 \f
27029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2047" "mail/rfc2047.el" (0 0 0 0))
27030 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2047.el
27031
27032 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2047" '("rfc2047-")))
27033
27034 ;;;***
27035 \f
27036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2104" "net/rfc2104.el" (0 0 0 0))
27037 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rfc2104.el
27038
27039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2104" '("rfc2104-")))
27040
27041 ;;;***
27042 \f
27043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2231" "mail/rfc2231.el" (0 0 0 0))
27044 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2231.el
27045
27046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2231" '("rfc2231-")))
27047
27048 ;;;***
27049 \f
27050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2368" "mail/rfc2368.el" (0 0 0 0))
27051 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2368.el
27052
27053 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2368" '("rfc2368-")))
27054
27055 ;;;***
27056 \f
27057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc822" "mail/rfc822.el" (0 0 0 0))
27058 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc822.el
27059
27060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc822" '("rfc822-")))
27061
27062 ;;;***
27063 \f
27064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
27065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
27066
27067 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
27068 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
27069
27070 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27071
27072 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
27073 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
27074
27075 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
27076
27077 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ring" '("ring-")))
27078
27079 ;;;***
27080 \f
27081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27082 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
27083
27084 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
27085 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
27086 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
27087 other arguments for `rlogin'.
27088
27089 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
27090
27091 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
27092 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
27093 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
27094 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
27095
27096 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
27097 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
27098
27099 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
27100 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
27101
27102 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
27103 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
27104 INPUT-ARGS.
27105
27106 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
27107 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
27108 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
27109 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
27110 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
27111
27112 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
27113 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
27114 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
27115 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
27116
27117 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
27118 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
27119 variable.
27120
27121 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27122
27123 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rlogin" '("rlogin-")))
27124
27125 ;;;***
27126 \f
27127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
27128 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
27129
27130 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
27131 Name of user's primary mail file.")
27132
27133 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
27134
27135 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
27136
27137 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
27138 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
27139 Its name should end with a slash.")
27140
27141 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
27142 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
27143
27144 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
27145 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
27146 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
27147
27148 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
27149
27150 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
27151 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
27152 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
27153 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
27154 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
27155 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
27156 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
27157
27158 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
27159 sent by you under different user names.
27160 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
27161
27162 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
27163
27164 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
27165
27166 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27167
27168 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
27169 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
27170 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
27171 explicitly.")
27172
27173 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27174
27175 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
27176 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
27177 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
27178 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
27179 which normally happens once for each message,
27180 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
27181 To make a change in this variable take effect
27182 for a message that you have already viewed,
27183 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
27184
27185 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27186
27187 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
27188 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
27189 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
27190 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
27191
27192 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
27193
27194 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
27195 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
27196
27197 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27198
27199 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
27200 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
27201 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
27202
27203 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
27204
27205 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
27206 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
27207 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
27208 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
27209 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
27210 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
27211
27212 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
27213
27214 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
27215 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
27216
27217 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
27218
27219 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
27220 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
27221
27222 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
27223
27224 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
27225 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
27226
27227 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
27228 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
27229
27230 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
27231
27232 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
27233 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
27234
27235 This is set to nil by default.")
27236
27237 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
27238 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
27239 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
27240 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
27241 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
27242 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
27243 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
27244
27245 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
27246 Read and edit incoming mail.
27247 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
27248 file in RMAIL Mode.
27249 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
27250
27251 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
27252 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
27253 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
27254 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
27255
27256 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
27257
27258 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
27259
27260 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
27261 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
27262 All normal editing commands are turned off.
27263 Instead, these commands are available:
27264
27265 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
27266 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
27267 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
27268 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
27269 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
27270 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
27271 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
27272 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
27273 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
27274 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
27275 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
27276 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
27277 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
27278 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
27279 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
27280 till a deleted message is found.
27281 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
27282 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
27283 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
27284 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
27285 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
27286 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
27287 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
27288 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
27289 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
27290 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
27291 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
27292 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
27293 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
27294 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
27295 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
27296 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
27297 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
27298 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
27299 (label defaults to last one specified).
27300 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
27301 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
27302 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
27303 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
27304 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
27305 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
27306 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
27307 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
27308 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
27309
27310 \(fn)" t nil)
27311
27312 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
27313 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
27314
27315 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
27316
27317 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
27318 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
27319
27320 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
27321
27322 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail" '("rmail-" "mail-")))
27323
27324 ;;;***
27325 \f
27326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail-spam-filter" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
27327 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27328 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail-spam-filter.el
27329
27330 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail-spam-filter" '("rmail-" "rsf-")))
27331
27332 ;;;***
27333 \f
27334 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27335 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27336 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
27337
27338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailedit" '("rmail-")))
27339
27340 ;;;***
27341 \f
27342 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailkwd" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
27343 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
27345
27346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailkwd" '("rmail-")))
27347
27348 ;;;***
27349 \f
27350 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el"
27351 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27352 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
27353
27354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailmm" '("rmail-")))
27355
27356 ;;;***
27357 \f
27358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (0 0 0 0))
27359 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
27360 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
27361
27362 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
27363 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
27364 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
27365 case it writes Babyl.
27366
27367 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
27368 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
27369 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27370 `rmail-default-file'.
27371
27372 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
27373 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
27374 buffer, updates it accordingly.
27375
27376 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
27377 the header display is currently pruned.
27378
27379 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
27380 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
27381 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
27382 messages after output.
27383
27384 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
27385 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
27386 message (if writing a file directly).
27387
27388 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
27389 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
27390
27391 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27392
27393 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
27394 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
27395 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
27396 i) the header is output as currently seen
27397 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
27398 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
27399
27400 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
27401 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
27402 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
27403
27404 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27405
27406 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
27407 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
27408 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
27409 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
27410 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
27411 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27412 `rmail-default-body-file'.
27413
27414 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
27415 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
27416 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
27417
27418 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27419
27420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailout" '("rmail-")))
27421
27422 ;;;***
27423 \f
27424 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el"
27425 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27426 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
27427
27428 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsort" '("rmail-")))
27429
27430 ;;;***
27431 \f
27432 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
27433 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 835192 607000))
27434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
27435
27436 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsum" '("rmail-")))
27437
27438 ;;;***
27439 \f
27440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (0 0 0 0))
27441 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
27442
27443 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
27444 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
27445 Return a pattern.
27446
27447 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
27448
27449 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-cmpct" '("rng-")))
27450
27451 ;;;***
27452 \f
27453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-dt" "nxml/rng-dt.el" (0 0 0 0))
27454 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-dt.el
27455
27456 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-dt" '("rng-dt-")))
27457
27458 ;;;***
27459 \f
27460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-loc" "nxml/rng-loc.el" (0 0 0 0))
27461 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-loc.el
27462
27463 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-loc" '("rng-")))
27464
27465 ;;;***
27466 \f
27467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-maint" "nxml/rng-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
27468 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-maint.el
27469
27470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-maint" '("rng-")))
27471
27472 ;;;***
27473 \f
27474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-match" "nxml/rng-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
27475 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-match.el
27476
27477 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-match" '("rng-")))
27478
27479 ;;;***
27480 \f
27481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (0 0 0 0))
27482 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
27483
27484 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
27485 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
27486 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
27487 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
27488
27489 \(fn)" t nil)
27490
27491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-nxml" '("rng-")))
27492
27493 ;;;***
27494 \f
27495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-parse" "nxml/rng-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
27496 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-parse.el
27497
27498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-parse" '("rng-parse-")))
27499
27500 ;;;***
27501 \f
27502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-pttrn" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" (0 0 0 0))
27503 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-pttrn.el
27504
27505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-pttrn" '("rng-")))
27506
27507 ;;;***
27508 \f
27509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-uri" "nxml/rng-uri.el" (0 0 0 0))
27510 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-uri.el
27511
27512 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-uri" '("rng-")))
27513
27514 ;;;***
27515 \f
27516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-util" "nxml/rng-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
27517 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-util.el
27518
27519 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-util" '("rng-")))
27520
27521 ;;;***
27522 \f
27523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (0 0 0 0))
27524 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
27525
27526 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
27527 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
27528
27529 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
27530 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
27531 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
27532 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
27533 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
27534 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
27535 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
27536 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
27537 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
27538 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
27539
27540 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
27541 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
27542 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
27543 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
27544 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
27545 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
27546 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
27547 to use for finding the schema.
27548
27549 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
27550
27551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-valid" '("rng-")))
27552
27553 ;;;***
27554 \f
27555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (0 0 0 0))
27556 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
27557
27558 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
27559
27560 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
27561 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
27562 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
27563 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
27564 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
27565 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
27566 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
27567 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
27568 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
27569 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
27570 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
27571 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
27572 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
27573 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
27574 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
27575 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
27576 must be equal.
27577
27578 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
27579
27580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-xsd" '("rng-xsd-" "xsd-duration-reference-dates")))
27581
27582 ;;;***
27583 \f
27584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27585 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
27586
27587 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
27588 Define a robin package.
27589
27590 NAME is the string of this robin package.
27591 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
27592 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
27593 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
27594
27595 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
27596 one replaces the old one.
27597
27598 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
27599
27600 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
27601 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
27602
27603 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
27604 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
27605 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
27606
27607 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
27608
27609 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
27610 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
27611
27612 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
27613
27614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "robin" '("robin-")))
27615
27616 ;;;***
27617 \f
27618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (0 0 0 0))
27619 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
27620
27621 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
27622 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
27623
27624 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
27625
27626 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
27627 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
27628
27629 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27630
27631 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
27632 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
27633
27634 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27635
27636 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
27637 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
27638 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
27639
27640 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
27641 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
27642 in ROT13.
27643
27644 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
27645
27646 \(fn)" t nil)
27647
27648 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
27649 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
27650
27651 \(fn)" t nil)
27652
27653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rot13" '("rot13-")))
27654
27655 ;;;***
27656 \f
27657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (0 0 0 0))
27658 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
27659 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
27660
27661 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
27662 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
27663 \\<rst-mode-map>
27664
27665 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
27666 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
27667 highlighting.
27668
27669 \\{rst-mode-map}
27670
27671 \(fn)" t nil)
27672
27673 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
27674 Toggle ReST minor mode.
27675 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
27676 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27677 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27678
27679 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
27680 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
27681 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
27682
27683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27684
27685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rst" '("rst-")))
27686
27687 ;;;***
27688 \f
27689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rtree" "rtree.el" (0 0 0 0))
27690 ;;; Generated autoloads from rtree.el
27691
27692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rtree" '("rtree-")))
27693
27694 ;;;***
27695 \f
27696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (0 0 0
27697 ;;;;;; 0))
27698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
27699 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
27700
27701 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
27702 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
27703
27704 \\{ruby-mode-map}
27705
27706 \(fn)" t nil)
27707
27708 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
27709
27710 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
27711
27712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruby-mode" '("ruby-")))
27713
27714 ;;;***
27715 \f
27716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
27717 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
27718 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
27719
27720 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
27721 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
27722 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
27723
27724 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
27725 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
27726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
27727 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
27728 if ARG is omitted or nil.
27729
27730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27731
27732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruler-mode" '("ruler-")))
27733
27734 ;;;***
27735 \f
27736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (0 0 0 0))
27737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
27738
27739 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
27740 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
27741 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
27742 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
27743
27744 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
27745
27746 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
27747 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
27748 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
27749
27750 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
27751 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
27752 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
27753
27754 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
27755 notation.
27756
27757 STRING
27758 matches string STRING literally.
27759
27760 CHAR
27761 matches character CHAR literally.
27762
27763 `not-newline', `nonl'
27764 matches any character except a newline.
27765
27766 `anything'
27767 matches any character
27768
27769 `(any SET ...)'
27770 `(in SET ...)'
27771 `(char SET ...)'
27772 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
27773 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
27774 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
27775
27776 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
27777 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
27778 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
27779 `word', or one of their synonyms.
27780
27781 `(not (any SET ...))'
27782 matches any character not in SET ...
27783
27784 `line-start', `bol'
27785 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
27786 in the text being matched
27787
27788 `line-end', `eol'
27789 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
27790
27791 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
27792 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
27793 string being matched against.
27794
27795 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
27796 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
27797 string being matched against.
27798
27799 `buffer-start'
27800 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
27801 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
27802
27803 `buffer-end'
27804 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
27805 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
27806
27807 `point'
27808 matches the empty string, but only at point.
27809
27810 `word-start', `bow'
27811 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
27812
27813 `word-end', `eow'
27814 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
27815
27816 `word-boundary'
27817 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
27818 word.
27819
27820 `(not word-boundary)'
27821 `not-word-boundary'
27822 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
27823 word.
27824
27825 `symbol-start'
27826 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
27827
27828 `symbol-end'
27829 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
27830
27831 `digit', `numeric', `num'
27832 matches 0 through 9.
27833
27834 `control', `cntrl'
27835 matches ASCII control characters.
27836
27837 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
27838 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
27839
27840 `blank'
27841 matches space and tab only.
27842
27843 `graphic', `graph'
27844 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
27845 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
27846 unassigned by Unicode.
27847
27848 `printing', `print'
27849 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
27850
27851 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
27852 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
27853 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
27854
27855 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
27856 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
27857 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
27858
27859 `ascii'
27860 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
27861
27862 `nonascii'
27863 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
27864
27865 `lower', `lower-case'
27866 matches anything lower-case.
27867
27868 `upper', `upper-case'
27869 matches anything upper-case.
27870
27871 `punctuation', `punct'
27872 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
27873 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
27874
27875 `space', `whitespace', `white'
27876 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
27877
27878 `word', `wordchar'
27879 matches anything that has word syntax.
27880
27881 `not-wordchar'
27882 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
27883
27884 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
27885 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
27886 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
27887 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
27888
27889 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
27890 `punctuation' (\\s.)
27891 `word' (\\sw)
27892 `symbol' (\\s_)
27893 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
27894 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
27895 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
27896 `string-quote' (\\s\")
27897 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
27898 `escape' (\\s\\)
27899 `character-quote' (\\s/)
27900 `comment-start' (\\s<)
27901 `comment-end' (\\s>)
27902 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
27903 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
27904
27905 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
27906 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
27907
27908 `(category CATEGORY)'
27909 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
27910 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
27911
27912 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
27913 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
27914 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
27915 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
27916 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
27917 `symbol' (\\c5)
27918 `digit' (\\c6)
27919 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
27920 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
27921 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
27922 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
27923 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
27924 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
27925 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
27926 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
27927 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
27928 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
27929 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
27930 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
27931 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
27932 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
27933 `ascii' (\\ca)
27934 `arabic' (\\cb)
27935 `chinese' (\\cc)
27936 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
27937 `greek' (\\cg)
27938 `korean' (\\ch)
27939 `indian' (\\ci)
27940 `japanese' (\\cj)
27941 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
27942 `latin' (\\cl)
27943 `lao' (\\co)
27944 `tibetan' (\\cq)
27945 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
27946 `thai' (\\ct)
27947 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
27948 `hebrew' (\\cw)
27949 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
27950 `can-break' (\\c|)
27951
27952 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
27953 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
27954
27955 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27956 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27957 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27958 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27959 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
27960
27961 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27962 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27963 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
27964 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
27965
27966 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27967 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27968 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
27969 group number N.
27970
27971 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27972 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27973 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
27974 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
27975 regular expression.
27976
27977 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
27978 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
27979 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
27980 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
27981 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
27982
27983 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
27984 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
27985
27986 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
27987 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
27988
27989 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
27990 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
27991 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
27992
27993 `(* SEXP ...)'
27994 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
27995 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
27996
27997 `(*? SEXP ...)'
27998 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
27999 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28000
28001 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
28002 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
28003 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
28004
28005 `(+ SEXP ...)'
28006 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28007
28008 `(+? SEXP ...)'
28009 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28010
28011 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
28012 `(optional SEXP ...)'
28013 `(opt SEXP ...)'
28014 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
28015
28016 `(? SEXP ...)'
28017 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28018
28019 `(?? SEXP ...)'
28020 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28021
28022 `(repeat N SEXP)'
28023 `(= N SEXP ...)'
28024 matches N occurrences.
28025
28026 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
28027 matches N or more occurrences.
28028
28029 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
28030 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
28031 matches N to M occurrences.
28032
28033 `(backref N)'
28034 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
28035
28036 `(eval FORM)'
28037 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
28038 `regexp-quote' it.
28039
28040 `(regexp REGEXP)'
28041 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
28042
28043 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
28044
28045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rx" '("rx-")))
28046
28047 ;;;***
28048 \f
28049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl" "net/sasl.el" (0 0 0 0))
28050 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl.el
28051
28052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl" '("sasl-")))
28053
28054 ;;;***
28055 \f
28056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-cram" "net/sasl-cram.el" (0 0 0 0))
28057 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-cram.el
28058
28059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-cram" '("sasl-cram-md5-")))
28060
28061 ;;;***
28062 \f
28063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-digest" "net/sasl-digest.el" (0 0 0 0))
28064 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-digest.el
28065
28066 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-digest" '("sasl-digest-md5-")))
28067
28068 ;;;***
28069 \f
28070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28071 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
28072 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
28073
28074 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-ntlm" '("sasl-ntlm-")))
28075
28076 ;;;***
28077 \f
28078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-scram-rfc" "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" (0
28079 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28080 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-scram-rfc.el
28081
28082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-scram-rfc" '("sasl-scram-")))
28083
28084 ;;;***
28085 \f
28086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (0 0 0 0))
28087 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
28088 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
28089
28090 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
28091 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
28092 See the `savehist-mode' command
28093 for a description of this minor mode.
28094 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28095 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28096 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
28097
28098 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
28099
28100 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
28101 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
28102 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
28103 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28104 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28105
28106 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
28107 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
28108 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
28109 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
28110
28111 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
28112 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
28113 histories, which is probably undesirable.
28114
28115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28116
28117 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "savehist" '("savehist-")))
28118
28119 ;;;***
28120 \f
28121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (0 0 0 0))
28122 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
28123
28124 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
28125 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
28126 See the `save-place-mode' command
28127 for a description of this minor mode.
28128 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28129 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28130 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
28131
28132 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
28133
28134 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
28135 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
28136 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
28137 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
28138
28139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28140
28141 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
28142 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
28143 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
28144 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
28145 even in a later Emacs session.
28146
28147 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
28148 the argument is positive.
28149
28150 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
28151 file:
28152
28153 \(save-place-mode 1)
28154
28155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28156
28157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "saveplace" '("save-place" "load-save-place-alist-from-file")))
28158
28159 ;;;***
28160 \f
28161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sb-image" "sb-image.el" (0 0 0 0))
28162 ;;; Generated autoloads from sb-image.el
28163
28164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sb-image" '("speedbar-" "defimage-speedbar")))
28165
28166 ;;;***
28167 \f
28168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
28169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
28170
28171 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
28172 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
28173 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28174
28175 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
28176 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
28177 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
28178 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
28179 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
28180 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
28181 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
28182 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
28183
28184 Commands:
28185 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28186 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28187 \\{scheme-mode-map}
28188
28189 \(fn)" t nil)
28190
28191 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
28192 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
28193 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28194
28195 Commands:
28196 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28197 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28198 \\{scheme-mode-map}
28199 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
28200 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
28201 that variable's value is a string.
28202
28203 \(fn)" t nil)
28204
28205 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scheme" '("scheme-" "dsssl-")))
28206
28207 ;;;***
28208 \f
28209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
28211
28212 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
28213 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
28214 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
28215
28216 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
28217
28218 \(fn)" t nil)
28219
28220 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "score-mode" '("gnus-score-" "score-mode-")))
28221
28222 ;;;***
28223 \f
28224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (0 0 0 0))
28225 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
28226
28227 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
28228 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
28229 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
28230 for a description of this minor mode.
28231 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28232 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28233 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
28234
28235 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
28236
28237 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
28238 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
28239 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
28240 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28241 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28242
28243 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
28244 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
28245
28246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28247
28248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-all" '("scroll-all-")))
28249
28250 ;;;***
28251 \f
28252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-bar" "scroll-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
28253 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-bar.el
28254
28255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-bar" '("set-scroll-bar-mode" "scroll-bar-" "toggle-" "horizontal-scroll-bar" "get-scroll-bar-mode" "previous-scroll-bar-mode")))
28256
28257 ;;;***
28258 \f
28259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
28260 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
28261
28262 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
28263 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
28264 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28265 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28266 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
28267 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
28268 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
28269 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
28270
28271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28272
28273 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-lock" '("scroll-lock-")))
28274
28275 ;;;***
28276 \f
28277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (0 0 0 0))
28278 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
28279 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
28280 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
28281
28282 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "secrets" '("secrets-")))
28283
28284 ;;;***
28285 \f
28286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (0 0 0 0))
28287 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
28288 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28289
28290 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
28291 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
28292 The possible elements of this list include the following:
28293
28294 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
28295 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
28296 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
28297 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
28298 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
28299 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
28300 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
28301 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
28302 keybinding for tag names.
28303 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
28304 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
28305 of the symbol under point.
28306 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
28307 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
28308 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
28309 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
28310 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
28311 syntax tokens.
28312 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
28313
28314 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
28315
28316 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
28317 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
28318 See the `semantic-mode' command
28319 for a description of this minor mode.
28320 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28321 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28322 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
28323
28324 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
28325
28326 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
28327 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
28328 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
28329 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28330 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28331
28332 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
28333 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
28334 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
28335 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
28336 Semantic mode.
28337
28338 \\{semantic-mode-map}
28339
28340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28341
28342 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic" '("semantic-" "bovinate")))
28343
28344 ;;;***
28345 \f
28346 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze"
28347 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28348 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze.el
28349
28350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze" '("semantic-a")))
28351
28352 ;;;***
28353 \f
28354 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/complete"
28355 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" (22164 57533 947192
28356 ;;;;;; 607000))
28357 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el
28358
28359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/complete" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28360
28361 ;;;***
28362 \f
28363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/debug" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
28364 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28365 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el
28366
28367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/debug" '("semantic-analyze")))
28368
28369 ;;;***
28370 \f
28371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/fcn" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
28372 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28373 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el
28374
28375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/fcn" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28376
28377 ;;;***
28378 \f
28379 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/refs"
28380 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28381 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el
28382
28383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/refs" '("semantic-")))
28384
28385 ;;;***
28386 \f
28387 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine"
28388 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28389 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine.el
28390
28391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine" '("semantic-")))
28392
28393 ;;;***
28394 \f
28395 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/c"
28396 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" (22362 1462 517419 679000))
28397 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el
28398
28399 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/c" '("semantic" "c++-mode" "c-mode")))
28400
28401 ;;;***
28402 \f
28403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/debug" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
28404 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28405 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el
28406
28407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/debug" '("semantic-")))
28408
28409 ;;;***
28410 \f
28411 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/el"
28412 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" (22362 16472 646303 103000))
28413 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el
28414
28415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/el" '("lisp-mode" "emacs-lisp-mode" "semantic-")))
28416
28417 ;;;***
28418 \f
28419 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/gcc"
28420 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28421 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el
28422
28423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/gcc" '("semantic-")))
28424
28425 ;;;***
28426 \f
28427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
28428 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28429 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
28430
28431 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
28432 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
28433
28434 \(fn)" t nil)
28435
28436 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/grammar" '("bovine-")))
28437
28438 ;;;***
28439 \f
28440 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/make"
28441 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28442 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el
28443
28444 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/make" '("semantic-" "makefile-mode")))
28445
28446 ;;;***
28447 \f
28448 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/scm"
28449 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28450 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el
28451
28452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/scm" '("semantic-")))
28453
28454 ;;;***
28455 \f
28456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/chart" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
28457 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28458 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/chart.el
28459
28460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/chart" '("semantic-chart-")))
28461
28462 ;;;***
28463 \f
28464 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/complete"
28465 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" (22362 1462 529419 679000))
28466 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/complete.el
28467
28468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/complete" '("semantic-")))
28469
28470 ;;;***
28471 \f
28472 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ctxt"
28473 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28474 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ctxt.el
28475
28476 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ctxt" '("semantic-")))
28477
28478 ;;;***
28479 \f
28480 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db"
28481 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" (22362 1462 533419 679000))
28482 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db.el
28483
28484 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db" '("semanticdb-")))
28485
28486 ;;;***
28487 \f
28488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-debug" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
28489 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28490 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-debug.el
28491
28492 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-debug" '("semanticdb-")))
28493
28494 ;;;***
28495 \f
28496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ebrowse" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
28497 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28498 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el
28499
28500 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ebrowse" '("semanticdb-" "c++-mode")))
28501
28502 ;;;***
28503 \f
28504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
28505 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28506 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-el.el
28507
28508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-el" '("semanticdb-" "emacs-lisp-mode")))
28509
28510 ;;;***
28511 \f
28512 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-file"
28513 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" (22220 16330 615423 271000))
28514 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-file.el
28515
28516 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-file" '("semanticdb-")))
28517
28518 ;;;***
28519 \f
28520 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-find"
28521 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28522 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-find.el
28523
28524 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-find" '("semanticdb-")))
28525
28526 ;;;***
28527 \f
28528 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-global"
28529 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28530 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-global.el
28531
28532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-global" '("semanticdb-")))
28533
28534 ;;;***
28535 \f
28536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-javascript" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
28537 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28538 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el
28539
28540 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-javascript" '("semanticdb-" "javascript-mode")))
28541
28542 ;;;***
28543 \f
28544 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-mode"
28545 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" (22220 16330 615423 271000))
28546 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-mode.el
28547
28548 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-mode" '("semanticdb-")))
28549
28550 ;;;***
28551 \f
28552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ref" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el"
28553 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28554 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ref.el
28555
28556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ref" '("semanticdb-ref-")))
28557
28558 ;;;***
28559 \f
28560 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-typecache"
28561 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28562 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el
28563
28564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-typecache" '("semanticdb-")))
28565
28566 ;;;***
28567 \f
28568 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/debug"
28569 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/debug.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28570 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/debug.el
28571
28572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/debug" '("semantic-debug-")))
28573
28574 ;;;***
28575 \f
28576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/decorate" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
28577 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28578 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate.el
28579
28580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate" '("semantic-")))
28581
28582 ;;;***
28583 \f
28584 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/include"
28585 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" (22362 1462 541419 679000))
28586 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el
28587
28588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/include" '("semantic-decoration-")))
28589
28590 ;;;***
28591 \f
28592 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/mode"
28593 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el" (22362 1462 545419 679000))
28594 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el
28595
28596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/mode" '("semantic-" "define-semantic-decoration-style")))
28597
28598 ;;;***
28599 \f
28600 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/dep"
28601 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28602 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/dep.el
28603
28604 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/dep" '("semantic-" "defcustom-mode-local-semantic-dependency-system-include-path")))
28605
28606 ;;;***
28607 \f
28608 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/doc"
28609 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/doc.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28610 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/doc.el
28611
28612 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/doc" '("semantic-doc")))
28613
28614 ;;;***
28615 \f
28616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/ede-grammar" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
28617 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el
28619
28620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ede-grammar" '("semantic-ede-")))
28621
28622 ;;;***
28623 \f
28624 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/edit"
28625 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28626 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/edit.el
28627
28628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/edit" '("semantic-")))
28629
28630 ;;;***
28631 \f
28632 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/find"
28633 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" (22164 57533 959192 607000))
28634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/find.el
28635
28636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/find" '("semantic-")))
28637
28638 ;;;***
28639 \f
28640 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/format"
28641 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/format.el" (22362 1462 553419 679000))
28642 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/format.el
28643
28644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/format" '("semantic-")))
28645
28646 ;;;***
28647 \f
28648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/fw" "cedet/semantic/fw.el" (0 0 0
28649 ;;;;;; 0))
28650 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/fw.el
28651
28652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/fw" '("semantic")))
28653
28654 ;;;***
28655 \f
28656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
28657 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28658 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar.el
28659
28660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar" '("semantic-")))
28661
28662 ;;;***
28663 \f
28664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar-wy" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el"
28665 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28666 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el
28667
28668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar-wy" '("semantic-grammar-wy--")))
28669
28670 ;;;***
28671 \f
28672 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/html"
28673 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" (22164 57533 971192 607000))
28674 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/html.el
28675
28676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/html" '("html-helper-mode" "semantic-")))
28677
28678 ;;;***
28679 \f
28680 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia"
28681 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia.el" (22362 1462 561419 679000))
28682 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia.el
28683
28684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia" '("semantic-ia-")))
28685
28686 ;;;***
28687 \f
28688 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia-sb"
28689 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" (22164 57533 971192 607000))
28690 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el
28691
28692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia-sb" '("semantic-ia-s")))
28693
28694 ;;;***
28695 \f
28696 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/idle"
28697 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" (22362 1462 569419 679000))
28698 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/idle.el
28699
28700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/idle" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-idle-summary-mode" "define-semantic-idle-service")))
28701
28702 ;;;***
28703 \f
28704 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/imenu"
28705 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" (22362 1462 573419 679000))
28706 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/imenu.el
28707
28708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/imenu" '("semantic-")))
28709
28710 ;;;***
28711 \f
28712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/java" "cedet/semantic/java.el" (0
28713 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28714 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/java.el
28715
28716 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/java" '("semantic-")))
28717
28718 ;;;***
28719 \f
28720 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex"
28721 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" (22362 16472 670303 103000))
28722 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex.el
28723
28724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex" '("semantic-" "define-lex")))
28725
28726 ;;;***
28727 \f
28728 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex-spp"
28729 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" (22362 16472 662303 103000))
28730 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el
28731
28732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex-spp" '("semantic-lex-" "define-lex-spp-")))
28733
28734 ;;;***
28735 \f
28736 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/mru-bookmark"
28737 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" (22362 1462 593419 679000))
28738 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el
28739
28740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/mru-bookmark" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode")))
28741
28742 ;;;***
28743 \f
28744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/sb" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" (0 0 0
28745 ;;;;;; 0))
28746 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sb.el
28747
28748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sb" '("semantic-sb-")))
28749
28750 ;;;***
28751 \f
28752 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/scope"
28753 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" (22164 57533 983192 607000))
28754 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/scope.el
28755
28756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/scope" '("semantic-")))
28757
28758 ;;;***
28759 \f
28760 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/senator"
28761 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" (22189 60738 73741 19000))
28762 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/senator.el
28763
28764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/senator" '("semantic-up-reference" "senator-")))
28765
28766 ;;;***
28767 \f
28768 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/sort"
28769 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" (22164 57533 983192 607000))
28770 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sort.el
28771
28772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sort" '("semantic-")))
28773
28774 ;;;***
28775 \f
28776 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref"
28777 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" (22362 16472 682303 103000))
28778 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref.el
28779
28780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref" '("semantic-symref-")))
28781
28782 ;;;***
28783 \f
28784 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/cscope"
28785 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" (22294 1450 520812 63000))
28786 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el
28787
28788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/cscope" '("semantic-symref-cscope--line-re")))
28789
28790 ;;;***
28791 \f
28792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/symref/filter" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
28793 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28794 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el
28795
28796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/filter" '("semantic-symref-")))
28797
28798 ;;;***
28799 \f
28800 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/global"
28801 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" (22294 1450 536812 63000))
28802 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/global.el
28803
28804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/global" '("semantic-symref-global--line-re")))
28805
28806 ;;;***
28807 \f
28808 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/grep"
28809 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" (22294 1450 612812 63000))
28810 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el
28811
28812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/grep" '("semantic-symref-")))
28813
28814 ;;;***
28815 \f
28816 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/idutils"
28817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" (22294 1450 612812 63000))
28818 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el
28819
28820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/idutils" '("semantic-symref-idutils--line-re")))
28821
28822 ;;;***
28823 \f
28824 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/list"
28825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" (22164 57533 987192 607000))
28826 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/list.el
28827
28828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/list" '("semantic-symref-")))
28829
28830 ;;;***
28831 \f
28832 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag"
28833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" (22164 57533 991192 607000))
28834 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag.el
28835
28836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag" '("semantic-")))
28837
28838 ;;;***
28839 \f
28840 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-file"
28841 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" (22164 57533 987192 607000))
28842 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-file.el
28843
28844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-file" '("semantic-prototype-file")))
28845
28846 ;;;***
28847 \f
28848 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-ls"
28849 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" (22164 57533 991192 607000))
28850 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el
28851
28852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-ls" '("semantic-")))
28853
28854 ;;;***
28855 \f
28856 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-write"
28857 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el" (22164 57533 991192 607000))
28858 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-write.el
28859
28860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-write" '("semantic-tag-write-")))
28861
28862 ;;;***
28863 \f
28864 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/texi"
28865 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/texi.el" (22257 7109 253189 216000))
28866 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/texi.el
28867
28868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/texi" '("semantic-")))
28869
28870 ;;;***
28871 \f
28872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/util" "cedet/semantic/util.el" (0
28873 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28874 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util.el
28875
28876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util" '("semantic-")))
28877
28878 ;;;***
28879 \f
28880 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/util-modes"
28881 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el" (22164 57534 3192 607000))
28882 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util-modes.el
28883
28884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util-modes" '("semantic-")))
28885
28886 ;;;***
28887 \f
28888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el"
28889 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28890 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent.el
28891
28892 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent" '("wisent-" "define-wisent-lexer")))
28893
28894 ;;;***
28895 \f
28896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/comp" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
28897 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28898 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el
28899
28900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/comp" '("wisent-")))
28901
28902 ;;;***
28903 \f
28904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
28905 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28906 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
28907
28908 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
28909 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
28910
28911 \(fn)" t nil)
28912
28913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/grammar" '("wisent-")))
28914
28915 ;;;***
28916 \f
28917 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/java-tags"
28918 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
28919 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el
28920
28921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/java-tags" '("semantic-" "wisent-java-parse-error")))
28922
28923 ;;;***
28924 \f
28925 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/javascript"
28926 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
28927 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el
28928
28929 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/javascript" '("js-mode" "semantic-" "wisent-javascript-jv-expand-tag")))
28930
28931 ;;;***
28932 \f
28933 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/python"
28934 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
28935 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el
28936
28937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/python" '("wisent-python-" "semantic-" "python-")))
28938
28939 ;;;***
28940 \f
28941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
28942 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28943 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el
28944
28945 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/wisent" '("wisent-" "$region" "$nterm" "$action")))
28946
28947 ;;;***
28948 \f
28949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
28950 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
28951
28952 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
28953 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
28954
28955 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
28956 king@grassland.com
28957 If `parens', they look like:
28958 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
28959 If `angles', they look like:
28960 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
28961
28962 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
28963 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
28964
28965 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
28966
28967 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
28968 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
28969 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
28970 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
28971
28972 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
28973 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
28974 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
28975 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
28976
28977 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
28978
28979 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
28980 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
28981 This is done when the message is initialized,
28982 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
28983
28984 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
28985
28986 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
28987 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
28988 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
28989
28990 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
28991
28992 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
28993 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
28994 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
28995 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
28996 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
28997 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
28998 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
28999
29000 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
29001
29002 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
29003 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
29004
29005 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
29006
29007 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
29008 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
29009 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
29010 be a Babyl file.")
29011
29012 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
29013
29014 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
29015 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
29016 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
29017 when you first send mail.")
29018
29019 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
29020
29021 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
29022 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
29023 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
29024 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
29025 This file need not actually exist.")
29026
29027 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
29028
29029 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
29030 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
29031
29032 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
29033
29034 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
29035 Alist of mail address aliases,
29036 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
29037 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
29038 can specify a different file name.)
29039 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
29040 alias ALIAS MEANING")
29041
29042 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
29043 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
29044 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
29045
29046 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
29047
29048 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
29049 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
29050 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
29051
29052 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
29053
29054 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
29055 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
29056 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
29057 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
29058 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
29059 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
29060 in the cited portion of the message.
29061
29062 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
29063 instead of no action.")
29064
29065 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
29066
29067 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
29068 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
29069 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
29070 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
29071 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
29072
29073 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
29074
29075 (defvar mail-signature t "\
29076 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
29077 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
29078 If a string, that string is inserted.
29079 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
29080 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
29081 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
29082 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
29083
29084 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
29085
29086 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
29087 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
29088
29089 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
29090
29091 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
29092 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
29093 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
29094
29095 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
29096 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
29097
29098 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
29099
29100 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
29101 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
29102 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
29103 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
29104
29105 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
29106
29107 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
29108 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
29109 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
29110
29111 \(fn)" nil nil)
29112
29113 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
29114
29115 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
29116
29117
29118 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29119
29120 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
29121 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
29122 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
29123
29124 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
29125 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
29126
29127 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
29128 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
29129 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
29130 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
29131 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
29132 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
29133 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
29134 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
29135 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
29136 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
29137 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
29138 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
29139 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
29140 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
29141
29142 \(fn)" t nil)
29143
29144 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
29145 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
29146 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
29147 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
29148
29149 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
29150
29151 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
29152 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29153 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
29154 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
29155 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
29156 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29157
29158 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
29159 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29160 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
29161
29162 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
29163 User should not set this variable manually,
29164 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
29165 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
29166 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29167
29168 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
29169 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
29170 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
29171 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
29172
29173 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
29174 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
29175
29176 \\<mail-mode-map>
29177 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
29178
29179 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
29180 to move to message header fields:
29181 \\{mail-mode-map}
29182
29183 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
29184 when the message is initialized.
29185
29186 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
29187 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
29188
29189 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
29190 is inserted.
29191
29192 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
29193 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
29194
29195 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
29196 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
29197 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
29198 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
29199 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
29200 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
29201 buffer without erasing the contents.
29202
29203 The second through fifth arguments,
29204 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
29205 the initial contents of those header fields.
29206 These arguments should not have final newlines.
29207 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
29208 original message being replied to, or else an action
29209 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
29210 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
29211 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
29212 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
29213 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
29214 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
29215
29216 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
29217
29218 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
29219 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
29220
29221 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29222
29223 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
29224 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
29225
29226 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29227
29228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sendmail" '("mail-" "sendmail-")))
29229
29230 ;;;***
29231 \f
29232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
29233 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
29234 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 18)) package--builtin-versions)
29235
29236 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "seq" '("seq-")))
29237
29238 ;;;***
29239 \f
29240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (0 0 0 0))
29241 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
29242
29243 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
29244
29245 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
29246
29247 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
29248
29249 (defvar server-name "server" "\
29250 The name of the Emacs server, if this Emacs process creates one.
29251 The command `server-start' makes use of this. It should not be
29252 changed while a server is running.")
29253
29254 (custom-autoload 'server-name "server" t)
29255
29256 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
29257 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
29258 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
29259 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
29260 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
29261 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
29262
29263 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
29264 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
29265
29266 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
29267 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
29268 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
29269
29270 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
29271 \\[server-start].
29272
29273 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
29274
29275 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
29276 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
29277 If server is running, it is first stopped.
29278 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
29279
29280 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29281
29282 (defvar server-mode nil "\
29283 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
29284 See the `server-mode' command
29285 for a description of this minor mode.
29286 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29287 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29288 or call the function `server-mode'.")
29289
29290 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
29291
29292 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
29293 Toggle Server mode.
29294 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
29295 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29296 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29297
29298 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
29299 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
29300 `server-start' for details.
29301
29302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29303
29304 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
29305 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
29306 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
29307
29308 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
29309 only these files will be asked to be saved.
29310
29311 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
29312
29313 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "server" '("server-")))
29314
29315 ;;;***
29316 \f
29317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (0 0 0 0))
29318 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
29319
29320 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
29321 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
29322
29323 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
29324 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
29325 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
29326 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
29327 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
29328
29329 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
29330 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
29331 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
29332 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
29333 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
29334 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
29335
29336 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
29337 displayed.
29338
29339 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
29340 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
29341 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
29342
29343 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
29344 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
29345
29346 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
29347 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
29348
29349 \\{ses-mode-map}
29350 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
29351 part):
29352 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
29353 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
29354 formula:
29355 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
29356
29357 \(fn)" t nil)
29358
29359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ses" '("ses" "noreturn" "1value")))
29360
29361 ;;;***
29362 \f
29363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (0 0 0
29364 ;;;;;; 0))
29365 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
29366
29367 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29368 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
29369 Makes > match <.
29370 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
29371 `sgml-quick-keys'.
29372
29373 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
29374 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
29375 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
29376
29377 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
29378 in your init file.
29379
29380 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
29381
29382 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
29383 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
29384 \\{sgml-mode-map}
29385
29386 \(fn)" t nil)
29387
29388 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29389 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
29390 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
29391 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
29392 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
29393 which this is based.
29394
29395 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
29396
29397 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
29398 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
29399 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
29400 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
29401
29402 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
29403 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
29404 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
29405
29406 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
29407 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
29408 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
29409 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
29410
29411 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
29412 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
29413 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
29414 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
29415
29416 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
29417
29418 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
29419 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
29420 To work around that, do:
29421 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
29422
29423 \\{html-mode-map}
29424
29425 \(fn)" t nil)
29426
29427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sgml-mode" '("html-" "sgml-")))
29428
29429 ;;;***
29430 \f
29431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (0 0 0
29432 ;;;;;; 0))
29433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
29434 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
29435 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29436
29437 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
29438 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
29439 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
29440 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
29441 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
29442 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
29443
29444 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
29445 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
29446 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
29447 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
29448 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
29449
29450 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
29451 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
29452 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
29453 \\<sh-mode-map>
29454 \\[sh-case] case statement
29455 \\[sh-for] for loop
29456 \\[sh-function] function definition
29457 \\[sh-if] if statement
29458 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
29459 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
29460 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
29461 \\[sh-select] select loop
29462 \\[sh-until] until loop
29463 \\[sh-while] while loop
29464
29465 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
29466 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
29467 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
29468 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
29469 would indent to the way it currently is.
29470 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
29471 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
29472
29473
29474 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
29475 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
29476 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
29477 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
29478 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
29479
29480 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
29481 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
29482 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
29483
29484 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
29485 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
29486 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
29487
29488 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
29489 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
29490
29491 \(fn)" t nil)
29492
29493 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
29494
29495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sh-script" '("sh-")))
29496
29497 ;;;***
29498 \f
29499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (0 0 0 0))
29500 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
29501
29502 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
29503 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
29504
29505 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
29506 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
29507 else prints messages listing any shadows.
29508
29509 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
29510 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
29511 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
29512 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
29513 the earlier.
29514
29515 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
29516
29517 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
29518
29519 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
29520 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
29521 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
29522
29523 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
29524 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
29525
29526 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
29527 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
29528 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
29529 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
29530 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
29531 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
29532 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
29533 Emacs version).
29534
29535 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
29536 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
29537 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
29538 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
29539 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
29540
29541 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
29542 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
29543
29544 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
29545
29546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadow" '("load-path-shadows-")))
29547
29548 ;;;***
29549 \f
29550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (0 0 0 0))
29551 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
29552
29553 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
29554 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
29555 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
29556 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
29557 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
29558 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
29559 sites in the cluster.
29560
29561 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
29562
29563 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
29564 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
29565 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
29566 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
29567 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
29568
29569 \(fn)" t nil)
29570
29571 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
29572 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
29573 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
29574 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
29575 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
29576 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
29577 `shadow-define-cluster').
29578
29579 \(fn)" t nil)
29580
29581 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
29582 Set up file shadowing.
29583
29584 \(fn)" t nil)
29585
29586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadowfile" '("shadow")))
29587
29588 ;;;***
29589 \f
29590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
29591 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
29592
29593 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
29594 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
29595 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
29596 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
29597 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
29598 arguments.")
29599
29600 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
29601
29602 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
29603 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
29604 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
29605 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
29606 to change if called with a prefix arg.
29607
29608 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
29609 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
29610 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
29611 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
29612 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
29613 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
29614 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
29615 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
29616 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
29617 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
29618 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
29619
29620 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
29621 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
29622 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
29623 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
29624 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
29625 `default-process-coding-system'.
29626
29627 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
29628 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
29629 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
29630 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
29631
29632 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
29633
29634 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29635
29636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shell" '("shell-" "dirs" "explicit-")))
29637
29638 ;;;***
29639 \f
29640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (0 0 0 0))
29641 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
29642
29643 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
29644 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
29645
29646 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29647
29648 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
29649 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
29650 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
29651 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
29652
29653 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
29654
29655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr" '("shr-")))
29656
29657 ;;;***
29658 \f
29659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr-color" "net/shr-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
29660 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr-color.el
29661
29662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr-color" '("shr-color-")))
29663
29664 ;;;***
29665 \f
29666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "net/sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
29667 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve.el
29668
29669 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
29670
29671
29672 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
29673
29674 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
29675
29676
29677 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29678
29679 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
29680
29681
29682 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29683
29684 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
29685
29686
29687 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29688
29689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve" '("sieve-")))
29690
29691 ;;;***
29692 \f
29693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-manage" "net/sieve-manage.el" (0 0 0
29694 ;;;;;; 0))
29695 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-manage.el
29696
29697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-manage" '("sieve-")))
29698
29699 ;;;***
29700 \f
29701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "net/sieve-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29702 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-mode.el
29703
29704 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
29705 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
29706 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
29707 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
29708 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
29709
29710 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
29711
29712 \(fn)" t nil)
29713
29714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-mode" '("sieve-")))
29715
29716 ;;;***
29717 \f
29718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (0 0 0 0))
29719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
29720
29721 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
29722 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
29723 \\{simula-mode-map}
29724 Variables controlling indentation style:
29725 `simula-tab-always-indent'
29726 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
29727 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29728 `simula-indent-level'
29729 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
29730 `simula-substatement-offset'
29731 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
29732 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
29733 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
29734 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
29735 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
29736 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
29737 `simula-label-offset' -4711
29738 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
29739 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
29740 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
29741 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
29742 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
29743 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
29744 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
29745 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
29746 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
29747 `simula-electric-indent' nil
29748 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
29749 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
29750 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
29751 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
29752 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
29753 or nil if they should not be changed.
29754 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
29755 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
29756 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
29757 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
29758
29759 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
29760 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
29761
29762 \(fn)" t nil)
29763
29764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "simula" '("simula-")))
29765
29766 ;;;***
29767 \f
29768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (0 0 0 0))
29769 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
29770
29771 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
29772 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
29773
29774 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
29775 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
29776 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
29777 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
29778
29779 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
29780
29781 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
29782
29783 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
29784 Insert SKELETON.
29785 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
29786 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
29787 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
29788 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
29789 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
29790
29791 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
29792 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
29793
29794 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
29795
29796 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
29797 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
29798
29799 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
29800 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
29801 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
29802 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
29803
29804 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
29805 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
29806 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
29807 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
29808
29809 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
29810 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
29811 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
29812
29813 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
29814 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
29815
29816 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
29817 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
29818
29819 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
29820 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
29821 is at bol/eol
29822 _ interesting point, interregion here
29823 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
29824 interesting point set by _
29825 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
29826 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
29827 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
29828 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
29829 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
29830 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
29831 nil skipped
29832
29833 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
29834 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
29835
29836 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
29837 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
29838 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
29839 as the first element when at bol.
29840
29841 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
29842 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
29843 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
29844 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
29845 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
29846 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
29847 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
29848 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
29849
29850 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
29851 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
29852 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
29853 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
29854 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
29855 available:
29856
29857 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
29858 then: insert previously read string once more
29859 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
29860 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
29861 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
29862
29863 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
29864 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
29865
29866 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
29867
29868 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
29869 Insert the character you type ARG times.
29870
29871 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
29872 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
29873 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
29874 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
29875 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
29876 such as backslash.
29877
29878 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
29879 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
29880 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
29881 twice for the others.
29882
29883 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29884
29885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "skeleton" '("skeleton-")))
29886
29887 ;;;***
29888 \f
29889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29890 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
29891
29892 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
29893 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
29894 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
29895 buffer names.
29896
29897 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
29898
29899 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
29900 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
29901 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
29902 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
29903 if ARG is omitted or nil.
29904 \\{smerge-mode-map}
29905
29906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29907
29908 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
29909 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
29910 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
29911
29912 \(fn)" t nil)
29913
29914 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smerge-mode" '("smerge-")))
29915
29916 ;;;***
29917 \f
29918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smie" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" (0 0 0 0))
29919 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/smie.el
29920
29921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smie" '("smie-")))
29922
29923 ;;;***
29924 \f
29925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (0 0 0 0))
29926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
29927
29928 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
29929 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
29930 A list of images is returned.
29931
29932 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29933
29934 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
29935 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
29936 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
29937
29938 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29939
29940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smiley" '("smiley-" "gnus-smiley-file-types")))
29941
29942 ;;;***
29943 \f
29944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smime" "gnus/smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
29945 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smime.el
29946
29947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smime" '("smime")))
29948
29949 ;;;***
29950 \f
29951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
29952 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
29953
29954 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
29955
29956
29957 \(fn)" nil nil)
29958
29959 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
29960 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
29961
29962 \(fn)" t nil)
29963
29964 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smtpmail" '("smtpmail-")))
29965
29966 ;;;***
29967 \f
29968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (0 0 0 0))
29969 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
29970
29971 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
29972 Play the Snake game.
29973 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
29974
29975 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
29976
29977 Snake mode keybindings:
29978 \\<snake-mode-map>
29979 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
29980 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
29981 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
29982 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
29983 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
29984 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
29985 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
29986
29987 \(fn)" t nil)
29988
29989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snake" '("snake-")))
29990
29991 ;;;***
29992 \f
29993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29994 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
29995
29996 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
29997 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
29998 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
29999 Tab indents for C code.
30000 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30001 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30002 \\{snmp-mode-map}
30003 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
30004 `snmp-mode-hook'.
30005
30006 \(fn)" t nil)
30007
30008 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30009 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
30010 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30011 Tab indents for C code.
30012 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30013 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30014 \\{snmp-mode-map}
30015 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
30016 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
30017
30018 \(fn)" t nil)
30019
30020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snmp-mode" '("snmp")))
30021
30022 ;;;***
30023 \f
30024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (0 0 0 0))
30025 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
30026 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30027
30028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-client" '("soap-")))
30029
30030 ;;;***
30031 \f
30032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-inspect" "net/soap-inspect.el" (0 0 0
30033 ;;;;;; 0))
30034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-inspect.el
30035
30036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-inspect" '("soap-")))
30037
30038 ;;;***
30039 \f
30040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "socks" "net/socks.el" (0 0 0 0))
30041 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/socks.el
30042
30043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "socks" '("socks-")))
30044
30045 ;;;***
30046 \f
30047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30048 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
30049
30050 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
30051 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
30052 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
30053 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
30054 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
30055
30056 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
30057
30058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30059
30060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solar" '("solar-" "diary-sunrise-sunset" "calendar-")))
30061
30062 ;;;***
30063 \f
30064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (0 0 0 0))
30065 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
30066
30067 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
30068 Play Solitaire.
30069
30070 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
30071 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
30072 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
30073 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
30074 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
30075 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
30076 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
30077 check after each move or undo.)
30078
30079 What is Solitaire?
30080
30081 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
30082 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
30083 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
30084
30085 Le Solitaire
30086 ============
30087
30088 o o o
30089
30090 o o o
30091
30092 o o o o o o o
30093
30094 o o o . o o o
30095
30096 o o o o o o o
30097
30098 o o o
30099
30100 o o o
30101
30102 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
30103 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
30104 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
30105 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
30106
30107 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
30108 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
30109 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
30110 this: o o .
30111
30112 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
30113 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
30114
30115 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
30116
30117 o o o
30118
30119 . o o
30120
30121 o o . o o o o
30122
30123 o . o o o o o
30124
30125 o o o o o o o
30126
30127 o o o
30128
30129 o o o
30130
30131 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
30132
30133 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
30134
30135 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30136
30137 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solitaire" '("solitaire-")))
30138
30139 ;;;***
30140 \f
30141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
30142 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
30143 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30144
30145 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
30146 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
30147
30148 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
30149 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
30150 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
30151 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
30152 contiguous.
30153
30154 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
30155 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
30156 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30157 the sort order.
30158
30159 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
30160 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
30161
30162 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
30163 It moves point to the start of the next record.
30164 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
30165 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
30166 is called.
30167
30168 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
30169 It should move point to the end of the record.
30170
30171 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
30172 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
30173 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
30174 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
30175 starts at the beginning of the record.
30176
30177 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
30178 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
30179 same as ENDRECFUN.
30180
30181 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
30182 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
30183 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
30184 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
30185 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
30186 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
30187 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
30188
30189 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
30190
30191 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
30192 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30193 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30194 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30195 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30196 the sort order.
30197
30198 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30199
30200 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
30201 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30202 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30203 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30204 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30205 the sort order.
30206
30207 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30208
30209 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
30210 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30211 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30212 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30213 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30214 the sort order.
30215
30216 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30217 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
30218
30219 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
30220 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
30221 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30222 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
30223 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
30224 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
30225 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30226 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30227 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30228
30229 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30230
30231 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
30232 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
30233 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30234 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30235 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30236 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30237 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30238 the sort order.
30239
30240 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30241
30242 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
30243 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
30244 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
30245 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
30246
30247 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
30248 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
30249
30250 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
30251 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
30252 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
30253 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
30254 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
30255 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
30256 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
30257 found within a record, that record is ignored.
30258
30259 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
30260
30261 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30262 the sort order.
30263
30264 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
30265 starting with the letter \"f\",
30266 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
30267
30268 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
30269
30270 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
30271 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
30272 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
30273 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
30274 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
30275 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
30276 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30277 the sort order.
30278
30279 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
30280 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
30281 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
30282 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
30283 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
30284
30285 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
30286
30287 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
30288 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
30289 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
30290
30291 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
30292
30293 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
30294 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
30295 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
30296 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
30297 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
30298 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
30299 each repeated line.
30300
30301 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
30302 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
30303 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
30304 on large regions that have already been sorted.
30305
30306 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
30307 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
30308
30309 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
30310 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
30311
30312 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
30313
30314 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sort" '("sort-")))
30315
30316 ;;;***
30317 \f
30318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soundex" "soundex.el" (0 0 0 0))
30319 ;;; Generated autoloads from soundex.el
30320
30321 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soundex" '("soundex")))
30322
30323 ;;;***
30324 \f
30325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (0 0 0 0))
30326 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
30327
30328 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
30329 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
30330 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
30331 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
30332 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
30333 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
30334
30335 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
30336
30337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam" '("spam-")))
30338
30339 ;;;***
30340 \f
30341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (0 0 0
30342 ;;;;;; 0))
30343 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
30344
30345 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
30346 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
30347
30348 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
30349 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
30350 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
30351
30352 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
30353
30354 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
30355 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
30356 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
30357 server.
30358
30359 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30360
30361 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
30362 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
30363 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
30364
30365 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30366
30367 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
30368 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
30369 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
30370 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
30371 Agent is plugged.
30372
30373 \(fn)" t nil)
30374
30375 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
30376 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
30377 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
30378 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
30379
30380 \(fn)" t nil)
30381
30382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-report" '("spam-report-")))
30383
30384 ;;;***
30385 \f
30386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-stat" "gnus/spam-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
30387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-stat.el
30388
30389 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-stat" '("spam-stat" "with-spam-stat-max-buffer-size")))
30390
30391 ;;;***
30392 \f
30393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-wash" "gnus/spam-wash.el" (0 0 0 0))
30394 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-wash.el
30395
30396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-wash" '("spam-")))
30397
30398 ;;;***
30399 \f
30400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30401 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
30402
30403 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
30404
30405 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
30406 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
30407 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
30408 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
30409 supported at a time.
30410 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
30411 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
30412
30413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30414
30415 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
30416 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
30417 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
30418 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
30419
30420 \(fn)" t nil)
30421
30422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "speedbar" '("speedbar-")))
30423
30424 ;;;***
30425 \f
30426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (0 0 0 0))
30427 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
30428
30429 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
30430 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
30431
30432 \(fn)" t nil)
30433
30434 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
30435 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
30436
30437 \(fn)" nil nil)
30438
30439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spook" '("spook-phrase")))
30440
30441 ;;;***
30442 \f
30443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
30444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
30445 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
30446
30447 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
30448 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
30449
30450 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
30451 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
30452 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
30453 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
30454 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
30455 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
30456 of the current highlighting list.
30457
30458 For example:
30459
30460 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
30461 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
30462
30463 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
30464 `_t' as data types.
30465
30466 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
30467
30468 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
30469 Major mode to edit SQL.
30470
30471 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
30472 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
30473 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
30474
30475 \\{sql-mode-map}
30476 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
30477
30478 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
30479 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
30480 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
30481 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
30482 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
30483 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
30484
30485 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
30486 `sql-interactive-mode'.
30487
30488 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
30489 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
30490 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
30491
30492 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
30493 (lambda ()
30494 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
30495
30496 \(fn)" t nil)
30497
30498 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
30499 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
30500
30501 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
30502 their settings.
30503
30504 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
30505 is specified in the connection settings.
30506
30507 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30508
30509 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
30510 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
30511
30512 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30513 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
30514
30515 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
30516 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
30517 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
30518 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
30519
30520 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30521
30522 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30523
30524 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
30525 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
30526
30527 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30528 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30529 `*SQL*'.
30530
30531 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
30532 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
30533 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
30534 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
30535
30536 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30537 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30538
30539 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30540 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
30541 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30542 buffer.
30543
30544 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30545 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30546 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30547 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30548 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30549 `default-process-coding-system'.
30550
30551 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30552
30553 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30554
30555 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
30556 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
30557
30558 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30559 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30560 `*SQL*'.
30561
30562 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
30563 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
30564 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30565 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
30566
30567 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30568 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30569
30570 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30571 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
30572 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30573 buffer.
30574
30575 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30576 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30577 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30578 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30579 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30580 `default-process-coding-system'.
30581
30582 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30583
30584 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30585
30586 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
30587 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
30588
30589 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30590 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30591 `*SQL*'.
30592
30593 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
30594 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30595
30596 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30597 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30598
30599 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30600 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
30601 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30602 buffer.
30603
30604 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30605 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30606 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30607 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30608 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30609 `default-process-coding-system'.
30610
30611 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30612
30613 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30614
30615 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
30616 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
30617
30618 SQLite is free software.
30619
30620 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30621 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30622 `*SQL*'.
30623
30624 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
30625 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30626 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30627 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
30628
30629 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30630 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30631
30632 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30633 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
30634 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30635 buffer.
30636
30637 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30638 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30639 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30640 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30641 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30642 `default-process-coding-system'.
30643
30644 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30645
30646 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30647
30648 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
30649 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
30650
30651 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
30652
30653 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30654 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30655 `*SQL*'.
30656
30657 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
30658 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30659 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30660 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
30661
30662 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30663 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30664
30665 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30666 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
30667 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30668 buffer.
30669
30670 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30671 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30672 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30673 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30674 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30675 `default-process-coding-system'.
30676
30677 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30678
30679 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30680
30681 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
30682 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
30683
30684 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30685 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30686 `*SQL*'.
30687
30688 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
30689 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
30690 defaults, if set.
30691
30692 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30693 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30694
30695 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30696 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
30697 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30698 buffer.
30699
30700 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30701 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30702 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30703 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30704 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30705 `default-process-coding-system'.
30706
30707 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30708
30709 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30710
30711 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
30712 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
30713
30714 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30715 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30716 `*SQL*'.
30717
30718 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
30719 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30720
30721 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30722 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30723
30724 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30725 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
30726 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30727 buffer.
30728
30729 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30730 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30731 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30732 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30733 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30734 `default-process-coding-system'.
30735
30736 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30737
30738 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30739
30740 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
30741 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
30742
30743 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30744 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30745 `*SQL*'.
30746
30747 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
30748 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
30749 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
30750 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
30751
30752 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30753 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30754
30755 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30756 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
30757 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30758 buffer.
30759
30760 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30761 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30762 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30763 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30764 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30765 `default-process-coding-system'.
30766
30767 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30768
30769 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30770
30771 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
30772 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
30773
30774 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30775 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30776 `*SQL*'.
30777
30778 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
30779 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
30780 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
30781 `sql-postgres-options'.
30782
30783 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30784 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30785
30786 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30787 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
30788 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30789 buffer.
30790
30791 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30792 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30793 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30794 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30795 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30796 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
30797 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
30798 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
30799
30800 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
30801 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
30802
30803 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30804
30805 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30806
30807 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
30808 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
30809
30810 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30811 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30812 `*SQL*'.
30813
30814 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
30815 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
30816 defaults, if set.
30817
30818 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30819 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30820
30821 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30822 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
30823 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30824 buffer.
30825
30826 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30827 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30828 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30829 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30830 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30831 `default-process-coding-system'.
30832
30833 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30834
30835 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30836
30837 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
30838 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
30839
30840 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30841 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30842 `*SQL*'.
30843
30844 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
30845 automatic login.
30846
30847 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30848 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30849
30850 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
30851 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
30852 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
30853 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
30854
30855 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30856 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
30857 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30858 buffer.
30859
30860 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30861 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30862 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30863 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30864 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30865 `default-process-coding-system'.
30866
30867 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30868
30869 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30870
30871 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
30872 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
30873
30874 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30875 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30876 `*SQL*'.
30877
30878 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
30879 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
30880 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30881 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
30882 parameters.
30883
30884 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
30885 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
30886 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
30887 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
30888 an empty password.
30889
30890 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30891 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30892
30893 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30894 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
30895 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30896 buffer.
30897
30898 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30899
30900 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30901
30902 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
30903 Run vsql as an inferior process.
30904
30905 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30906
30907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sql" '("sql-")))
30908
30909 ;;;***
30910 \f
30911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30912 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
30913 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
30914
30915 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode" '("srecode-version")))
30916
30917 ;;;***
30918 \f
30919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/args" "cedet/srecode/args.el" (0 0
30920 ;;;;;; 0 0))
30921 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/args.el
30922
30923 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/args" '("srecode-")))
30924
30925 ;;;***
30926 \f
30927 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/compile"
30928 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
30929 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/compile.el
30930
30931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/compile" '("srecode-")))
30932
30933 ;;;***
30934 \f
30935 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/cpp"
30936 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
30937 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/cpp.el
30938
30939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/cpp" '("srecode-")))
30940
30941 ;;;***
30942 \f
30943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/ctxt" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" (0 0
30944 ;;;;;; 0 0))
30945 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/ctxt.el
30946
30947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/ctxt" '("srecode-")))
30948
30949 ;;;***
30950 \f
30951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/dictionary" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el"
30952 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30953 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/dictionary.el
30954
30955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/dictionary" '("srecode-")))
30956
30957 ;;;***
30958 \f
30959 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/document"
30960 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/document.el" (22164 57534 11192 607000))
30961 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/document.el
30962
30963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/document" '("srecode-document-")))
30964
30965 ;;;***
30966 \f
30967 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
30968 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 11192 607000))
30969 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/el.el
30970
30971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/el" '("srecode-semantic-apply-tag-to-dict")))
30972
30973 ;;;***
30974 \f
30975 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/expandproto"
30976 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" (22164 57534 11192 607000))
30977 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/expandproto.el
30978
30979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/expandproto" '("srecode-")))
30980
30981 ;;;***
30982 \f
30983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/extract" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
30984 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30985 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/extract.el
30986
30987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/extract" '("srecode-extract")))
30988
30989 ;;;***
30990 \f
30991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/fields" "cedet/srecode/fields.el"
30992 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30993 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/fields.el
30994
30995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/fields" '("srecode-")))
30996
30997 ;;;***
30998 \f
30999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/filters" "cedet/srecode/filters.el"
31000 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31001 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/filters.el
31002
31003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/filters" '("srecode-comment-prefix")))
31004
31005 ;;;***
31006 \f
31007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/find" "cedet/srecode/find.el" (0 0
31008 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31009 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/find.el
31010
31011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/find" '("srecode-")))
31012
31013 ;;;***
31014 \f
31015 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/getset"
31016 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" (22164 57534 15192 607000))
31017 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/getset.el
31018
31019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/getset" '("srecode-")))
31020
31021 ;;;***
31022 \f
31023 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/insert"
31024 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" (22328 19625 560549 735000))
31025 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/insert.el
31026
31027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/insert" '("srecode-")))
31028
31029 ;;;***
31030 \f
31031 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/map"
31032 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" (22164 57534 15192 607000))
31033 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/map.el
31034
31035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/map" '("srecode-")))
31036
31037 ;;;***
31038 \f
31039 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/mode"
31040 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" (22164 57534 15192 607000))
31041 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/mode.el
31042
31043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/mode" '("srecode-")))
31044
31045 ;;;***
31046 \f
31047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/semantic" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31048 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31049 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/semantic.el
31050
31051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/semantic" '("srecode-semantic-")))
31052
31053 ;;;***
31054 \f
31055 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/srt"
31056 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" (22164 57534 19192 607000))
31057 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt.el
31058
31059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt" '("srecode-read-")))
31060
31061 ;;;***
31062 \f
31063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
31064 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31065 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
31066
31067 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
31068 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
31069
31070 \(fn)" t nil)
31071
31072 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
31073
31074 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt-mode" '("semantic-" "srecode-")))
31075
31076 ;;;***
31077 \f
31078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/table" "cedet/srecode/table.el" (0
31079 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
31080 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/table.el
31081
31082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/table" '("srecode-" "object-sort-list")))
31083
31084 ;;;***
31085 \f
31086 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/template"
31087 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" (22164 57534 19192 607000))
31088 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/template.el
31089
31090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/template" '("semantic-tag-components")))
31091
31092 ;;;***
31093 \f
31094 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/texi"
31095 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" (22164 57534 19192 607000))
31096 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/texi.el
31097
31098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/texi" '("semantic-insert-foreign-tag" "srecode-texi-")))
31099
31100 ;;;***
31101 \f
31102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "net/starttls.el" (0 0 0 0))
31103 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/starttls.el
31104
31105 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
31106 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
31107 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
31108 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
31109 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
31110 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
31111 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
31112 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
31113 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
31114 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
31115 with any buffer
31116 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
31117 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
31118 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
31119 GnuTLS requires a port number.
31120
31121 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
31122
31123 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "starttls" '("starttls-")))
31124
31125 ;;;***
31126 \f
31127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (0 0 0 0))
31128 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
31129
31130 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
31131 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
31132 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
31133 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
31134 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
31135 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
31136
31137 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
31138
31139 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
31140
31141 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
31142 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31143 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31144 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
31145 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
31146 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
31147 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31148
31149 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31150
31151 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31152 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31153 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31154 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
31155 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
31156 then complete the stroke with button 3.
31157 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31158
31159 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31160
31161 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
31162 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31163 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31164
31165 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31166
31167 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31168 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31169 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31170
31171 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31172
31173 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
31174 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
31175
31176 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
31177
31178 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
31179 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
31180
31181 \(fn)" t nil)
31182
31183 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
31184 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
31185
31186 \(fn)" t nil)
31187
31188 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
31189 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
31190 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
31191 by command name.
31192 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
31193
31194 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
31195
31196 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
31197 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
31198 See the `strokes-mode' command
31199 for a description of this minor mode.
31200 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31201 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31202 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
31203
31204 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
31205
31206 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
31207 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
31208 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
31209 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31210 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31211
31212 \\<strokes-mode-map>
31213 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
31214 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
31215 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
31216 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
31217
31218 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
31219 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
31220 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
31221 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
31222
31223 \\{strokes-mode-map}
31224
31225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31226
31227 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
31228 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
31229 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
31230 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
31231
31232 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
31233
31234 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31235 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
31236
31237 \(fn)" t nil)
31238
31239 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "strokes" '("strokes-")))
31240
31241 ;;;***
31242 \f
31243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (0 0 0 0))
31244 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
31245
31246 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
31247 Studlify-case the region.
31248
31249 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
31250
31251 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
31252 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
31253
31254 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
31255
31256 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
31257 Studlify-case the current buffer.
31258
31259 \(fn)" t nil)
31260
31261 ;;;***
31262 \f
31263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subr-x" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
31264 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/subr-x.el
31265
31266 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subr-x" '("string-" "hash-table-" "when-let" "internal--" "if-let" "thread-")))
31267
31268 ;;;***
31269 \f
31270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (0 0 0 0))
31271 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
31272
31273 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
31274
31275 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
31276 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
31277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
31278 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31279 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31280
31281 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31282 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
31283 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
31284 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
31285
31286 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
31287 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
31288 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
31289
31290 Nomenclature Subwords
31291 ===========================================================
31292 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
31293 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
31294 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
31295
31296 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
31297 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
31298
31299 \\{subword-mode-map}
31300
31301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31302
31303 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
31304 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
31305 See the `global-subword-mode' command
31306 for a description of this minor mode.
31307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31308 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31309 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
31310
31311 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
31312
31313 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
31314 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
31315 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
31316 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31317 ARG is omitted or nil.
31318
31319 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31320 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
31321 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
31322
31323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31324
31325 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
31326 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
31327 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
31328 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31329 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31330
31331 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31332 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
31333 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
31334 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
31335
31336 \\{superword-mode-map}
31337
31338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31339
31340 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
31341 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
31342 See the `global-superword-mode' command
31343 for a description of this minor mode.
31344 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31345 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31346 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
31347
31348 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
31349
31350 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
31351 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
31352 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
31353 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31354 ARG is omitted or nil.
31355
31356 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31357 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
31358 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
31359
31360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31361
31362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subword" '("superword-mode-map" "subword-")))
31363
31364 ;;;***
31365 \f
31366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (0 0 0 0))
31367 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
31368
31369 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
31370 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
31371 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
31372 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
31373 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
31374 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
31375 original message but it does require a few things:
31376
31377 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
31378
31379 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
31380 reply buffer.
31381
31382 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
31383 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
31384 original message.
31385
31386 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
31387
31388 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
31389
31390 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
31391 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
31392 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
31393
31394 \(fn)" nil nil)
31395
31396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "supercite" '("sc-")))
31397
31398 ;;;***
31399 \f
31400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "svg" "svg.el" (0 0 0 0))
31401 ;;; Generated autoloads from svg.el
31402
31403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "svg" '("svg-")))
31404
31405 ;;;***
31406 \f
31407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
31408 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
31409
31410 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
31411
31412 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
31413 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31414 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
31415 for a description of this minor mode.
31416 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31417 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31418 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
31419
31420 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
31421
31422 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
31423 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
31424 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
31425 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31426 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31427
31428 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
31429 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
31430 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
31431
31432 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
31433 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
31434 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
31435
31436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31437
31438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "t-mouse" '("gpm-mouse-")))
31439
31440 ;;;***
31441 \f
31442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (0 0 0 0))
31443 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
31444
31445 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
31446 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
31447 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31448 buffer.
31449
31450 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31451 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31452 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31453
31454 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31455
31456 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
31457 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
31458 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
31459 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
31460 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31461 buffer.
31462
31463 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31464 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31465 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31466
31467 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31468
31469 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tabify" '("tabify-regexp")))
31470
31471 ;;;***
31472 \f
31473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (0 0 0 0))
31474 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
31475
31476 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
31477 Insert an editable text table.
31478 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
31479 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
31480 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
31481 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
31482 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
31483 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
31484 delimiting them.
31485
31486 Examples:
31487
31488 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
31489
31490 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
31491 location of point.
31492
31493 -!-
31494
31495 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
31496 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
31497 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
31498 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
31499 first cell.
31500
31501 +-----+-----+-----+
31502 |-!- | | |
31503 +-----+-----+-----+
31504
31505 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
31506
31507 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
31508 width, which results as
31509
31510 +--------------+-----+-----+
31511 |-!- | | |
31512 +--------------+-----+-----+
31513
31514 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
31515 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
31516
31517 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31518 | | |-!- |
31519 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31520
31521 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
31522 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
31523 width information to `table-insert'.
31524
31525 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
31526
31527 instead of
31528
31529 Cell width(s): 5
31530
31531 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
31532 work all together.
31533
31534 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
31535 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
31536
31537 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31538 |-!- | | |
31539 | | | |
31540 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31541
31542 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
31543
31544 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31545 |-!- | | |
31546 | | | |
31547 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31548 | | | |
31549 | | | |
31550 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31551
31552 Move the point under the table as shown below.
31553
31554 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31555 | | | |
31556 | | | |
31557 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31558 | | | |
31559 | | | |
31560 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31561 -!-
31562
31563 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
31564 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
31565 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
31566
31567 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31568 | | | |
31569 | | | |
31570 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31571 | | | |
31572 | | | |
31573 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31574 |-!- | | |
31575 | | | |
31576 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31577
31578 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
31579 results.
31580
31581 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31582 | | | |
31583 | | | |
31584 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31585 | | |Text editing inside the table |
31586 | | |cell produces reasonably |
31587 | | |expected results.-!- |
31588 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31589 | | | |
31590 | | | |
31591 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31592
31593 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
31594
31595 \\{table-cell-map}
31596
31597 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
31598
31599 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
31600 Insert N table row(s).
31601 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
31602 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
31603 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
31604 are appended at the bottom of the table.
31605
31606 \(fn N)" t nil)
31607
31608 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
31609 Insert N table column(s).
31610 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
31611 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
31612 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
31613 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
31614
31615 \(fn N)" t nil)
31616
31617 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
31618 Insert row(s) or column(s).
31619 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
31620
31621 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
31622
31623 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
31624 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
31625 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
31626 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
31627 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
31628 all the table specific features.
31629
31630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31631
31632 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
31633
31634
31635 \(fn)" t nil)
31636
31637 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
31638 Recognize all tables within region.
31639 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
31640 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
31641 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
31642 specific features.
31643
31644 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31645
31646 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
31647
31648
31649 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
31650
31651 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
31652 Recognize a table at point.
31653 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
31654 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
31655 the table specific features.
31656
31657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31658
31659 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
31660
31661
31662 \(fn)" t nil)
31663
31664 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
31665 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
31666 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
31667 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
31668 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
31669 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
31670 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
31671
31672 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
31673
31674 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
31675
31676
31677 \(fn)" t nil)
31678
31679 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
31680 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
31681 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
31682 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
31683 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
31684 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
31685 specified.
31686
31687 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
31688
31689 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
31690 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
31691 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
31692 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
31693 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
31694 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
31695 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
31696 table structure.
31697
31698 \(fn N)" t nil)
31699
31700 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
31701 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
31702 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
31703 table's rectangle structure.
31704
31705 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
31706
31707 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
31708 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
31709 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
31710 table's rectangle structure.
31711
31712 \(fn N)" t nil)
31713
31714 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
31715 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
31716 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
31717 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
31718 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
31719
31720 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
31721
31722 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
31723 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
31724 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
31725
31726 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
31727 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
31728 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
31729 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
31730 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
31731 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
31732 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
31733
31734 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31735 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
31736 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
31737 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
31738 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
31739 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
31740 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31741
31742 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
31743 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
31744 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
31745 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
31746 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
31747 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
31748 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
31749 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31750
31751 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
31752
31753 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
31754 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
31755 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
31756 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
31757
31758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31759
31760 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
31761 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
31762 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
31763
31764 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
31765
31766 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
31767 Split current cell vertically.
31768 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
31769
31770 \(fn)" t nil)
31771
31772 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
31773 Split current cell horizontally.
31774 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
31775
31776 \(fn)" t nil)
31777
31778 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
31779 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
31780 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
31781
31782 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
31783
31784 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
31785 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
31786 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
31787 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
31788
31789 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31790
31791 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
31792 Justify cell contents.
31793 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
31794 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
31795 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
31796 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
31797
31798 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
31799
31800 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
31801 Justify cells of a row.
31802 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
31803 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
31804
31805 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31806
31807 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
31808 Justify cells of a column.
31809 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
31810 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
31811
31812 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31813
31814 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
31815 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
31816 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
31817 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
31818 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
31819 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
31820 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
31821 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
31822 run-time.
31823
31824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31825
31826 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
31827 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
31828 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
31829 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
31830 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
31831 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
31832 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
31833 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
31834 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
31835 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
31836 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
31837
31838 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
31839
31840 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
31841 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
31842 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
31843 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
31844 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
31845 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
31846 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
31847 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
31848 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
31849 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
31850 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
31851 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
31852 untouched.
31853
31854 References used for this implementation:
31855
31856 HTML:
31857 URL `http://www.w3.org'
31858
31859 LaTeX:
31860 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
31861
31862 CALS (DocBook DTD):
31863 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
31864 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
31865
31866 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
31867
31868 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
31869 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
31870 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
31871 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
31872 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
31873 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
31874 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
31875 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
31876 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
31877 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
31878 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
31879 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
31880 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
31881 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
31882 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
31883 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
31884 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
31885
31886 Example:
31887
31888 (progn
31889 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
31890 (table-forward-cell 15)
31891 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
31892 (table-forward-cell 16)
31893 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
31894 (table-forward-cell 1)
31895 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
31896
31897 (progn
31898 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
31899 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
31900 (table-forward-cell 1)
31901 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
31902
31903 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31904
31905 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
31906 Delete N row(s) of cells.
31907 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
31908 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
31909 consists from cells of same height.
31910
31911 \(fn N)" t nil)
31912
31913 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
31914 Delete N column(s) of cells.
31915 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
31916 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
31917 column must consists from cells of same width.
31918
31919 \(fn N)" t nil)
31920
31921 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
31922 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
31923 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
31924 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
31925 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
31926 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
31927 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
31928 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
31929 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
31930 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
31931 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
31932 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
31933 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
31934 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
31935 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
31936
31937
31938 Example 1:
31939
31940 1, 2, 3, 4
31941 5, 6, 7, 8
31942 , 9, 10
31943
31944 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
31945 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
31946 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
31947 specified as 5.
31948
31949 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31950 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
31951 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31952 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
31953 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31954 | | 9 | 10 | |
31955 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31956
31957 Note:
31958
31959 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
31960 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
31961 of each row is optional.
31962
31963
31964 Example 2:
31965
31966 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
31967 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
31968 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
31969 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
31970 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
31971
31972 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
31973 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
31974
31975 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
31976 expression and raw delimiter regular
31977 expression, it parses the specified text
31978 area and extracts cell items from
31979 non-table text and then forms a table out
31980 of them.
31981
31982 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
31983 creates a single cell table. The text in
31984 the specified region is placed in that
31985 cell.-*-
31986
31987 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
31988 like this.
31989
31990 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
31991 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
31992 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
31993 | |
31994 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
31995 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
31996 | expression, it parses the specified text |
31997 | area and extracts cell items from |
31998 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
31999 | of them. |
32000 | |
32001 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
32002 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
32003 | the specified region is placed in that |
32004 | cell. |
32005 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32006
32007 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
32008 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
32009 independently.
32010
32011 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32012 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32013 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32014 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32015 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
32016 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
32017 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
32018 | |area and extracts cell items from |
32019 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
32020 | |of them. |
32021 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32022 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
32023 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
32024 | |the specified region is placed in that |
32025 | |cell. |
32026 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32027
32028 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
32029 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
32030 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
32031
32032 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
32033
32034 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
32035 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
32036 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
32037 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
32038 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
32039
32040 \(fn)" t nil)
32041
32042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "table" '("table-" "*table--")))
32043
32044 ;;;***
32045 \f
32046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32047 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
32048
32049 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
32050 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
32051
32052 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
32053
32054 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
32055 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
32056
32057 \(fn)" t nil)
32058
32059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "talk" '("talk-")))
32060
32061 ;;;***
32062 \f
32063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32064 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
32065
32066 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
32067 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
32068 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
32069 Letters no longer insert themselves.
32070 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
32071 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
32072 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
32073
32074 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
32075 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
32076 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
32077 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
32078
32079 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
32080 \\{tar-mode-map}
32081
32082 \(fn)" t nil)
32083
32084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tar-mode" '("tar-")))
32085
32086 ;;;***
32087 \f
32088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (0 0 0 0))
32089 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
32090
32091 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
32092 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
32093 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
32094 Tab indents for Tcl code.
32095 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
32096 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
32097
32098 Variables controlling indentation style:
32099 `tcl-indent-level'
32100 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
32101 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
32102 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
32103
32104 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
32105 documentation for details):
32106 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
32107 Controls action of TAB key.
32108 `tcl-auto-newline'
32109 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
32110 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
32111 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
32112 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
32113 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
32114
32115 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
32116 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
32117 already exist.
32118
32119 \(fn)" t nil)
32120
32121 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
32122 Run inferior Tcl process.
32123 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
32124 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
32125
32126 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
32127
32128 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
32129 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
32130 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
32131
32132 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
32133
32134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcl" '("tcl-" "calculate-tcl-indent" "inferior-tcl-" "indent-tcl-exp" "add-log-tcl-defun" "run-tcl" "switch-to-tcl")))
32135
32136 ;;;***
32137 \f
32138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-ses" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" (0
32139 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
32140 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el
32141
32142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-ses" '("ses-exercise")))
32143
32144 ;;;***
32145 \f
32146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-unsafep" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32147 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el
32149
32150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-unsafep" '("testcover-unsafep")))
32151
32152 ;;;***
32153 \f
32154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
32155 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
32156
32157 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
32158 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32159 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
32160 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
32161
32162 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
32163 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
32164 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
32165 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
32166 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32167
32168 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
32169
32170 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
32171 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32172 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
32173 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32174
32175 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
32176
32177 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "telnet" '("telnet-" "send-process-next-char")))
32178
32179 ;;;***
32180 \f
32181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tempo" "tempo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32182 ;;; Generated autoloads from tempo.el
32183
32184 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tempo" '("tempo-")))
32185
32186 ;;;***
32187 \f
32188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (0 0 0 0))
32189 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
32190
32191 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
32192 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
32193 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
32194 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
32195 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
32196 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
32197
32198 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
32199
32200 (autoload 'term "term" "\
32201 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32202 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
32203 commands to use in that buffer.
32204
32205 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
32206
32207 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
32208
32209 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
32210 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32211
32212 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
32213
32214 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
32215 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
32216 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
32217 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
32218 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
32219 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
32220 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
32221 `serial-process-configure' for details.
32222 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
32223 use in that buffer.
32224 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
32225
32226 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
32227
32228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "term" '("serial-" "term-" "ansi-term-color-vector" "explicit-shell-file-name")))
32229
32230 ;;;***
32231 \f
32232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (0 0
32233 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32234 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
32235
32236 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
32237 Start coverage on function under point.
32238
32239 \(fn)" t nil)
32240
32241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "testcover" '("testcover-")))
32242
32243 ;;;***
32244 \f
32245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (0 0 0 0))
32246 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
32247 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32248
32249 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
32250 Play the Tetris game.
32251 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
32252 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
32253 as to form complete rows.
32254
32255 tetris-mode keybindings:
32256 \\<tetris-mode-map>
32257 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
32258 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
32259 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
32260 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
32261 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
32262 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
32263 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
32264 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
32265
32266 \(fn)" t nil)
32267
32268 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tetris" '("tetris-")))
32269
32270 ;;;***
32271 \f
32272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32273 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
32274
32275 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
32276 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
32277
32278 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
32279
32280 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
32281 Directory in which temporary files are written.
32282 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
32283 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
32284 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
32285
32286 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
32287
32288 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
32289 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
32290 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
32291 if it matches the first line of the file,
32292 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
32293
32294 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
32295
32296 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
32297 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
32298 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
32299 if the variable is non-nil.")
32300
32301 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
32302
32303 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
32304 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
32305
32306 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
32307
32308 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
32309 Command used to run TeX subjob.
32310 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32311 See the documentation of that variable.")
32312
32313 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32314
32315 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
32316 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
32317 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32318 See the documentation of that variable.")
32319
32320 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32321
32322 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
32323 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
32324 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32325 See the documentation of that variable.")
32326
32327 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32328
32329 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
32330 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
32331 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
32332 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
32333 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32334
32335 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
32336
32337 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
32338 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
32339 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
32340 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32341
32342 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
32343
32344 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
32345 User defined LaTeX block names.
32346 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
32347
32348 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
32349
32350 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
32351 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
32352 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32353 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32354
32355 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
32356
32357 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32358 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
32359 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32360 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32361
32362 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32363
32364 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32365 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
32366 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32367 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
32368
32369 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
32370 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
32371 for example,
32372
32373 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32374 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
32375
32376 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
32377 use.")
32378
32379 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32380
32381 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
32382 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
32383 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
32384 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32385 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
32386
32387 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
32388
32389 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
32390
32391 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
32392 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
32393 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
32394
32395 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
32396
32397 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
32398 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
32399 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
32400 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
32401 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
32402
32403 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
32404
32405 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32406 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
32407
32408 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
32409
32410 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32411 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
32412
32413 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
32414
32415 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32416 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
32417 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
32418 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
32419 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
32420 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
32421 says which mode to use.
32422
32423 \(fn)" t nil)
32424
32425 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
32426
32427 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
32428
32429 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
32430
32431 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32432 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
32433 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32434 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
32435 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
32436
32437 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
32438 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
32439 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
32440 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
32441 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
32442 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
32443 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
32444
32445 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
32446 mismatched $'s or braces.
32447
32448 Special commands:
32449 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
32450
32451 Mode variables:
32452 tex-run-command
32453 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
32454 tex-directory
32455 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
32456 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
32457 tex-dvi-print-command
32458 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
32459 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32460 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
32461 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32462 tex-dvi-view-command
32463 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
32464 tex-show-queue-command
32465 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
32466 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
32467
32468 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32469 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
32470 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32471
32472 \(fn)" t nil)
32473
32474 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32475 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
32476 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32477 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
32478 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
32479
32480 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
32481 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
32482 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
32483 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
32484 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
32485 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
32486 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
32487
32488 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
32489 mismatched $'s or braces.
32490
32491 Special commands:
32492 \\{latex-mode-map}
32493
32494 Mode variables:
32495 latex-run-command
32496 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
32497 tex-directory
32498 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
32499 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
32500 tex-dvi-print-command
32501 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
32502 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32503 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
32504 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32505 tex-dvi-view-command
32506 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
32507 tex-show-queue-command
32508 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
32509 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
32510
32511 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
32512 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
32513 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32514
32515 \(fn)" t nil)
32516
32517 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32518 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
32519 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32520 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
32521 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
32522
32523 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
32524 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
32525 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
32526 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
32527 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
32528 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
32529 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
32530
32531 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
32532 mismatched $'s or braces.
32533
32534 Special commands:
32535 \\{slitex-mode-map}
32536
32537 Mode variables:
32538 slitex-run-command
32539 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
32540 tex-directory
32541 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
32542 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
32543 tex-dvi-print-command
32544 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
32545 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32546 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
32547 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32548 tex-dvi-view-command
32549 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
32550 tex-show-queue-command
32551 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
32552 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
32553
32554 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32555 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
32556 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
32557 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32558
32559 \(fn)" t nil)
32560
32561 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
32562
32563
32564 \(fn)" nil nil)
32565
32566 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32567 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
32568
32569 \(fn)" t nil)
32570
32571 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tex-mode" '("tex-" "doctex-font-lock-" "latex-" "plain-tex-mode-map")))
32572
32573 ;;;***
32574 \f
32575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32576 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
32577
32578 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
32579 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
32580 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32581 name specified in the @setfilename command.
32582
32583 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
32584 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
32585 `Info-split' to do these manually.
32586
32587 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32588
32589 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
32590 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
32591 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
32592 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
32593 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
32594
32595 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
32596
32597 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
32598 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
32599 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32600 names specified in the @setfilename command.
32601
32602 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
32603 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
32604 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
32605 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
32606
32607 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
32608 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
32609
32610 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32611
32612 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfmt" '("batch-texinfo-format" "texinf")))
32613
32614 ;;;***
32615 \f
32616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32617 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
32618
32619 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32620 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
32621
32622 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
32623
32624 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32625 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
32626
32627 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
32628
32629 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
32630 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
32631
32632 It has these extra commands:
32633 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
32634
32635 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
32636 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
32637 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
32638 modified version of TeX input format.
32639
32640 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
32641 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
32642 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
32643 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
32644
32645 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
32646 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
32647 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
32648 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
32649 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
32650 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
32651 in the Texinfo file.
32652
32653 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
32654 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
32655 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
32656 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
32657 move forward past the closing brace.
32658
32659 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
32660 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
32661
32662 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
32663 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
32664 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
32665
32666 Here are the functions:
32667
32668 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
32669 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
32670 texinfo-sequential-node-update
32671
32672 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
32673 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
32674 texinfo-master-menu
32675
32676 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
32677
32678 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
32679 which menu descriptions are indented.
32680
32681 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
32682 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
32683 in the region.
32684
32685 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
32686 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
32687 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
32688 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
32689
32690 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
32691 be the first node in the file.
32692
32693 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
32694 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
32695
32696 \(fn)" t nil)
32697
32698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfo" '("texinfo-")))
32699
32700 ;;;***
32701 \f
32702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" (0 0
32703 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32704 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
32705
32706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texnfo-upd" '("texinfo-")))
32707
32708 ;;;***
32709 \f
32710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (0 0 0
32711 ;;;;;; 0))
32712 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
32713
32714 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
32715 Compose Thai characters in the region.
32716 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32717 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
32718
32719 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32720
32721 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
32722 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
32723
32724 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
32725
32726 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
32727 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
32728
32729 \(fn)" t nil)
32730
32731 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
32732
32733
32734 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
32735
32736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-util" '("exit-thai-language-environment-internal" "setup-thai-language-environment-internal" "thai-")))
32737
32738 ;;;***
32739 \f
32740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-word" "language/thai-word.el" (0 0 0
32741 ;;;;;; 0))
32742 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-word.el
32743
32744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-word" '("thai-")))
32745
32746 ;;;***
32747 \f
32748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32749 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
32750
32751 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
32752 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
32753 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32754 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32755 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32756 `line', and `page'.
32757
32758 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
32759
32760 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32761 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
32762 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32763 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32764 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32765 `line', and `page'.
32766
32767 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
32768 valid THING.
32769
32770 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
32771 positions of the thing found.
32772
32773 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
32774
32775 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32776 Return the THING at point.
32777 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32778 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32779 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32780 `line', `number', and `page'.
32781
32782 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
32783 strip text properties from the return value.
32784
32785 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
32786 a symbol as a valid THING.
32787
32788 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
32789
32790 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32791 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
32792
32793 \(fn)" nil nil)
32794
32795 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32796 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
32797
32798 \(fn)" nil nil)
32799
32800 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32801 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
32802
32803 \(fn)" nil nil)
32804
32805 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32806 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
32807
32808 \(fn)" nil nil)
32809
32810 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thingatpt" '("form-at-point" "thing-at-point-" "sentence-at-point" "word-at-point" "in-string-p" "end-of-thing" "beginning-of-thing")))
32811
32812 ;;;***
32813 \f
32814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (0 0 0 0))
32815 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
32816
32817 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
32818 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
32819
32820 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
32821
32822 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
32823 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
32824 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
32825 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
32826
32827 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
32828
32829 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
32830 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
32831
32832 \(fn)" t nil)
32833
32834 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
32835 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
32836
32837 \(fn)" t nil)
32838
32839 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
32840
32841 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
32842 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
32843
32844 \(fn)" t nil)
32845
32846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thumbs" '("thumbs-")))
32847
32848 ;;;***
32849 \f
32850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32851 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
32852 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
32853
32854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thunk" '("thunk-")))
32855
32856 ;;;***
32857 \f
32858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (0 0
32859 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32860 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
32861
32862 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
32863 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
32864 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
32865
32866 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
32867
32868 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
32869 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
32870
32871 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32872
32873 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
32874 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
32875 The returned string has no composition information.
32876
32877 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32878
32879 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
32880 Compose Tibetan string STR.
32881
32882 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32883
32884 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
32885 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
32886
32887 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32888
32889 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
32890 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
32891 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
32892 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
32893
32894 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32895
32896 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
32897 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
32898 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
32899 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
32900
32901 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32902
32903 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
32904 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
32905 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
32906
32907 \(fn)" t nil)
32908
32909 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
32910 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
32911 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
32912
32913 \(fn)" t nil)
32914
32915 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
32916
32917
32918 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
32919
32920 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
32921
32922
32923 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32924
32925 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
32926
32927
32928 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32929
32930 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tibet-util" '("tibetan-")))
32931
32932 ;;;***
32933 \f
32934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (0 0 0 0))
32935 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
32936 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32937
32938 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
32939 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
32940 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
32941 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
32942 parameters.
32943 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
32944 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
32945 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
32946
32947 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
32948
32949 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
32950 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
32951 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
32952 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
32953 parameters.
32954 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
32955 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
32956 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
32957
32958 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
32959
32960 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
32961 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
32962
32963 If
32964 * character before point is a space character,
32965 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
32966 constituent),
32967 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
32968 characters) from before the space character, and
32969 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
32970 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
32971 return t.
32972
32973 Otherwise, if
32974 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
32975 * character before point is a space character, and
32976 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
32977 `tildify-space-string' variable,
32978 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
32979
32980 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
32981
32982 \(fn)" t nil)
32983
32984 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
32985 Adds electric behavior to space character.
32986
32987 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
32988 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
32989 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
32990 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
32991
32992 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
32993 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
32994 variable will be set to the representation.
32995
32996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32997
32998 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tildify" '("tildify-")))
32999
33000 ;;;***
33001 \f
33002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (0 0 0 0))
33003 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
33004
33005 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
33006 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
33007
33008 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
33009 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
33010
33011 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
33012 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33013 This display updates automatically every minute.
33014 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
33015 are displayed as well.
33016 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33017
33018 \(fn)" t nil)
33019
33020 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
33021 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
33022 See the `display-time-mode' command
33023 for a description of this minor mode.
33024 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33025 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33026 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
33027
33028 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
33029
33030 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
33031 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33032 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
33033 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33034 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
33035
33036 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
33037 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
33038 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
33039 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
33040 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33041
33042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33043
33044 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
33045 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
33046 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
33047 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
33048
33049 \(fn)" t nil)
33050
33051 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
33052 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
33053 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
33054 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
33055
33056 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
33057
33058 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
33059 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
33060
33061 \(fn)" t nil)
33062
33063 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time" '("display-time-" "legacy-style-world-list" "zoneinfo-style-world-list")))
33064
33065 ;;;***
33066 \f
33067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (0 0 0
33068 ;;;;;; 0))
33069 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
33070
33071 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
33072 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33073 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
33074
33075 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33076
33077 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
33078
33079 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
33080 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
33081
33082 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
33083
33084 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
33085 Convert DAYS into a time value.
33086
33087 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
33088
33089 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
33090 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
33091 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
33092
33093 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33094
33095 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract "25.2")
33096
33097 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
33098 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
33099 DATE should be a date-time string.
33100
33101 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33102
33103 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
33104 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
33105 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
33106
33107 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
33108
33109 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
33110 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
33111
33112 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
33113
33114 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
33115 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
33116
33117 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33118
33119 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
33120 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
33121 TIME should be a time value.
33122 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
33123
33124 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33125
33126 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
33127 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33128 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
33129
33130 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33131
33132 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
33133 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
33134 The valid format specifiers are:
33135 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
33136 %d is the number of days.
33137 %h is the number of hours.
33138 %m is the number of minutes.
33139 %s is the number of seconds.
33140 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
33141 %% is a literal \"%\".
33142
33143 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
33144 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
33145
33146 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
33147 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
33148 return something of the form \"001 year\".
33149
33150 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
33151 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
33152 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
33153
33154 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
33155
33156 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
33157
33158 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
33159 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
33160
33161 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
33162
33163 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-date" '("seconds-to-string" "time-" "encode-time-value" "with-decoded-time-value")))
33164
33165 ;;;***
33166 \f
33167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33168 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
33169 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33170 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
33171 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33172 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33173 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33174 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
33175 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33176 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33177
33178 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
33179 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
33180 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
33181 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
33182 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
33183 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
33184 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
33185 look like one of the following:
33186 Time-stamp: <>
33187 Time-stamp: \" \"
33188 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
33189 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
33190 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
33191 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
33192 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
33193 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
33194 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
33195 the template.
33196
33197 \(fn)" t nil)
33198
33199 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
33200 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
33201 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
33202
33203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33204
33205 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-stamp" '("time-stamp-")))
33206
33207 ;;;***
33208 \f
33209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (0 0 0
33210 ;;;;;; 0))
33211 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
33212 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33213
33214 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
33215 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
33216 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
33217 for a description of this minor mode.
33218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33219 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33220 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
33221
33222 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
33223
33224 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
33225 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
33226 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
33227 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
33228 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
33229 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
33230 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
33231 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
33232 display (non-nil means on).
33233
33234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33235
33236 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
33237 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33238 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
33239 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
33240 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
33241 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
33242 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
33243 this function is called within a day.
33244
33245 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
33246 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
33247 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
33248 discover the name of the project.
33249
33250 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
33251
33252 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
33253 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33254 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
33255 begun during the last time segment.
33256
33257 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
33258 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
33259 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
33260 discover the reason.
33261
33262 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
33263
33264 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
33265 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
33266 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
33267 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
33268 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
33269
33270 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33271
33272 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
33273 Change to working on a different project.
33274 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
33275 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
33276 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
33277 working on.
33278
33279 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
33280
33281 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
33282 Ask the user whether to clock out.
33283 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
33284
33285 \(fn)" nil nil)
33286
33287 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
33288 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
33289 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
33290
33291 \(fn)" t nil)
33292
33293 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
33294 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
33295 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
33296 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
33297 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
33298 \"relative to today\".
33299
33300 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33301
33302 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
33303 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
33304 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
33305 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
33306
33307 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
33308
33309 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
33310 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
33311 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
33312 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
33313 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
33314 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
33315
33316 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33317
33318 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timeclock" '("timeclock-")))
33319
33320 ;;;***
33321 \f
33322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timer-list" "emacs-lisp/timer-list.el" (0
33323 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
33324 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer-list.el
33325
33326 (autoload 'timer-list "timer-list" "\
33327 List all timers in a buffer.
33328
33329 \(fn &optional IGNORE-AUTO NONCONFIRM)" t nil)
33330 (put 'timer-list 'disabled "Beware: manually canceling timers can ruin your Emacs session.")
33331
33332 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timer-list" '("timer-list-")))
33333
33334 ;;;***
33335 \f
33336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "timezone.el" (0 0 0 0))
33337 ;;; Generated autoloads from timezone.el
33338
33339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timezone" '("timezone-")))
33340
33341 ;;;***
33342 \f
33343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
33344 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
33345 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
33346
33347 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33348 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
33349 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
33350 the generated Quail package is saved.
33351
33352 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
33353
33354 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33355 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
33356 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
33357 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
33358 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
33359 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
33360 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
33361
33362 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
33363
33364 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "titdic-cnv" '("batch-miscdic-convert" "miscdic-convert" "ctlau-" "ziranma-converter" "py-converter" "quail-" "quick-" "tit-" "tsang-")))
33365
33366 ;;;***
33367 \f
33368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tls" "net/tls.el" (0 0 0 0))
33369 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tls.el
33370
33371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tls" '("open-tls-stream" "tls-")))
33372
33373 ;;;***
33374 \f
33375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (0 0 0 0))
33376 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
33377 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
33378 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
33379
33380 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
33381 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33382 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33383 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
33384 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
33385
33386 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
33387 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
33388 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
33389
33390 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
33391
33392 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
33393 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33394 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
33395 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
33396 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33397
33398 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
33399
33400 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
33401 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
33402 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
33403 in the menu in two ways:
33404 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
33405 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
33406 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
33407
33408 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
33409 keymap or an alist of alists.
33410 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
33411 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
33412
33413 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
33414
33415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tmm" '("tmm-")))
33416
33417 ;;;***
33418 \f
33419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (0 0 0
33420 ;;;;;; 0))
33421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
33422
33423 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
33424 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
33425
33426 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
33427 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
33428 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
33429 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
33430 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
33431 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
33432 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
33433 file was last visited.
33434
33435 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
33436 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
33437 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
33438 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
33439 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
33440 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
33441 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
33442 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
33443 for the first item.
33444
33445 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
33446 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
33447 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
33448 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
33449 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
33450 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
33451 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
33452 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
33453
33454 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
33455 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
33456 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
33457 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
33458 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
33459
33460 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
33461
33462 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
33463 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
33464
33465 \\{todo-mode-map}
33466
33467 \(fn)" t nil)
33468
33469 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
33470 Major mode for archived todo categories.
33471
33472 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
33473
33474 \(fn)" t nil)
33475
33476 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
33477 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
33478
33479 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
33480
33481 \(fn)" t nil)
33482
33483 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "todo-mode" '("todo-")))
33484
33485 ;;;***
33486 \f
33487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
33488 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
33489
33490 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
33491 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
33492 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
33493
33494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33495
33496 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
33497 Add an item to the tool bar.
33498 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33499 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33500 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33501 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33502
33503 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33504 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33505 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33506 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33507
33508 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33509 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
33510
33511 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33512
33513 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
33514 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
33515 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33516 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33517 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33518 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33519
33520 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33521 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33522 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33523 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33524
33525 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33526
33527 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33528 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
33529 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
33530 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33531 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33532 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33533 properties to add to the binding.
33534
33535 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
33536
33537 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33538 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
33539
33540 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33541
33542 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33543 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
33544 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
33545 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33546 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33547 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33548 properties to add to the binding.
33549
33550 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
33551 holds a keymap.
33552
33553 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33554
33555 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tool-bar" '("tool-bar-")))
33556
33557 ;;;***
33558 \f
33559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (0 0 0 0))
33560 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
33561
33562 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tooltip" '("tooltip-")))
33563
33564 ;;;***
33565 \f
33566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (0 0 0 0))
33567 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
33568
33569 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
33570 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
33571 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
33572 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
33573 to a tcp server on another machine.
33574
33575 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
33576
33577 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tq" '("tq-")))
33578
33579 ;;;***
33580 \f
33581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (0 0 0 0))
33582 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
33583
33584 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
33585 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
33586
33587 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
33588
33589 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
33590 Helper function to get internal values.
33591 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
33592
33593 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
33594
33595 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
33596 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
33597 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
33598 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
33599
33600 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
33601 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
33602 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
33603 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
33604 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
33605
33606 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
33607 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
33608 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
33609 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
33610
33611 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
33612
33613 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33614
33615 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
33616 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
33617 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
33618 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
33619
33620 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33621
33622 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
33623
33624 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trace" '("untrace-" "trace-" "inhibit-trace")))
33625
33626 ;;;***
33627 \f
33628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33629 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
33630
33631 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
33632 Whether Tramp is enabled.
33633 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
33634
33635 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
33636
33637 (defvar tramp-syntax 'ftp "\
33638 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
33639
33640 It can have the following values:
33641
33642 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP like syntax
33643 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs originally.")
33644
33645 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
33646
33647 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
33648 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
33649 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
33650
33651 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
33652
33653 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
33654 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
33655 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
33656
33657 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
33658 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
33659 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
33660 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
33661 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
33662 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
33663 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
33664 files which are not really Tramp files.
33665
33666 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
33667 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
33668 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
33669 updated after changing this variable.
33670
33671 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
33672
33673 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
33674 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
33675 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
33676
33677 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
33678
33679 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
33680 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
33681 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
33682
33683 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
33684 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
33685 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
33686
33687 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
33688 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
33689 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
33690 updated after changing this variable.
33691
33692 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
33693
33694 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
33695 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
33696 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
33697 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
33698 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args)
33699 (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))
33700
33701 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
33702 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
33703
33704 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
33705 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
33706
33707 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
33708
33709 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
33710
33711
33712 \(fn)" nil nil)
33713
33714 (defvar tramp-completion-mode nil "\
33715 If non-nil, external packages signal that they are in file name completion.
33716
33717 This is necessary, because Tramp uses a heuristic depending on last
33718 input event. This fails when external packages use other characters
33719 but <TAB>, <SPACE> or ?\\? for file name completion. This variable
33720 should never be set globally, the intention is to let-bind it.")
33721
33722 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
33723 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
33724
33725 \(fn)" t nil)
33726
33727 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp" '("tramp-" "with-")))
33728
33729 ;;;***
33730 \f
33731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-adb" "net/tramp-adb.el" (0 0 0 0))
33732 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-adb.el
33733
33734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-adb" '("tramp-")))
33735
33736 ;;;***
33737 \f
33738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cache" "net/tramp-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
33739 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cache.el
33740
33741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cache" '("tramp-")))
33742
33743 ;;;***
33744 \f
33745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cmds" "net/tramp-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
33746 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cmds.el
33747
33748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cmds" '("tramp-")))
33749
33750 ;;;***
33751 \f
33752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-compat" "net/tramp-compat.el" (0 0 0
33753 ;;;;;; 0))
33754 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-compat.el
33755
33756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-compat" '("tramp-compat-")))
33757
33758 ;;;***
33759 \f
33760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33761 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
33762
33763 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
33764
33765
33766 \(fn)" nil nil)
33767
33768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-ftp" '("tramp-")))
33769
33770 ;;;***
33771 \f
33772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gvfs" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
33773 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gvfs.el
33774
33775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gvfs" '("tramp-" "with-tramp-dbus-call-method")))
33776
33777 ;;;***
33778 \f
33779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gw" "net/tramp-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
33780 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gw.el
33781
33782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gw" '("tramp-gw-" "socks-")))
33783
33784 ;;;***
33785 \f
33786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-sh" "net/tramp-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
33787 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-sh.el
33788
33789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-sh" '("tramp-")))
33790
33791 ;;;***
33792 \f
33793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-smb" "net/tramp-smb.el" (0 0 0 0))
33794 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-smb.el
33795
33796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-smb" '("tramp-smb-")))
33797
33798 ;;;***
33799 \f
33800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-uu" "net/tramp-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
33801 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-uu.el
33802
33803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-uu" '("tramp-uu")))
33804
33805 ;;;***
33806 \f
33807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (0 0 0 0))
33808 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
33809 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 3 0)) package--builtin-versions)
33810
33811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trampver" '("tramp-")))
33812
33813 ;;;***
33814 \f
33815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tree-widget" "tree-widget.el" (0 0 0 0))
33816 ;;; Generated autoloads from tree-widget.el
33817
33818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tree-widget" '("tree-widget-")))
33819
33820 ;;;***
33821 \f
33822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (0 0 0 0))
33823 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
33824
33825 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
33826 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
33827 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
33828 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
33829 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
33830 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
33831 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
33832 any question when restarting the tutorial.
33833
33834 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
33835 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
33836 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
33837
33838 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
33839 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
33840 resumed later.
33841
33842 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
33843
33844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tutorial" '("get-lang-string" "lang-strings" "tutorial--")))
33845
33846 ;;;***
33847 \f
33848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
33849 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
33850
33851 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
33852
33853
33854 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
33855
33856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tv-util" '("tai-viet-")))
33857
33858 ;;;***
33859 \f
33860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (0 0
33861 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33862 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
33863 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
33864 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
33865 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
33866
33867 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
33868 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
33869 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
33870 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
33871 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
33872 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
33873 first and the associated buffer to its right.
33874
33875 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
33876
33877 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
33878 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
33879 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
33880 accepting the proposed default buffer.
33881
33882 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
33883
33884 \(fn)" t nil)
33885
33886 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
33887 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
33888 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
33889 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
33890 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
33891 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
33892 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
33893
33894 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
33895 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
33896
33897 First column's text sSs Second column's text
33898 \\___/\\
33899 / \\
33900 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
33901
33902 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
33903
33904 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
33905
33906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "two-column" '("2C-")))
33907
33908 ;;;***
33909 \f
33910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (0 0 0 0))
33911 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
33912
33913 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
33914 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
33915 See the `type-break-mode' command
33916 for a description of this minor mode.
33917 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33918 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33919 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
33920
33921 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
33922
33923 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
33924 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
33925 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
33926
33927 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
33928 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
33929 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
33930 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
33931 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
33932 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
33933 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
33934
33935 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
33936 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
33937
33938 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
33939 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
33940 reset the keystroke counter.
33941
33942 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
33943 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
33944 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
33945 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
33946
33947 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
33948 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
33949 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
33950 `type-break-schedule' command.
33951
33952 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
33953 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
33954 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
33955 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
33956 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
33957 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
33958 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
33959 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
33960 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
33961
33962 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
33963 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
33964 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
33965 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
33966 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
33967
33968 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
33969 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
33970 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
33971 approximate good values for this.
33972
33973 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
33974 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
33975
33976 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
33977 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
33978 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
33979 `type-break-warning-repeat'
33980 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
33981 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
33982
33983 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
33984 a typing break occur. They include:
33985
33986 `type-break-query-mode'
33987 `type-break-query-function'
33988 `type-break-query-interval'
33989
33990 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
33991
33992 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
33993 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
33994 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
33995 problems.
33996
33997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33998
33999 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
34000 Take a typing break.
34001
34002 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
34003 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
34004
34005 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
34006 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
34007
34008 \(fn)" t nil)
34009
34010 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
34011 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
34012 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
34013 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
34014
34015 \(fn)" t nil)
34016
34017 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
34018 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
34019
34020 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
34021 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
34022 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
34023 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
34024 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
34025 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
34026 average typing speed.)
34027
34028 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
34029 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
34030 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
34031 the computed maximum threshold.
34032
34033 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
34034 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
34035 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
34036 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
34037 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
34038
34039 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
34040
34041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "type-break" '("timep" "type-break-")))
34042
34043 ;;;***
34044 \f
34045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (0 0 0 0))
34046 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
34047
34048 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
34049 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
34050 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
34051 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
34052 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
34053
34054 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
34055
34056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uce" '("uce-")))
34057
34058 ;;;***
34059 \f
34060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
34061 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34062 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
34063
34064 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34065 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
34066
34067 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34068
34069 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34070 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
34071
34072 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34073
34074 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34075 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
34076
34077 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34078
34079 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34080 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
34081
34082 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34083
34084 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34085 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
34086
34087 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34088
34089 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34090 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
34091
34092 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34093
34094 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34095 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
34096
34097 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34098
34099 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34100 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
34101
34102 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34103
34104 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34105 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34106
34107 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34108
34109 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34110 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34111
34112 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34113
34114 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34115 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34116
34117 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34118
34119 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34120 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34121
34122 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34123
34124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ucs-normalize" '("ucs-normalize-" "utf-8-hfs")))
34125
34126 ;;;***
34127 \f
34128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (0 0 0
34129 ;;;;;; 0))
34130 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
34131
34132 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
34133 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
34134 Works by overstriking underscores.
34135 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34136 which specify the range to operate on.
34137
34138 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34139
34140 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
34141 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
34142 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34143 which specify the range to operate on.
34144
34145 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34146
34147 ;;;***
34148 \f
34149 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "undigest" "mail/undigest.el"
34150 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 843192 607000))
34151 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
34152
34153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "undigest" '("rmail-")))
34154
34155 ;;;***
34156 \f
34157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
34158 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
34159
34160 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
34161 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
34162 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
34163 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
34164 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
34165 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
34166
34167 \(fn)" nil nil)
34168
34169 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
34170 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
34171 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
34172
34173 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
34174
34175 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unrmail" '("unrmail-mbox-format")))
34176
34177 ;;;***
34178 \f
34179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (0 0 0 0))
34180 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
34181
34182 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
34183 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
34184 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
34185 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
34186
34187 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
34188
34189 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unsafep" '("unsafep-" "safe-functions")))
34190
34191 ;;;***
34192 \f
34193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (0 0 0 0))
34194 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
34195
34196 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
34197 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34198 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
34199 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
34200 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
34201
34202 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
34203 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
34204 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
34205 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
34206 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
34207 occurred. Each pair is one of:
34208
34209 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
34210 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
34211 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
34212
34213 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
34214 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
34215 the callback is not called).
34216
34217 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
34218 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
34219 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
34220 take effect.
34221
34222 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
34223 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
34224 the server.
34225 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
34226 URL-encoded before it's used.
34227
34228 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34229
34230 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
34231 Retrieve URL synchronously.
34232 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
34233 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
34234 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
34235
34236 If SILENT is non-nil, don't do any messaging while retrieving.
34237 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, refuse to store cookies. If
34238 TIMEOUT is passed, it should be a number that says (in seconds)
34239 how long to wait for a response before giving up.
34240
34241 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES TIMEOUT)" nil nil)
34242
34243 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url" '("url-")))
34244
34245 ;;;***
34246 \f
34247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-about" "url/url-about.el" (0 0 0 0))
34248 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-about.el
34249
34250 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-about" '("url-")))
34251
34252 ;;;***
34253 \f
34254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (0 0 0 0))
34255 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
34256
34257 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
34258 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
34259 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
34260
34261 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
34262 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
34263 `url-generic-parse-url'
34264 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
34265 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
34266 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
34267 realm
34268 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
34269 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
34270 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
34271 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
34272 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
34273 what type of auth to use
34274 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
34275 if one cannot be found in the cache
34276
34277 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
34278
34279 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
34280 Register an HTTP authentication method.
34281
34282 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
34283 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
34284 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
34285 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
34286 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
34287 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
34288 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
34289 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
34290
34291 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
34292
34293 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-auth" '("url-")))
34294
34295 ;;;***
34296 \f
34297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34298 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
34299
34300 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
34301 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
34302
34303 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
34304
34305 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
34306 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
34307 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
34308
34309 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34310
34311 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
34312 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
34313
34314 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
34315
34316 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cache" '("url-")))
34317
34318 ;;;***
34319 \f
34320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (0 0 0 0))
34321 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
34322
34323 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
34324
34325
34326 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34327
34328 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cid" '("url-cid-gnus")))
34329
34330 ;;;***
34331 \f
34332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (0 0 0 0))
34333 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
34334
34335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cookie" '("url-cookie")))
34336
34337 ;;;***
34338 \f
34339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
34340 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
34341
34342 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
34343 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
34344 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
34345
34346 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34347
34348 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
34349 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
34350 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
34351 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
34352
34353 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
34354 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
34355 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
34356 though.
34357
34358 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
34359
34360 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
34361 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
34362 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
34363
34364 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
34365
34366 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
34367
34368
34369 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34370
34371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dav" '("url-")))
34372
34373 ;;;***
34374 \f
34375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dired" "url/url-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
34376 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dired.el
34377
34378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dired" '("url-")))
34379
34380 ;;;***
34381 \f
34382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-domsuf" "url/url-domsuf.el" (0 0 0 0))
34383 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-domsuf.el
34384
34385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-domsuf" '("url-domsuf-")))
34386
34387 ;;;***
34388 \f
34389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-expand" "url/url-expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
34390 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-expand.el
34391
34392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-expand" '("url-")))
34393
34394 ;;;***
34395 \f
34396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
34397 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
34398
34399 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
34400 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
34401
34402 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
34403
34404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-file" '("url-file-")))
34405
34406 ;;;***
34407 \f
34408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ftp" "url/url-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34409 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ftp.el
34410
34411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ftp" '("url-ftp")))
34412
34413 ;;;***
34414 \f
34415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-future" "url/url-future.el" (0 0 0 0))
34416 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-future.el
34417
34418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-future" '("url-future-")))
34419
34420 ;;;***
34421 \f
34422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
34423 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
34424
34425 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
34426 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
34427
34428 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
34429
34430 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
34431 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
34432 Args per `open-network-stream'.
34433 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
34434 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
34435
34436 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
34437 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
34438
34439 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
34440
34441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-gw" '("url-")))
34442
34443 ;;;***
34444 \f
34445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (0 0 0
34446 ;;;;;; 0))
34447 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
34448
34449 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
34450 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
34451 See the `url-handler-mode' command
34452 for a description of this minor mode.
34453 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34454 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34455 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
34456
34457 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
34458
34459 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
34460 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
34461 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
34462 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
34463 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
34464
34465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34466
34467 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
34468 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34469 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
34470 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
34471
34472 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34473
34474 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
34475 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
34476 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
34477 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
34478 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
34479 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
34480 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
34481 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
34482 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
34483 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
34484
34485 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
34486
34487 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
34488 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
34489 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
34490 accessible.
34491
34492 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
34493
34494 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
34495 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
34496 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
34497 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
34498
34499 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34500
34501 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
34502
34503
34504 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34505
34506 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-handlers" '("url-")))
34507
34508 ;;;***
34509 \f
34510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-history" "url/url-history.el" (0 0 0 0))
34511 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
34512
34513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-history" '("url-")))
34514
34515 ;;;***
34516 \f
34517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (0 0 0 0))
34518 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
34519 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
34520
34521 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
34522 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
34523 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
34524 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
34525 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
34526
34527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-http" '("url-h")))
34528
34529 ;;;***
34530 \f
34531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-imap" "url/url-imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34532 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-imap.el
34533
34534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-imap" '("url-imap")))
34535
34536 ;;;***
34537 \f
34538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34539 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
34540
34541 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
34542
34543
34544 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34545
34546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-irc" '("url-irc-")))
34547
34548 ;;;***
34549 \f
34550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34551 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
34552
34553 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
34554 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
34555 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
34556 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
34557 `url-generic-parse-url'.
34558
34559 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34560
34561 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ldap" '("url-ldap-")))
34562
34563 ;;;***
34564 \f
34565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (0 0 0 0))
34566 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
34567
34568 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
34569
34570
34571 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
34572
34573 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
34574 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
34575
34576 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34577
34578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-mailto" '("url-mail-goto-field")))
34579
34580 ;;;***
34581 \f
34582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-methods" "url/url-methods.el" (0 0 0 0))
34583 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-methods.el
34584
34585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-methods" '("url-scheme-")))
34586
34587 ;;;***
34588 \f
34589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34590 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
34591
34592 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
34593 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
34594
34595 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34596
34597 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
34598 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
34599
34600 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34601
34602 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
34603
34604
34605 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34606
34607 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34608
34609 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34610
34611 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34612
34613 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
34614 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
34615
34616 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34617
34618 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-misc" '("url-do-terminal-emulator")))
34619
34620 ;;;***
34621 \f
34622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (0 0 0 0))
34623 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
34624
34625 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
34626
34627
34628 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34629
34630 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
34631
34632
34633 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34634
34635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-news" '("url-news-")))
34636
34637 ;;;***
34638 \f
34639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-nfs" "url/url-nfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
34640 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-nfs.el
34641
34642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-nfs" '("url-nfs")))
34643
34644 ;;;***
34645 \f
34646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
34647 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
34648
34649 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
34650
34651
34652 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34653
34654 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
34655
34656
34657 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
34658
34659 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
34660
34661
34662 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34663
34664 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
34665
34666
34667 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34668
34669 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
34670
34671
34672 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
34673
34674 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
34675
34676
34677 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
34678
34679 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
34680
34681
34682 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
34683
34684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ns" '("url-ns-")))
34685
34686 ;;;***
34687 \f
34688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
34689 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
34690
34691 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
34692 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
34693
34694 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
34695
34696 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
34697 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
34698 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
34699
34700 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
34701 USER is the user name (string or nil).
34702 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
34703 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
34704 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
34705 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
34706 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
34707 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
34708 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
34709 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
34710 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
34711 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
34712 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
34713 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
34714
34715 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
34716 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
34717 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
34718
34719 Here is an example. The URL
34720
34721 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
34722
34723 parses to
34724
34725 TYPE = \"foo\"
34726 USER = \"bob\"
34727 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
34728 HOST = \"example.com\"
34729 PORTSPEC = 42
34730 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
34731 TARGET = \"nose\"
34732 ATTRIBUTES = nil
34733 FULLNESS = t
34734
34735 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34736
34737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-parse" '("url-")))
34738
34739 ;;;***
34740 \f
34741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (0 0 0 0))
34742 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
34743
34744 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
34745 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
34746
34747 \(fn)" t nil)
34748
34749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-privacy" '("url-device-type")))
34750
34751 ;;;***
34752 \f
34753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-proxy" "url/url-proxy.el" (0 0 0 0))
34754 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-proxy.el
34755
34756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-proxy" '("url-")))
34757
34758 ;;;***
34759 \f
34760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (0 0 0 0))
34761 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
34762
34763 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
34764 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34765 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
34766 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
34767 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
34768 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
34769
34770 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34771
34772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-queue" '("url-queue")))
34773
34774 ;;;***
34775 \f
34776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34777 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
34778
34779 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
34780 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
34781 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
34782
34783 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
34784
34785 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
34786 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34787 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
34788 would have been passed to OPERATION.
34789
34790 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34791
34792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-tramp" '("url-tramp-convert-")))
34793
34794 ;;;***
34795 \f
34796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
34797 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
34798
34799 (defvar url-debug nil "\
34800 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
34801 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
34802
34803 If t, all messages will be logged.
34804 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
34805 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
34806
34807 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
34808
34809 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
34810
34811
34812 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34813
34814 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
34815
34816
34817 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
34818
34819 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
34820 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
34821 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
34822 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
34823 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
34824 & ==> &amp;
34825 < ==> &lt;
34826 > ==> &gt;
34827 \" ==> &quot;
34828
34829 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
34830
34831 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
34832 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
34833 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
34834
34835 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34836
34837 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
34838 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
34839 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
34840
34841 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34842
34843 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
34844 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
34845
34846 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
34847
34848 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
34849 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
34850
34851 \(fn X)" nil nil)
34852
34853 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
34854 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
34855
34856 \(fn X)" nil nil)
34857
34858 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
34859
34860
34861 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34862
34863 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
34864
34865
34866 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
34867
34868 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
34869
34870 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
34871 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
34872
34873 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
34874
34875 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
34876 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
34877
34878 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
34879
34880 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
34881
34882
34883 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
34884
34885 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
34886 Build a query-string.
34887
34888 Given a QUERY in the form:
34889 ((key1 val1)
34890 (key2 val2)
34891 (key3 val1 val2)
34892 (key4)
34893 (key5 \"\"))
34894
34895 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
34896
34897 This will return a string
34898 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
34899 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
34900 be used.
34901
34902 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
34903
34904 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
34905 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
34906
34907 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
34908
34909 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
34910 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
34911 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
34912 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
34913 forbidden in URL encoding.
34914
34915 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
34916
34917 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
34918 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
34919 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
34920 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
34921 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
34922 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
34923
34924 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
34925 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
34926 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
34927 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
34928
34929 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
34930
34931 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
34932 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
34933 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
34934 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
34935 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
34936 should return it unchanged.
34937
34938 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34939
34940 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
34941 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
34942 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
34943 of the file with the extension stripped off.
34944
34945 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
34946
34947 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
34948 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
34949 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
34950
34951 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
34952
34953 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
34954 View the current document's URL.
34955 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
34956 the minibuffer.
34957
34958 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
34959
34960 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
34961
34962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-util" '("url-")))
34963
34964 ;;;***
34965 \f
34966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-vars" "url/url-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
34967 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-vars.el
34968
34969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-vars" '("url-")))
34970
34971 ;;;***
34972 \f
34973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
34974 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
34975
34976 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
34977 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
34978 This function has a choice of three things to do:
34979 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
34980 to refrain from editing the file
34981 return t (grab the lock on the file)
34982 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
34983 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
34984 in any way you like.
34985
34986 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
34987
34988 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
34989 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
34990 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
34991 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
34992 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
34993
34994 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
34995 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
34996
34997 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
34998
34999 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "userlock" '("ask-user-about-" "file-")))
35000
35001 ;;;***
35002 \f
35003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35004 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
35005
35006 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35007
35008
35009 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35010
35011 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35012
35013
35014 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35015
35016 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35017
35018
35019 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35020
35021 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35022
35023
35024 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35025
35026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf-7" '("utf-7-")))
35027
35028 ;;;***
35029 \f
35030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "international/utf7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35031 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf7.el
35032
35033 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
35034 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
35035
35036 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
35037
35038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf7" '("utf7-")))
35039
35040 ;;;***
35041 \f
35042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
35043 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
35044
35045 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
35046 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
35047 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
35048 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
35049
35050 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35051
35052 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
35053 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
35054 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35055
35056 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35057
35058 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
35059 Uudecode region between START and END.
35060 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35061
35062 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
35063
35064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uudecode" '("uudecode-")))
35065
35066 ;;;***
35067 \f
35068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35069 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
35070
35071 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
35072 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
35073 See `run-hooks'.")
35074
35075 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
35076
35077 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
35078 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
35079 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
35080
35081 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35082
35083 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
35084 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
35085 See `run-hooks'.")
35086
35087 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35088
35089 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
35090 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
35091
35092 If FILE is already registered, return the
35093 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
35094 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
35095 responsible for FILE is returned.
35096
35097 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35098
35099 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
35100 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
35101 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
35102 same state. If not, signal an error.
35103
35104 For merging-based version control systems:
35105 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
35106 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
35107 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
35108 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
35109 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
35110 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
35111
35112 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
35113 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
35114 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
35115 the file(s) for editing.
35116 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
35117 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
35118 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
35119 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
35120 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
35121
35122 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
35123
35124 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
35125 Register into a version control system.
35126 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
35127 Otherwise register the current file.
35128 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
35129
35130 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
35131 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
35132 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
35133 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
35134 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
35135 first backend that could register the file is used.
35136
35137 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
35138
35139 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
35140 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
35141
35142 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35143
35144 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
35145 Display diffs between file revisions.
35146 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35147 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35148 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35149
35150 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35151 saving the buffer.
35152
35153 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35154
35155 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
35156 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
35157 repository history using ediff.
35158
35159 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35160
35161 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
35162 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
35163 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35164 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35165 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35166
35167 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35168 saving the buffer.
35169
35170 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35171
35172 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
35173 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
35174 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
35175 fileset with the working revision.
35176 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
35177 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35178
35179 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35180 saving the buffer.
35181
35182 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35183
35184 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
35185 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
35186 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
35187
35188 \(fn)" nil nil)
35189
35190 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
35191 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
35192 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
35193 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
35194
35195 \(fn REV)" t nil)
35196
35197 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
35198 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
35199 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
35200 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
35201
35202 \(fn)" t nil)
35203
35204 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
35205 Perform a version control merge operation.
35206 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35207 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
35208 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
35209 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
35210
35211 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
35212 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
35213 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
35214 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
35215 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
35216 changes from the current branch.
35217
35218 \(fn)" t nil)
35219
35220 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
35221 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
35222
35223 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
35224
35225 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
35226
35227 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
35228 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
35229 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
35230 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
35231 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
35232 checked out in that new branch.
35233
35234 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
35235
35236 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
35237 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
35238 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
35239 named branch in the directory DIR.
35240 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
35241 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
35242 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
35243 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
35244 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
35245 allowed and simply skipped).
35246
35247 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
35248
35249 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
35250 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
35251 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
35252 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35253 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35254
35255 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
35256 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
35257
35258 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
35259
35260 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
35261 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
35262 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35263 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35264 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
35265
35266 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
35267
35268 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
35269 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
35270 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35271
35272 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35273
35274 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
35275 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
35276 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35277
35278 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35279
35280 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
35281 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
35282
35283 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35284
35285 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
35286 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
35287 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
35288 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
35289
35290 \(fn)" t nil)
35291
35292 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
35293
35294 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
35295 Update the current fileset or branch.
35296 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35297 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
35298 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
35299 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
35300 command to run.
35301
35302 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
35303 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
35304 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
35305 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
35306 tip revision are merged into the working file.
35307
35308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35309
35310 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
35311
35312 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
35313 Push the current branch.
35314 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35315 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
35316 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
35317 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
35318 VCS command to run.
35319
35320 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
35321 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
35322
35323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35324
35325 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
35326 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
35327 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
35328 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
35329 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
35330 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
35331 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
35332
35333 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
35334
35335 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
35336 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
35337 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
35338 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
35339 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
35340 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
35341 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
35342 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
35343 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
35344
35345 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
35346
35347 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
35348 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
35349 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
35350 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35351
35352 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
35353
35354 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
35355 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
35356 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
35357 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35358
35359 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
35360
35361 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
35362 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
35363 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
35364 directory.
35365
35366 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
35367
35368 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
35369 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
35370 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
35371
35372 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
35373 log entries should be gathered.
35374
35375 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
35376
35377 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
35378 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
35379
35380 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
35381
35382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc" '("vc-" "with-vc-properties")))
35383
35384 ;;;***
35385 \f
35386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (0 0 0 0))
35387 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
35388
35389 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
35390 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
35391
35392 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
35393 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
35394 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
35395 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
35396 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
35397 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35398
35399 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
35400 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
35401 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
35402 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
35403 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
35404 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
35405 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
35406 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35407
35408 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
35409
35410 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
35411
35412 Customization variables:
35413
35414 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
35415 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
35416 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
35417 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
35418 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
35419 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
35420
35421 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
35422
35423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-annotate" '("vc-")))
35424
35425 ;;;***
35426 \f
35427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (0 0 0 0))
35428 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
35429
35430 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
35431 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
35432
35433 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
35434 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
35435 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
35436 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
35437 (progn
35438 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
35439 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
35440
35441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-bzr" '("vc-bzr-")))
35442
35443 ;;;***
35444 \f
35445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35446 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
35447 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
35448 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
35449 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
35450 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
35451 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
35452 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
35453
35454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-cvs" '("vc-cvs-")))
35455
35456 ;;;***
35457 \f
35458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dav" "vc/vc-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
35459 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dav.el
35460
35461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dav" '("vc-dav-")))
35462
35463 ;;;***
35464 \f
35465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (0 0 0 0))
35466 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
35467
35468 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
35469 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
35470 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
35471 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
35472 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
35473
35474 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
35475 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
35476 The file lines appear later.
35477
35478 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
35479 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
35480
35481 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
35482
35483 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
35484
35485 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
35486
35487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dir" '("vc-")))
35488
35489 ;;;***
35490 \f
35491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (0 0
35492 ;;;;;; 0 0))
35493 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
35494
35495 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
35496 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
35497 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
35498 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
35499 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
35500 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
35501 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
35502 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
35503 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
35504 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
35505 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
35506 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
35507 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
35508 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
35509 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
35510
35511 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
35512
35513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dispatcher" '("vc-")))
35514
35515 ;;;***
35516 \f
35517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-filewise" "vc/vc-filewise.el" (0 0 0 0))
35518 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-filewise.el
35519
35520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-filewise" '("vc-")))
35521
35522 ;;;***
35523 \f
35524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (0 0 0 0))
35525 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
35526 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
35527 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
35528 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
35529 (progn
35530 (load "vc-git" nil t)
35531 (vc-git-registered file))))
35532
35533 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-git" '("vc-git-")))
35534
35535 ;;;***
35536 \f
35537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (0 0 0 0))
35538 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
35539 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
35540 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
35541 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
35542 (progn
35543 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
35544 (vc-hg-registered file))))
35545
35546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-hg" '("vc-hg-")))
35547
35548 ;;;***
35549 \f
35550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35551 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
35552
35553 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
35554 Name of the monotone directory.")
35555
35556 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
35557 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
35558 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
35559 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
35560 (progn
35561 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
35562 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
35563
35564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-mtn" '("vc-mtn-")))
35565
35566 ;;;***
35567 \f
35568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35569 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
35570
35571 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
35572 Where to look for RCS master files.
35573 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35574
35575 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
35576
35577 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
35578
35579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-rcs" '("vc-r")))
35580
35581 ;;;***
35582 \f
35583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35584 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
35585
35586 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
35587 Where to look for SCCS master files.
35588 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35589
35590 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
35591
35592 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
35593
35594 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
35595 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
35596 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
35597 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
35598
35599 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-sccs" '("vc-sccs-")))
35600
35601 ;;;***
35602 \f
35603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
35604 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
35605
35606 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
35607 Where to look for SRC master files.
35608 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35609
35610 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
35611
35612 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
35613
35614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-src" '("vc-src-")))
35615
35616 ;;;***
35617 \f
35618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35619 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
35620 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
35621 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
35622 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
35623 "_svn")
35624 (t ".svn"))))
35625 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
35626 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
35627 (vc-svn-registered f))))
35628
35629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-svn" '("vc-svn-")))
35630
35631 ;;;***
35632 \f
35633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vcursor" "vcursor.el" (0 0 0 0))
35634 ;;; Generated autoloads from vcursor.el
35635
35636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vcursor" '("vcursor-")))
35637
35638 ;;;***
35639 \f
35640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (0 0 0
35641 ;;;;;; 0))
35642 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
35643 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
35644 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
35645
35646 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
35647 Major mode for editing Vera code.
35648
35649 Usage:
35650 ------
35651
35652 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
35653 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
35654 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
35655 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
35656
35657 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
35658 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
35659 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
35660 completions.
35661
35662 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
35663 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
35664
35665 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
35666 uncomments a region if already commented out.
35667
35668 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
35669 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
35670 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
35671
35672 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
35673
35674
35675 Maintenance:
35676 ------------
35677
35678 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
35679 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
35680
35681 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
35682
35683 Official distribution is at
35684 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
35685
35686
35687 The Vera Mode Maintainer
35688 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
35689
35690 Key bindings:
35691 -------------
35692
35693 \\{vera-mode-map}
35694
35695 \(fn)" t nil)
35696
35697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vera-mode" '("vera-")))
35698
35699 ;;;***
35700 \f
35701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
35702 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
35703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
35704
35705 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
35706 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
35707 \\<verilog-mode-map>
35708 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
35709 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
35710
35711 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
35712
35713 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
35714 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
35715
35716 Supports highlighting.
35717
35718 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
35719 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
35720
35721 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
35722
35723 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
35724 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
35725 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
35726 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
35727 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
35728 on the left side of your screen.
35729 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
35730 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
35731 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
35732 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
35733 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
35734 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
35735 function keyword.
35736 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
35737 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
35738 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
35739 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
35740 if (a)
35741 begin
35742 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
35743 Indentation for case statements.
35744 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
35745 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
35746 mark after an end.
35747 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
35748 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
35749 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
35750 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
35751 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
35752 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
35753 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
35754 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
35755 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
35756 if (a)
35757 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
35758 otherwise you get:
35759 if (a)
35760 begin
35761 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
35762 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
35763 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
35764 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
35765 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
35766 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
35767 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
35768 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
35769 comments in tight quarters.
35770 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
35771 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
35772
35773 Variables controlling other actions:
35774
35775 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
35776 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
35777 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
35778
35779 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
35780
35781 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
35782
35783 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
35784 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
35785 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
35786
35787 Some other functions are:
35788
35789 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
35790 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
35791 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
35792 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
35793 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
35794
35795 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
35796 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
35797 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
35798 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
35799
35800 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
35801 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
35802 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
35803 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
35804 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
35805 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
35806 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
35807 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
35808 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
35809 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
35810 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
35811 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
35812 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
35813 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
35814 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
35815 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
35816 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
35817 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
35818 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
35819 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
35820 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
35821 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
35822 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
35823 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
35824 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
35825 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
35826 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
35827 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
35828 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
35829 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
35830 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
35831
35832 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
35833 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
35834
35835 \\{verilog-mode-map}
35836
35837 \(fn)" t nil)
35838
35839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "verilog-mode" '("vl-" "verilog-" "electric-verilog-")))
35840
35841 ;;;***
35842 \f
35843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (0 0 0
35844 ;;;;;; 0))
35845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
35846
35847 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
35848 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
35849
35850 Usage:
35851 ------
35852
35853 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
35854 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
35855 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
35856 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
35857 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
35858 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
35859 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
35860 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
35861 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
35862
35863 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
35864 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
35865 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
35866 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
35867
35868 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
35869 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
35870 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
35871 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
35872 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
35873
35874 Template styles can be customized in customization group
35875 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
35876
35877
35878 HEADER INSERTION:
35879 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
35880 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
35881 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
35882
35883
35884 STUTTERING:
35885 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
35886 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
35887 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
35888 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
35889
35890 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
35891 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
35892 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
35893 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
35894 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
35895
35896
35897 WORD COMPLETION:
35898 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
35899 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
35900 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
35901 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
35902
35903 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
35904 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
35905 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
35906 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
35907 beginning with \"std\").
35908
35909 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
35910 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
35911 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
35912 stop.
35913
35914
35915 COMMENTS:
35916 `--' puts a single comment.
35917 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
35918 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
35919 with a comment in between.
35920 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
35921 out following lines.
35922 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
35923 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
35924 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
35925 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
35926
35927 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
35928 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
35929 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
35930 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
35931 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
35932 non-nil.
35933
35934 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
35935 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
35936 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
35937 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
35938 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
35939 multi-line comments.
35940
35941
35942 INDENTATION:
35943 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
35944 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
35945 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
35946 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
35947 the entire region.
35948
35949 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
35950 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
35951 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
35952 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
35953
35954 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
35955 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
35956 tabs and vice versa.
35957
35958 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
35959 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
35960
35961 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
35962 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
35963 line.
35964
35965
35966 ALIGNMENT:
35967 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
35968 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
35969 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
35970 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
35971 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
35972 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
35973 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
35974 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
35975
35976 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
35977 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
35978 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
35979 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
35980 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
35981 is non-nil.
35982
35983 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
35984 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
35985 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
35986
35987 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
35988 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
35989
35990
35991 CODE FILLING:
35992 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
35993 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
35994 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
35995 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
35996 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
35997 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
35998
35999
36000 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
36001 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
36002 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
36003 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
36004 command:
36005
36006 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
36007
36008
36009 PORT TRANSLATION:
36010 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
36011 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
36012 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
36013 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
36014 internal signal initializations (menu).
36015
36016 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
36017 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
36018 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
36019
36020 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
36021 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
36022 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
36023 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
36024 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
36025 in subsequent paste operations.)
36026
36027 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
36028 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
36029 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
36030
36031
36032 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
36033 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
36034 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
36035 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
36036 association list with formals).
36037
36038
36039 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
36040 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
36041 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
36042 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
36043 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
36044 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
36045 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
36046 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
36047 `vhdl-testbench'.
36048
36049
36050 KEY BINDINGS:
36051 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
36052
36053
36054 VHDL MENU:
36055 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
36056
36057
36058 FILE BROWSER:
36059 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
36060 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
36061 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
36062
36063 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
36064 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
36065
36066
36067 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
36068 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
36069 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
36070 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
36071
36072 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
36073 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
36074 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
36075
36076 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
36077 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
36078 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
36079 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
36080
36081 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
36082 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
36083 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
36084 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
36085 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
36086
36087 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
36088 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
36089 required by secondary units.
36090
36091
36092 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
36093 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
36094 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
36095 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
36096 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
36097 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
36098 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
36099 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
36100 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
36101 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
36102 inputs to this component -> input port created
36103 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
36104 outputs from this component -> output port created
36105 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
36106 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
36107
36108 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
36109 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
36110 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
36111 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
36112 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
36113
36114 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
36115 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
36116
36117 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
36118 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
36119 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
36120 component instantiation is also supported (option
36121 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
36122
36123 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
36124 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
36125 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
36126 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
36127 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
36128 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
36129 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
36130 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
36131 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
36132 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
36133 generating the configuration.
36134
36135 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
36136 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
36137 configurations in speedbar.
36138
36139 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
36140
36141
36142 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
36143 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
36144 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
36145 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
36146 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
36147 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
36148 information. New compilers can be added.
36149
36150 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
36151 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
36152
36153
36154 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
36155 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
36156 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
36157 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
36158 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36159
36160 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
36161 command:
36162
36163 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
36164 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
36165 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
36166
36167 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
36168 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
36169 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
36170 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
36171 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
36172 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
36173 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
36174 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
36175 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
36176
36177 Limitations:
36178 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
36179 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
36180 not (yet) supported.
36181 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
36182 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
36183 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
36184
36185
36186 PROJECTS:
36187 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
36188 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
36189 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
36190 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
36191 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
36192 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
36193 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
36194 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36195
36196 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
36197 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
36198 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
36199 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
36200 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
36201 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
36202 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
36203 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
36204 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
36205 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
36206 `vhdl-project-alist'.
36207
36208
36209 SPECIAL MENUES:
36210 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
36211 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
36212 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key [S-down-mouse-3] \\='imenu)\" to your start-up
36213 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
36214 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
36215 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
36216 current directory for VHDL source files.
36217
36218
36219 VHDL STANDARDS:
36220 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
36221 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
36222
36223
36224 KEYWORD CASE:
36225 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
36226 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
36227 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
36228 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
36229 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
36230 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
36231 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
36232 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
36233
36234
36235 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
36236 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
36237 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
36238 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
36239 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
36240 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
36241 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
36242
36243 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
36244 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
36245 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
36246 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
36247 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
36248 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
36249
36250 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
36251 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
36252 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
36253 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
36254 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
36255 visually.
36256
36257 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
36258 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
36259 highlighted if written in lower case.
36260
36261 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
36262 highlighted using a different background color if option
36263 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
36264
36265 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
36266 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
36267 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
36268 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
36269 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
36270
36271
36272 USER MODELS:
36273 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
36274 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
36275 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
36276
36277
36278 HIDE/SHOW:
36279 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
36280 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
36281 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
36282 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
36283 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
36284
36285
36286 CODE UPDATING:
36287 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
36288 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
36289 Limitations:
36290 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
36291 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
36292 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
36293 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
36294 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
36295 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
36296 (used to obtain the port names).
36297 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
36298 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
36299 sensitivity lists.
36300
36301
36302 CODE FIXING:
36303 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
36304 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
36305
36306
36307 PRINTING:
36308 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
36309 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
36310 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
36311 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
36312 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
36313 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
36314 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
36315 printers.
36316
36317
36318 OPTIONS:
36319 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
36320 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
36321 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
36322 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
36323 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
36324
36325 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
36326 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
36327 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
36328 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
36329 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
36330 INSTALL file).
36331
36332 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
36333 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
36334
36335
36336 FILE EXTENSIONS:
36337 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
36338 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
36339 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
36340
36341 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
36342
36343
36344 HINTS:
36345 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
36346 a VHDL file first, use the command:
36347
36348 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
36349
36350 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
36351
36352 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
36353
36354
36355 RELEASE NOTES:
36356 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
36357
36358
36359 Maintenance:
36360 ------------
36361
36362 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
36363 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
36364
36365 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
36366
36367 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
36368 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
36369 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
36370 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
36371
36372 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
36373 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
36374 where the latest version can be found.
36375
36376
36377 Known problems:
36378 ---------------
36379
36380 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
36381 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
36382 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
36383 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
36384
36385
36386 The VHDL Mode Authors
36387 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
36388
36389 Key bindings:
36390 -------------
36391
36392 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
36393
36394 \(fn)" t nil)
36395
36396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vhdl-mode" '("vhdl-")))
36397
36398 ;;;***
36399 \f
36400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (0 0 0
36401 ;;;;;; 0))
36402 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
36403
36404 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
36405 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
36406
36407 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
36408
36409 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36410 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
36411 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36412 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36413
36414 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36415
36416 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36417 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
36418
36419 \(fn)" t nil)
36420
36421 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36422 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36423 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36424 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36425
36426 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36427
36428 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36429 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36430
36431 \(fn)" t nil)
36432
36433 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
36434
36435
36436 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
36437
36438 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
36439
36440
36441 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
36442
36443 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viet-util" '("viet-viqr-alist" "viqr-regexp")))
36444
36445 ;;;***
36446 \f
36447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (0 0 0 0))
36448 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
36449
36450 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
36451 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
36452 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
36453
36454 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
36455
36456 (defvar view-mode nil "\
36457 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
36458 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
36459 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
36460
36461 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
36462
36463 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
36464 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
36465
36466 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
36467
36468 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
36469 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36470 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36471 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36472 moving around in the buffer.
36473 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36474 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36475
36476 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36477
36478 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36479
36480 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
36481 View FILE in View mode in another window.
36482 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
36483 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
36484
36485 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36486 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36487 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36488 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36489 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36490
36491 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36492
36493 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36494
36495 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
36496 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
36497 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
36498 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
36499 buffer.
36500
36501 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36502 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36503 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36504 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36505 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36506
36507 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36508
36509 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36510
36511 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
36512 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36513 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36514 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36515 moving around in the buffer.
36516 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36517 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36518
36519 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36520
36521 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36522 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36523 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36524
36525 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
36526 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
36527 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
36528 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
36529
36530 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36531 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36532 own View-like bindings.
36533
36534 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36535
36536 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
36537 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
36538 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36539 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36540 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36541 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36542 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36543
36544 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36545
36546 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36547
36548 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36549 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36550 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36551
36552 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36553 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36554 own View-like bindings.
36555
36556 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36557
36558 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
36559 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
36560 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36561 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36562 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36563 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36564 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36565
36566 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36567
36568 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36569
36570 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36571 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36572 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36573
36574 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36575 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36576 own View-like bindings.
36577
36578 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36579
36580 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
36581 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
36582 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
36583 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
36584 if ARG is omitted or nil.
36585
36586 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
36587 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
36588 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
36589 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
36590
36591 \\<view-mode-map>
36592
36593 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
36594 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
36595 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
36596 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
36597 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
36598 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
36599 to a repeat count of one.
36600
36601 H, h, ? This message.
36602 Digits provide prefix arguments.
36603 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
36604 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
36605 > move to the end of buffer.
36606 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
36607 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
36608 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
36609 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
36610 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
36611 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36612 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36613 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
36614 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
36615 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
36616 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
36617 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
36618 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
36619 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
36620 Use this to view a changing file.
36621 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
36622 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
36623 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
36624 . set the mark.
36625 x exchanges point and mark.
36626 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
36627 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
36628 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
36629 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
36630 \\=' go to position saved in character register.
36631 s do forward incremental search.
36632 r do reverse incremental search.
36633 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
36634 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
36635 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
36636 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
36637 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
36638 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
36639 p searches backward for last regular expression.
36640 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
36641 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
36642 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
36643 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
36644 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
36645 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
36646 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
36647 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
36648 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
36649 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
36650
36651 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
36652 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
36653 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
36654 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
36655 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
36656 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
36657 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
36658 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
36659 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
36660
36661 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36662
36663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36664
36665 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
36666 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
36667 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
36668 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
36669 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
36670 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
36671 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
36672 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
36673 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
36674
36675 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
36676
36677 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
36678
36679 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
36680 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
36681 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
36682 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
36683 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
36684 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
36685
36686 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
36687 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
36688 called by `view-mode-exit'.
36689
36690 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36691
36692 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36693
36694 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
36695
36696 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
36697 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
36698
36699 \(fn)" t nil)
36700
36701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "view" '("view-" "View-")))
36702
36703 ;;;***
36704 \f
36705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (0 0 0 0))
36706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
36707 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
36708
36709 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
36710 Toggle Viper on/off.
36711 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
36712
36713 \(fn)" t nil)
36714
36715 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
36716 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
36717
36718 \(fn)" t nil)
36719
36720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper" '("viper-" "set-viper-state-in-major-mode" "this-major-mode-requires-vi-state")))
36721
36722 ;;;***
36723 \f
36724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-cmd" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" (0 0 0
36725 ;;;;;; 0))
36726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-cmd.el
36727
36728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-cmd" '("viper-")))
36729
36730 ;;;***
36731 \f
36732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-ex" "emulation/viper-ex.el" (0 0 0 0))
36733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-ex.el
36734
36735 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-ex" '("ex-" "viper-")))
36736
36737 ;;;***
36738 \f
36739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-init" "emulation/viper-init.el" (0 0
36740 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-init.el
36742
36743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-init" '("viper-")))
36744
36745 ;;;***
36746 \f
36747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-keym" "emulation/viper-keym.el" (0 0
36748 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-keym.el
36750
36751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-keym" '("viper-" "ex-read-filename-map")))
36752
36753 ;;;***
36754 \f
36755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-macs" "emulation/viper-macs.el" (0 0
36756 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-macs.el
36758
36759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-macs" '("viper-" "ex-")))
36760
36761 ;;;***
36762 \f
36763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-mous" "emulation/viper-mous.el" (0 0
36764 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-mous.el
36766
36767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-mous" '("viper-")))
36768
36769 ;;;***
36770 \f
36771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-util" "emulation/viper-util.el" (0 0
36772 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-util.el
36774
36775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-util" '("viper")))
36776
36777 ;;;***
36778 \f
36779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt-control" "vt-control.el" (0 0 0 0))
36780 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt-control.el
36781
36782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt-control" '("vt-")))
36783
36784 ;;;***
36785 \f
36786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt100-led" "vt100-led.el" (0 0 0 0))
36787 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt100-led.el
36788
36789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt100-led" '("led-")))
36790
36791 ;;;***
36792 \f
36793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-fns" "w32-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
36794 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-fns.el
36795
36796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-fns" '("w32-")))
36797
36798 ;;;***
36799 \f
36800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-vars" "w32-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
36801 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-vars.el
36802
36803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-vars" '("w32-")))
36804
36805 ;;;***
36806 \f
36807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (0 0 0
36808 ;;;;;; 0))
36809 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
36810
36811 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
36812 Function to generate warning prefixes.
36813 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
36814 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
36815 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
36816 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
36817 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
36818 the beginning of the warning.")
36819
36820 (defvar warning-series nil "\
36821 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
36822 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
36823 which is the start of the current series; it means that
36824 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
36825 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
36826 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
36827 also call that function before the next warning.")
36828
36829 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
36830 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
36831
36832 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
36833 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
36834 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
36835 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
36836
36837 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
36838 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
36839 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
36840 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
36841 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
36842 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
36843
36844 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
36845 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
36846 Default is :warning.
36847
36848 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
36849 if you do not attend to it promptly.
36850 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
36851 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
36852 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
36853 :debug -- info for debugging only.
36854
36855 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
36856 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
36857 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
36858
36859 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
36860
36861 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
36862 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
36863
36864 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
36865
36866 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
36867 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
36868 \\<special-mode-map>
36869 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
36870 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
36871
36872 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
36873 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
36874 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
36875 can be whatever you like.)
36876
36877 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
36878 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
36879
36880 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
36881 if you do not attend to it promptly.
36882 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
36883 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
36884 :debug -- info for debugging only.
36885
36886 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
36887
36888 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
36889 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
36890 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
36891 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
36892 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
36893
36894 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
36895
36896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "warnings" '("warning-" "log-warning-minimum-level" "display-warning-minimum-level")))
36897
36898 ;;;***
36899 \f
36900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (0 0 0 0))
36901 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
36902 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
36903
36904 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
36905 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
36906 \\<wdired-mode-map>
36907 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
36908 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
36909 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
36910 directories to reflect your edits.
36911
36912 See `wdired-mode'.
36913
36914 \(fn)" t nil)
36915
36916 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wdired" '("wdired-")))
36917
36918 ;;;***
36919 \f
36920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (0 0 0 0))
36921 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
36922
36923 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
36924 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
36925
36926 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
36927 hotlist.
36928
36929 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
36930 <nwv@acm.org>.
36931
36932 \(fn)" t nil)
36933
36934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "webjump" '("webjump-")))
36935
36936 ;;;***
36937 \f
36938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (0 0
36939 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
36941 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
36942 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
36943
36944 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
36945
36946 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
36947 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
36948 See the `which-function-mode' command
36949 for a description of this minor mode.
36950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
36951 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
36952 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
36953
36954 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
36955
36956 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
36957 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
36958 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
36959 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
36960 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36961
36962 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
36963 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
36964 in certain major modes.
36965
36966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36967
36968 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "which-func" '("which-func")))
36969
36970 ;;;***
36971 \f
36972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (0 0 0 0))
36973 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
36974 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
36975
36976 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
36977 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
36978 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
36979 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
36980 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36981
36982 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
36983 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
36984
36985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36986
36987 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
36988 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
36989 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
36990 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
36991 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36992
36993 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
36994 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
36995 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
36996 use `whitespace-mode'.
36997
36998 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
36999
37000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37001
37002 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
37003 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
37004 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
37005 for a description of this minor mode.
37006 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37007 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37008 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
37009
37010 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
37011
37012 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37013 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
37014 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
37015 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
37016 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
37017
37018 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37019 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37020
37021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37022
37023 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
37024 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
37025 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
37026 for a description of this minor mode.
37027 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37028 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37029 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
37030
37031 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
37032
37033 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37034 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
37035 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
37036 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
37037 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
37038
37039 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
37040 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
37041 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
37042 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
37043
37044 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37045
37046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37047
37048 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37049 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
37050
37051 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37052 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
37053
37054 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37055 and restart local whitespace-mode.
37056
37057 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
37058
37059 CHAR MEANING
37060 (VIA FACES)
37061 f toggle face visualization
37062 t toggle TAB visualization
37063 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37064 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37065 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
37066 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
37067 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37068 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37069 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37070 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37071 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37072 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37073 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37074 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37075 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37076 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37077 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37078 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37079
37080 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37081 T toggle TAB visualization
37082 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37083 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37084
37085 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37086 ? display brief help
37087
37088 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37089 The valid symbols are:
37090
37091 face toggle face visualization
37092 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37093 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37094 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37095 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
37096 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
37097 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37098 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37099 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37100 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37101 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37102 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37103 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37104 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37105 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37106 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37107 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37108 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37109
37110 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37111 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37112 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37113
37114 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37115
37116 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37117
37118 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37119
37120 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37121 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
37122
37123 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37124 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
37125
37126 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37127 and restart global whitespace-mode.
37128
37129 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
37130
37131 CHAR MEANING
37132 (VIA FACES)
37133 f toggle face visualization
37134 t toggle TAB visualization
37135 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37136 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37137 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
37138 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
37139 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37140 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37141 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37142 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37143 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37144 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37145 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37146 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37147 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37148 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37149 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37150 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37151
37152 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37153 T toggle TAB visualization
37154 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37155 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37156
37157 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37158 ? display brief help
37159
37160 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37161 The valid symbols are:
37162
37163 face toggle face visualization
37164 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37165 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37166 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37167 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
37168 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
37169 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37170 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37171 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37172 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37173 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37174 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37175 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37176 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37177 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37178 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37179 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37180 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37181
37182 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37183 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37184 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37185
37186 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37187
37188 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37189
37190 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37191
37192 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
37193 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
37194
37195 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
37196 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
37197 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
37198 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
37199 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
37200
37201 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
37202
37203 The problems cleaned up are:
37204
37205 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37206 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37207 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
37208 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
37209
37210 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37211 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37212 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
37213 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37214 SPACEs.
37215 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37216 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37217 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37218 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37219
37220 4. SPACEs before TAB.
37221 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37222 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37223 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37224 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37225 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37226 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37227 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37228
37229 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37230 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37231 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37232
37233 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37234 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37235 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37236 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37237 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37238 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37239 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37240 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37241
37242 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37243 documentation.
37244
37245 \(fn)" t nil)
37246
37247 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
37248 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
37249
37250 The problems cleaned up are:
37251
37252 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37253 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37254 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
37255 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37256 SPACEs.
37257 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37258 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37259 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37260 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37261
37262 2. SPACEs before TAB.
37263 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37264 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37265 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37266 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37267 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37268 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37269 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37270
37271 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37272 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37273 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37274
37275 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37276 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37277 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37278 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37279 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37280 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37281 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37282 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37283
37284 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37285 documentation.
37286
37287 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37288
37289 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
37290 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
37291
37292 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
37293
37294 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37295
37296 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
37297 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
37298
37299 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
37300 non-nil.
37301
37302 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
37303 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
37304 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
37305
37306 empty
37307 trailing
37308 indentation
37309 space-before-tab
37310 space-after-tab
37311
37312 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
37313 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
37314 report problems.
37315
37316 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
37317
37318 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
37319 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37320 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37321 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37322 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37323 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37324 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37325
37326 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
37327 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37328 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37329 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37330 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
37331 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37332 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37333
37334 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
37335 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
37336 cleaning up these problems.
37337
37338 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37339
37340 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "whitespace" '("whitespace-")))
37341
37342 ;;;***
37343 \f
37344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37345 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
37346
37347 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
37348 Browse the widget under point.
37349
37350 \(fn POS)" t nil)
37351
37352 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
37353 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
37354
37355 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
37356
37357 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
37358 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
37359
37360 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
37361
37362 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
37363 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
37364 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
37365 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
37366 if ARG is omitted or nil.
37367
37368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37369
37370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-browse" '("widget-")))
37371
37372 ;;;***
37373 \f
37374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
37375 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
37376
37377 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
37378 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
37379
37380 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37381
37382 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
37383 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
37384 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
37385
37386 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
37387
37388 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
37389 Create widget of TYPE.
37390 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
37391
37392 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37393
37394 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
37395 Delete WIDGET.
37396
37397 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37398
37399 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
37400 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
37401
37402 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37403
37404 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
37405 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
37406 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
37407 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
37408
37409 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
37410 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
37411
37412 \(fn)" nil nil)
37413
37414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-edit" '("widget-")))
37415
37416 ;;;***
37417 \f
37418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (0 0 0 0))
37419 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
37420
37421 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
37422 Select the window to the left of the current one.
37423 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37424 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
37425 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
37426 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37427 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37428
37429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37430
37431 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
37432 Select the window above the current one.
37433 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
37434 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
37435 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
37436 negative ARG) of the current window.
37437 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37438
37439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37440
37441 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
37442 Select the window to the right of the current one.
37443 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37444 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
37445 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
37446 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
37447 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37448
37449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37450
37451 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
37452 Select the window below the current one.
37453 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37454 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
37455 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
37456 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37457 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37458
37459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37460
37461 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
37462 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
37463 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
37464 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
37465
37466 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
37467
37468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "windmove" '("windmove-")))
37469
37470 ;;;***
37471 \f
37472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (0 0 0 0))
37473 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
37474
37475 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
37476 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
37477 See the `winner-mode' command
37478 for a description of this minor mode.
37479 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37480 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37481 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
37482
37483 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
37484
37485 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
37486 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
37487 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
37488 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37489 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
37490
37491 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
37492 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
37493 into windows) so that the changes can be \"undone\" using the
37494 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
37495 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
37496 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
37497
37498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37499
37500 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "winner" '("winner-")))
37501
37502 ;;;***
37503 \f
37504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (0 0 0 0))
37505 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
37506 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
37507
37508 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
37509 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
37510 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
37511 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
37512 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
37513
37514 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
37515
37516 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
37517 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
37518 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
37519 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
37520 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
37521 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
37522 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
37523 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
37524
37525 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
37526 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
37527
37528 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
37529
37530 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
37531 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
37532
37533 \(fn)" t nil)
37534
37535 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
37536 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
37537 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
37538 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
37539 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
37540 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
37541 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
37542 `woman' command for further details.
37543
37544 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
37545
37546 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
37547 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
37548
37549 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
37550
37551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "woman" '("woman" "WoMan-" "menu-bar-manuals-menu" "set-woman-file-regexp")))
37552
37553 ;;;***
37554 \f
37555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "x-dnd" "x-dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
37556 ;;; Generated autoloads from x-dnd.el
37557
37558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "x-dnd" '("x-dnd-")))
37559
37560 ;;;***
37561 \f
37562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (0 0 0 0))
37563 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
37564
37565 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
37566 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
37567 Return the top node with all its children.
37568 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
37569
37570 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37571 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37572 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37573
37574 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
37575
37576 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37577 namespace to URIs instead.
37578
37579 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37580 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37581
37582 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37583
37584 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37585
37586 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37587
37588 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
37589 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
37590 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
37591 not contain well-formed XML.
37592
37593 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
37594 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
37595 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
37596 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
37597 element of the list.
37598 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37599 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37600 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37601
37602 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
37603
37604 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37605 namespace to URIs instead.
37606
37607 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37608 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37609
37610 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37611
37612 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37613
37614 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37615
37616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xml" '("xml-")))
37617
37618 ;;;***
37619 \f
37620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (0 0 0 0))
37621 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
37622
37623 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
37624 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
37625 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
37626 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
37627 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
37628 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
37629 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
37630 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
37631 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
37632 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
37633
37634 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
37635
37636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xmltok" '("xmltok-")))
37637
37638 ;;;***
37639 \f
37640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
37641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
37642
37643 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
37644
37645
37646 \(fn)" nil nil)
37647
37648 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
37649 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
37650
37651 \(fn)" t nil)
37652
37653 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
37654 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
37655
37656 \(fn)" nil nil)
37657
37658 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
37659 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
37660 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
37661 prompt for it.
37662
37663 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
37664 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
37665 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
37666 buffer where the user can select from the list.
37667
37668 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37669
37670 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
37671 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
37672
37673 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37674
37675 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
37676 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
37677
37678 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37679
37680 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
37681 Find references to the identifier at point.
37682 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
37683
37684 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37685
37686 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
37687 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
37688 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
37689
37690 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
37691 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
37692 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
37693 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
37694 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
37695 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
37696 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
37697
37698 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
37699 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
37700 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
37701 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
37702
37703 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
37704
37705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xref" '("xref-")))
37706
37707 ;;;***
37708 \f
37709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xscheme" "progmodes/xscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
37710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xscheme.el
37711
37712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xscheme" '("xscheme-" "start-scheme" "scheme-" "exit-scheme-interaction-mode" "verify-xscheme-buffer" "local-" "global-set-scheme-interaction-buffer" "run-scheme" "reset-scheme" "default-xscheme-runlight")))
37713
37714 ;;;***
37715 \f
37716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xsd-regexp" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
37717 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xsd-regexp.el
37718
37719 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xsd-regexp" '("xsdre-")))
37720
37721 ;;;***
37722 \f
37723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37724 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
37725
37726 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
37727 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
37728 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
37729 for a description of this minor mode.
37730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37731 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37732 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
37733
37734 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
37735
37736 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
37737 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
37738 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
37739 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37740 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
37741
37742 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
37743 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
37744 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
37745 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
37746 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
37747 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
37748
37749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37750
37751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xt-mouse" '("turn-o" "xt-mouse-epoch" "xterm-mouse-")))
37752
37753 ;;;***
37754 \f
37755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (0 0 0 0))
37756 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
37757
37758 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
37759 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
37760 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
37761 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
37762
37763 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
37764
37765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xwidget" '("xwidget-")))
37766
37767 ;;;***
37768 \f
37769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "mail/yenc.el" (0 0 0 0))
37770 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/yenc.el
37771
37772 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
37773 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
37774
37775 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37776
37777 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
37778 Extract file name from an yenc header.
37779
37780 \(fn)" nil nil)
37781
37782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "yenc" '("yenc-")))
37783
37784 ;;;***
37785 \f
37786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zeroconf" "net/zeroconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
37787 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zeroconf.el
37788
37789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zeroconf" '("zeroconf-")))
37790
37791 ;;;***
37792 \f
37793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (0 0 0 0))
37794 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
37795
37796 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
37797 Zone out, completely.
37798
37799 \(fn)" t nil)
37800
37801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zone" '("zone-")))
37802
37803 ;;;***
37804 \f
37805 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
37806 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
37807 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el"
37808 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
37809 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
37810 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
37811 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
37812 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
37813 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
37814 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
37815 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
37816 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
37817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el"
37818 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
37819 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
37820 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el"
37821 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
37822 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/edit.el"
37823 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el" "cedet/semantic/html.el"
37824 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el" "cedet/semantic/idle.el"
37825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el"
37826 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
37827 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el"
37828 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
37829 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
37830 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
37831 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
37832 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
37833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
37834 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el"
37835 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
37836 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/getset.el"
37837 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el" "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el"
37838 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
37839 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "dired-aux.el"
37840 ;;;;;; "dired-loaddefs.el" "dired-x.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
37841 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
37842 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
37843 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
37844 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
37845 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
37846 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
37847 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
37848 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
37849 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
37850 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "htmlfontify-loaddefs.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "ibuffer-loaddefs.el"
37851 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/charscript.el"
37852 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-brackets.el"
37853 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
37854 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
37855 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
37856 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
37857 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
37858 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
37859 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
37860 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
37861 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
37862 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
37863 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
37864 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
37865 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
37866 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
37867 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
37868 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el"
37869 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/rmail-loaddefs.el"
37870 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
37871 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
37872 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
37873 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
37874 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el"
37875 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
37876 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-element.el"
37877 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
37878 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
37879 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-table.el"
37880 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
37881 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
37882 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
37883 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-print-loaddefs.el"
37884 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
37885 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
37886 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-loaddefs.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
37887 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el")
37888 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
37889
37890 ;;;***
37891 \f
37892 (provide 'loaddefs)
37893 ;; Local Variables:
37894 ;; version-control: never
37895 ;; no-byte-compile: t
37896 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
37897 ;; coding: utf-8
37898 ;; End:
37899 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here